TB04000001E 133279 Catalog 1

133239-Catalog 133239-Catalog 133239-Catalog Batch9 unilog cesco-content

SPI9000 tiskoviny_pdf_367

2014-10-23

: Pdf 133279-Catalog 1 133279-Catalog_1 Batch9 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 290 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit:

www.eaton.com

Contents

Adjustable Frequency Drives 40-1

Adjustable

Frequency Drives

Description Page

NFX9000 Drives

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-2

MVX9000 Drives

Open Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-8

Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-16

SLX9000 Drives

Open Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-27

Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-37

SVX9000 Drives

Product Family Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-49

Open Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-51

Enclosed Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-85

VFD Pump Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-112

SPX9000 Drives

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-132

HVX9000 Drives

Open Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-167

IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-195

CFX9000 Drives

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-210

CPX9000 Drives

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-240

LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Drives

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-262

SPA9000/SPI9000/SPN9000 Common DC Bus Drive Products

. . . . . . . . .

40-280

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

40-2

For more information visit:

www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

NFX9000

Contents

Description Page

NFX9000 Drives

Product Description. . . . . . .

40-2

Features and Beneﬁts . . . . .

40-2

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . .

40-3

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . .

40-4

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-6

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40-7

Product Selection . . . . . . . .

40-7

Model NFX9000

Product Description

Cutler-Hammer

NFX9000 adjustable

frequency AC Drives from Eaton’s

electrical business are designed to

provide adjustable speed control of

three-phase motors. These micro-

processor-based drives have standard

features that can be programmed

to tailor the drive’s performance to

suit a wide variety of application

requirements.

The NFX9000 volts-per-hertz product

line utilizes a 32-bit microprocessor

and insulated gate bipolar transistors

(IGBTs) which provide quiet motor

operation, high motor efﬁciency and

smooth low speed performance. The

size and simplicity of the NFX9000

make it ideal for hassle free installation

where size is a primary concern.

Models rated at 240 volts, single- or

three-phase, 50/60 Hz are available in

sizes ranging from 1/4 to 2 hp. Models

rated at 115 volts, single-phase, 50/60 Hz

are available in the 1/4 to 1/2 hp size

range.

The standard drive includes a digital

display, operating and programming

keys on the keypad.

The display provides drive monitoring

as well as adjustment and diagnostic

information. The keys are utilized for

digital adjustment and programming

of the drive as well as for operator

control. Separate terminal blocks for

control and power wiring are provided

for customer connections. The drives

feature RS-485 serial communications.

Features and Beneﬁts

Table 40-1. Features and Beneﬁts

Feature Customer Beneﬁt

V/Hz Control. Provides 150% starting torque and advanced low

speed control.

Clearly laid out and easy to understand keypad

with 4-character LED display, 4 status indicating

LEDs, speed potentiometer, and 5 function keys.

Most informative operator’s interface in this

class of VFD, provided as standard. All parameters,

diagnostic information and metering values are

displayed with a bright 4-character LED display.

1 analog input

4 programmable, intelligent digital inputs

1 programmable relay

Provide enhanced application ﬂexibility.

Serial communication port (RS-485). Direct connection to serial communications

networks.

Single-phase or three-phase input capability on

115/240V AC rated units.

Operate three-phase motor with single-phase

supply.

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit:

www.eaton.com

40-3

Adjustable Frequency Drives

NFX9000

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations

Output Ratings

■

Horsepower;

❑

90V – 132V, 1/4 – 1/2 hp

❑

200 – 240V: 1/2 – 2 hp

■

Frequency Range: 0.1 – 400 Hz

■

Overload Rating: 150% for 60 seconds

■

Frequency Resolution:

❑

Digital: 0.1 Hz

■

Frequency Accuracy

❑

Digital: ± 0.01% of max. frequency

❑

Analog: ± 0.2% of max. frequency

■

Undervoltage Carryover Limit:

0.3 to 25 seconds

Motor Performance

■

Motor Control:

V/Hz

■

Constant Torque:

Standard

■

Speed Regulation:

0.5% of base speed

Input Power

■

Voltage at 50/60 Hz ± 3 Hz

❑

100V – 120V, -10% +10% / 1-phase

❑

200V – 240V, -10% +5% / 1-phase

❑

200V – 240V, -10% +5% / 3-phase

■

Displacement Power Factor:

Better than 0.95

■

Efﬁciency: Typically greater than 95%

Design Type

■

Microprocessor: 32-Bit

■

Converter Type: Diode

■

Inverter Type: Insulated Gate Bipolar

Transistor

■

Waveform: PWM Volts/Hertz

Environment

■

Operating Temperature:

❑

-10°C to +40°C

■

Humidity: 20 to 90% non-condensing

■

Maximum Elevation: 1000 meters

(3300 ft.)

Codes and Standards

■

NEMA, IEEE, NEC: Design Standards

■

UL Listed

■

cUL Listed

■

CE Marked

Enclosure

■

Standard: Protected Chassis (IP20)

Protective Features

■

Ground Fault: Standard

■

Overload Protection: Standard

■

Overcurrent: Standard

■

Overvoltage: Standard

■

Undervoltage: Standard

■

Overtemperature: Standard

■

Overload Limit: Standard

Set Up Adjustments, Performance

Features, Operator Control and

External Interface

Keypad

■

Alphanumeric Display:

Standard, 1 x 4 character

■

Digital Indications:

RUN/STOP and FORWARD/REVERSE

■

Diagnostics: Last 3 trips with cause

■

LED Status Indicators: 4

(RUN/STOP and FORWARD/

REVERSE)

■

Operator Functions:

RUN/STOP, Speed control (digital or

potentiometer), RESET, MODE Keys

and ENTER.

I/O Terminal Block

■

Analog Inputs:

❑

1 Input: 0 – 10V DC, 4 – 20 mA

❑

Potentiometer: 1K ohm to 2K ohm

❑

Analog Voltage: Nominal 10V DC

(10K ohm input impedance)

❑

Analog Current: Nominal 4 – 20 mA

(250 ohm)

■

Digital Inputs: 4 Programmable

Inputs

■

Digital Outputs: 1 Form A Relay

contact

Programmable Parameters

■

Out of the Box: Factory settings

loaded for quick start-up.

■

Accel. and Decel.: 2 separately

adjustable Linear or S Curve times:

0.1 – 600 seconds

■

DC Injection Braking

■

External Fault: Terminal input

■

Jog: Terminal input

■

Fault Reset: STOP/RESET or terminal

input

■

I/O: NO/NC Selectable

■

Jump Frequencies: 3 (with adjustable

width)

■

Parameter Security: Programmable

software lock

■

Preset Speeds: 2 preset speeds

■

Reversing: Keypad or terminal

■

Speed Setting: Keypad, terminal

or pot

■

RUN/STOP Control: Keypad or

terminal

■

Stop Modes: Decel, coast or DC

injection

Reliability

■

Pretested Components: Standard

■

Surface Mount Technology:

Standard (PCBs)

■

Computerized Testing: Standard

■

Final Test with Full Load: Standard

■

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Engineering

Systems and Service: National net-

work of AF drive specialists

Table 40-2. Watts Loss

Horsepower Catalog

Number

Volts Watts Loss

9 kHz

1/4

1/2

NFXF25A0-1

NFXF50A0-1

115V AC 20W

20W

1/4

1/2

NFXF25A0-2

NFXF50A0-2

NFX001A0-2

NFX002A0-2

230V AC 20W

20W

38W

75W

June 2008

40-4

For more information visit:

www.eaton.com

CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

NFX9000

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 40-1. Control Terminal Wiring (Factory Settings)

Wire Gauge: 22 – 24 AWG

Torque: 4 Kgf-cm

RC +10V AVI DI1

Common Signal

Digital Input Selection 3

Digital Input Selection 2

Multi-Function Input Selection 1

Multi-Function Assistant Terminal

Relay Output Contact

(120V AC/DC 28V 3A)

Relay

Analog Voltage, Current Frequency

Command

Power for Speed Setting

DI2 DI3 DI4 GND

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-5

Adjustable Frequency Drives

NFX9000

Figure 40-2. Basic Wiring Diagram

Note: Do not plug a modem or telephone line to the RS-485 commu-

nication port, permanent damage may result. Terminals 1 and 2 are

the power sources for the optional copy keypad and should not be

used while using RS-485 communication.

■Use power terminals R/L1 and S/L2 for single-phase

connection to models: NFXF25A0-1, NFXF50A0-1,

NFXF25A0-2, NFXF50A0-2 or NFX001A0-2.

■Use power terminals R/L1, S/L2 and T/L3 for three-phase

connection to models: NFXF25A0-2, NFXF50A0-2,

NFX001A0-2 or NFX002A0-2.

■Single-phase power must not be used for model

NFX002A0-2.

U/T1

←

RS-485

Communication

Port

Relay Output Contacts

120V AC/28V DC 3A

Factory Default: Fault Indication

Main Circuit

(Power) Terminals

1 : +EV

2 : GND

3 : SG

4 : SG+

+18V

Factory Default Settings

DI1 4.7 KΩ

Forward/Stop

RJ-11

V/T2

Motor

W/T3

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

R/L1

S/L2

T/L3

3-Phase

Control Circuit

Terminals

Shielded Leads

+18V

DI2 4.7 KΩ

Reverse/Stop

+18V

DI3 4.7 KΩ

Reset

+18V

DI4

GND

4.7 KΩ

Multi-Step 1

Common Signal

Power Supply for Potentiometer

+10V 10 mA (Max.)

+10V

Master Freq. Setting

Analog Voltage

0 ~ 10V DC

Analog Current

4 ~ 20 mA

AVI

GND

June 2008

40-6

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

NFX9000

Dimensions

Figure 40-3. 1/4 to 2 hp Drive Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

RA RC +10V AVI D1

U/T1 V/T2 W/T3

R/L1 S/L2 T/L3

D2 D3 D4 GND

STOP

RUN

FWD

REV

RUN

STOP ENTER

MODE

RESET

WARNING

MIN. MAX.

NFX9000

RS-485

230V 1 PHASE

0.5 HP

2.20 (56.0)

2.68 (68.0) 0.20 (5.0)

Dia.

4.72

(120.0)

5.20

(132.0)

4.86

(123.4)

5.04

(128.1)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-7

Adjustable Frequency Drives

NFX9000

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-3. NFX9000 Catalog Numbering System

Product Selection

Table 40-4. NFX9000 Basic Controller IP20

Horsepower ratings are based on the use of a 240V or 480V NEMA B,

4- or 6-pole squirrel cage induction motor and are for reference only.

Units are to be selected such that the motor current is less than or

equal to the NFX9000 rated continuous output current.

For 208V, 380V or 415V applications, select the unit such that the motor

current is less than or equal to the NFX9000 rated continuous output

current.

Description Input

Ampere

Single-/

Three-Phase

Rating

Continuous

Output

Amp

Rating

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp Volts 

1/4

1/2

90 – 130 6.0/—

9.0/—

1.6

2.5

NFXF25A0-1

NFXF50A0-1

1/4

1/2

200 – 240 4.9/—

6.5/—

9.7/—

—/9.0

1.6

2.5

4.2

NFXF25A0-2

NFXF50A0-2

NFX001A0-2

NFX002A0-2

N F X 0 0 1 A 0 -2

Base Catalog

Number

Series

Enclosure

0 = IP20

Voltage

1 = 115V AC

2 = 240V AC

Horsepower

F25 = 1/4 hp

F50 = 1/2 hp

001 = 1 hp

002 = 2 hp

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-1

June 2008

40-8

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Open Drives

Contents

Description Page

MVX9000 Open Drives

Product Description. . . . . . . 40-8

Features and Beneﬁts . . . . . 40-8

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . 40-9

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 40-10

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-12

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-15

Product Selection . . . . . . . . 40-15

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-15

Model MVX9000

Product Description

Cutler-Hammer® MVX9000 sensorless

vector adjustable frequency AC Drives

from Eaton’s electrical business are

designed to provide adjustable speed

control of three-phase motors. These

microprocessor-based, sensorless

vector drives have standard features

that can be programmed to tailor the

drive’s performance to suit a wide

variety of application requirements.

The MVX9000 sensorless vector prod-

uct line utilizes a 32-bit microprocessor

and insulated gate bipolar transistors

(IGBTs) which provide quiet motor

operation, high motor efﬁciency and

smooth low speed performance. The

size and simplicity of the MVX9000

make it ideal for hassle free installation

where size is a primary concern.

Models rated at 480 volts, three-phase,

50/60 Hz are available in sizes ranging

from 1 to 10 hp. Models rated at 240

volts, single- or three-phase, 50/60 Hz

are available in sizes ranging from 1/2

to 7-1/2 hp. Models rated at 115 volts,

single-phase, 50/60 Hz are available in

the 1/4 to 1 hp size range.

The standard drive includes a digital

display, operating and programming

keys on a removable keypad.

The display provides drive monitoring

as well as adjustment and diagnostic

information. The keys are utilized for

digital adjustment and programming

of the drive as well as for operator

control. Separate terminal blocks for

control and power wiring are provided

for customer connections. Other features

provided as standard include built-in

DC braking, RS-485 serial communica-

tions and PID control.

Features and Beneﬁts

Table 40-5. Features and Beneﬁts

Feature Customer Beneﬁt

Sensorless Vector Control with auto tuning. Provides 200% starting torque and advanced low

speed torque control.

Clearly laid out and easy to understand keypad

with 4-character LED display, 7 status indicating

LEDs, speed potentiometer, and 6 function keys.

Most informative operator’s interface in this

class of VFD, provided as standard. All parameters,

diagnostic information and metering values are

displayed with a bright 4-character LED display.

2 analog inputs

6 programmable, intelligent digital inputs

1 programmable digital output

1 programmable relay

Provide enhanced application ﬂexibility.

PID control of a process variable such as pressure,

ﬂow, temperature, liquid level, etc.

Eliminates requirement for separate setpoint

controller.

Built-in dynamic braking chopper. Superior deceleration performance.

Serial communication port (RS-485). Direct connection to serial communications

networks.

Single-phase or three-phase input capability on

240V AC rated units, 3 hp and below.

Operate three-phase motor with single-phase

supply.

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-9

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Open Drives

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations

Output Ratings

■Horsepower;

❑90 – 132V, 1/4 – 1 hp

❑200 – 240V: 1/2 – 7-1/2 hp

❑380 – 480V: 1 – 10 hp

❑425 – 660V: 1 – 10 hp

■Frequency Range: 0.1 – 400 Hz

■Overload Rating: 150% for 60 seconds

■Frequency Resolution:

❑Digital: 0.1 Hz

❑Analog: Max. (Set Frequency/1000) Hz

■Frequency Accuracy

❑Digital: ± 0.01% of max. frequency

❑Analog: ± 0.2% of max. frequency

■Undervoltage Carryover Limit:

0.3 to 25 seconds

Motor Performance

■Motor Control: Sensorless Vector

■Constant and Variable Torque:

Standard

■Speed Regulation: 0.5% of base speed

Input Power

■Voltage at 50/60 Hz ± 3 Hz

❑100V – 120V, -10% +10% / 1-phase

❑200V – 240V, -10% +5% / 1-phase

❑200V – 240V, -10% +5% / 3-phase

❑380V – 480V, -10% +10% / 3-phase

❑500V – 600V, -15% +10% / 3-phase

■Displacement Power Factor:

Better than 0.95

■Efﬁciency: Typically greater than 95%

Design Type

■Microprocessor: 32-Bit

■Converter Type: Diode

■Inverter Type: Insulated Gate Bipolar

Transistor

■Waveform: Sensorless Vector

Environment

■Operating Temperature:

❑-10°C to +50°C

❑-10°C to +40°C (above 7-1/2 hp)

■Humidity: 20 to 90% non-condensing

■Maximum Elevation: 1000 meters

(3300 ft.)

Codes and Standards

■NEMA, IEEE, NEC: Design Standards

■UL Listed

■cUL Listed

■CE Marked (Requires EMI ﬁlter)

Enclosure

■Standard: Protected Chassis (IP20)

Protective Features

■Ground Fault: Standard

■Overload Protection: Standard

■Overcurrent: Standard

■Overvoltage: Standard

■Undervoltage: Standard

■Overtemperature: Standard

■Overload Limit: Standard

Set Up Adjustments, Performance

Features, Operator Control and

External Interface

Keypad

■Alphanumeric Display:

Standard, 1 x 4 character

■Digital Indications:

Frequency (Hz), Motor Current

(amps), User-Deﬁned RUN/STOP,

FORWARD/REVERSE and Parameters

■Diagnostics: Last 3 trips with cause

■LED Status Indicators: 8

(RUN/STOP, FORWARD/REVERSE,

Hz, Amps, User Deﬁned, and Input

Speed)

■Operator Functions:

START/STOP, Speed control (digital

or potentiometer), RESET, SETUP

Keys and ENTER.

I/O Terminal Block

■Analog Inputs:

❑2 Inputs: 0 – 10V DC, 4 – 20 mA

❑Potentiometer: 1K ohm to 2K ohm

❑Analog Voltage: Nominal 10V DC

(10K ohm input impedance)

❑Analog Current: Nominal 4 – 20

mA (250 ohm)

■Digital Inputs: 6 Programmable

Inputs

■Digital Outputs: 1 Programmable

Open collector and 1 Form C Relay

contact

■Analog Monitor Output:

❑Analog meter – frequency or

output current

■Dynamic Brake Chopper

Programmable Parameters

■Out of the Box: Factory settings

loaded for quick start-up.

■Accel. and Decel.: 2 separately

adjustable Linear or S Curve times:

0.1 – 3000 seconds

■Auto Restart:

Overcurrent, overvoltage and

undervoltage with 4 selectable retry

restart modes

■DC Injection Braking

■External Fault: Terminal input

■Jog: Terminal input

■Fault Reset: STOP/RESET or terminal

input

■I/O: NO/NC Selectable

■Jump Frequencies: 3 (with adjustable

width)

■Parameter Security: Programmable

software lock

■Preset Speeds: 7 preset speeds

■PID Controller: PID process control

■Reversing: Keypad or terminal

■Speed Setting: Keypad, terminal

or pot

■START/STOP Control: Keypad or

terminal

■Stop Modes: Decel, coast or DC

injection

Reliability

■Pretested Components: Standard

■Surface Mount Technology:

Standard (PCBs)

■Computerized Testing: Standard

■Final Test with Full Load: Standard

■Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Engineering

Systems and Service: National net-

work of AF drive specialists

Table 40-6. Heat Loss Data

Model Watts Lost

at 9 kHz

Model Watts Lost

at 9 kHz

Watts Lost

at 6 kHz

MVXF25A0-1 (1-phase)

MVXF50A0-1 (1-phase)

MVX001A0-1 (1-phase)

MVX001A0-4

MVX002A0-4

MVX003A0-4

110

—

MVXF50A0-2 (1-phase)

MVXF50A0-2 (3-phase)

MVX001A0-2 (1-phase)

MVX005A0-4

MVX007A0-4

MVX010A0-4

185

275

375

—

MVX001A0-2 (3-phase)

MVX002A0-2 (1-phase)

MVX002A0-2 (3-phase)

MVX001A0-5

MVX002A0-5

MVX003A0-5

—

MVX003A0-2 (1-phase)

MVX003A0-2 (3-phase)

MVX005A0-2

MVX007A0-2

110

185

275

MVX005A0-5

MVX007A0-5

MVX010A0-5

—

132

191

211

—

June 2008

40-10

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-7. All Braking Resistors & Braking Units Used in AC Drives

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 40-4. Control Terminal Wiring (Factory Settings)

Applicable

Motor

Braking Resistor

Kit P/N

Qty of

Resistors in

Kit & Wiring

Total Resistance

and Wattage

applied to MVX

Full Load

Torque (kgf-m)

of System

Braking

Torque @

10%ED

with Kit

hp kW

115V Series

1/4

1/2

.20

.37

.75

K13-000034-0821

80W 200Ω

.108

.216

.427

220%

125%

230V Series

1/2

.37

.75

1.5

K13-000034-0821

K13-000034-0824

80W 200Ω

300W 70Ω

.216

.427

.849

220%

125%

7-1/2

2.2

3.7

5.5

K13-000034-0824

K13-000034-0825

K13-000034-0826

2 in Parallel

300W 70Ω

400W 40Ω

500W 30Ω

1.262

2.080

3.111

125%

480V Series

.75

1.5

2.2

K13-000034-0841

K13-000034-0843

80W 750Ω

300W 250Ω

.427

.849

1.262

125%

7-1/2

3.7

5.5

7.5

K13-000034-0844

K13-000034-0845

K13-000034-0846

2 in Parallel

3 in Parallel

400W 150Ω

500W 100Ω

1000W 75Ω

2.080

3.111

4.148

125%

575V Series

.75

1.5

2.2

K13-000034-0851

K13-000034-0852

—

300W 400Ω

600W 200Ω

.427

.849

1.262

125%

7-1/2

3.7

5.5

7.5

K13-000034-0852

K13-000034-0853

—

600W 200Ω

2000W 100Ω

2.080

3.111

4.148

125%

RO3

NC Relay Output

4 – 20 mA

Factory Setting:

Inverter Fault

NO Relay Output

Forward/Stop

Reverse/Stop

Preset Speed 1

Preset Speed 2

Preset Speed 3

Reset

Factory Setting:

Inverter Running

Bias

Potentiometer

Digital Output

Full Scale Voltmeter:

0 to 10V DC

Factory Setting:

Output Frequency

RO2 RO1 DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5 DI6 COM AO+ AI1 +10V AI2 COM DO1 DOC

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-11

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-5. Basic Wiring Diagram

Note: Do not plug a modem or telephone line to the RS-485 commu-

nication port, permanent damage may result. Terminals 2 and 5 are

the power sources for the optional copy keypad and should not be

used while using RS-485 communication.

■For single-phase application select correct model, and

select any of the two input terminals for main circuit

power.

Braking Resistor

(Optional)

L1 B1 B2

Motor

Grounding Resistance

240V: Less Than 100Ω

480V: Less Than 10Ω

NO Relay Output

(120V AC/24V DC 5A)

NC Relay Output

(120V AC/24V DC 5A)

Factory Default: Inverter Fault

Digital Output (48V DC 50 mA)

Factory Default: Inverter Running

Factory Default:

Output Frequency

Analog Output

DC 0 to 10V

Main Circuit (Power) Terminals

Control Circuit Terminals

Shielded Leads

1,6: NC

2: GND

3: SG-

4: SG+

5: +EV

RO3

DI1

DI2

DI3

DI4

DI5

DI6

COM

RO1

RO2

DOC

AO+

COM

AI2 (4 – 20 mA)

+10V 10 mA (Max)

Potentiometer

3K – 5KΩ

Reference Frequency Setting

Factory Default Is Potentiometer

Which Is on the Digital Keypad

Common

Reset

Preset Speed 3

Preset Speed 2

Preset Speed 1

Reverse/Forward

Start/Stop

Factory

Default

AI1 (0 – 10V DC)

RJ-11

RS-485

Series

Interface 6 to 1

DO1

Main Circuit Power

June 2008

40-12

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Open Drives

Dimensions

Table 40-8. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights for Basic Controller

Figure 40-6. 1/4 to 3 hp Drive Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Description Dimensions in Inches (mm) Shipping Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Horsepower Volts Width Height Depth

1/4

1/2

100 – 120 3.9 (100)

3.9 (100)

5.9 (151)

5.7 (145)

6.2 (2.8)

1/2

7-1/2

200 – 240 3.9 (100)

3.9 (100)

4.9 (100)

4.9 (125)

5.9 (151)

8.6 (220)

5.7 (145)

7.6 (193)

6.2 (2.8)

12.1 (5.5)

7-1/2

380 – 480 3.9 (100)

3.9 (100)

4.9 (125)

5.9 (151)

8.6 (220)

5.7 (145)

7.6 (193)

6.2 (2.8)

12.1 (5.5)

7-1/2

500 – 600 3.9 (100)

3.9 (100)

4.9 (125)

5.9 (151)

8.6 (220)

5.7 (145)

7.6 (193)

6.2 (2.8)

12.1 (5.5)

T1 T2 T3 B1 B2

MOTOR Braking

5.22 (132.5)

5.62 (142.7)

.39 (10.0)

3.35

(85.0)

.39

(10.0)

3.94 (100.0)

3.50 (89.0)

.18 (4.5)

Dia. Typ.

.08

(2.0)

1.77

(45.0)

.55

(14.0)

.91

(23.0)

6.34

(161.0)

5.94

(151.0)

5.51

(140.0)

MVXF25A0-1 (115V, 1 ph 1/4 hp)

MVXF50A0-1 (115V, 1 ph 1/2 hp)

MVX001A0-1 (115V, 1 ph 1 hp)

MVXF50A0-2 (230V, 1 ph /3 ph, 1/2 hp)

MVX001A0-2 (230V, 1 ph /3 ph, 1 hp)

MVX002A0-2 (230V, 1 ph /3 ph, 2 hp)

MVX001A0-4 (460V, 3 ph, 1 hp)

MVX002A0-4 (460V, 3 ph, 2 hp)

MVX003A0-4 (460V, 3 ph, 3 hp)

MVX001A0-5 (575V, 3 ph 1 hp)

MVX002A0-5 (575V, 3 ph 2 hp)

MVX003A0-5 (575V, 3 ph 3 hp)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-13

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-7. 3 to 10 hp Drive Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

4.70

(119.5)

.59

(15.0)

7.15 (181.5)

7.55 (191.7)

.41 (10.5)

T1 T2 T3 B1 B2

MOTOR Braking

4.92 (125.0)

4.33 (110.0)

.23 (5.8)

Dia. Typ.

.59

(15.0)

1.85

(46.9) .10 (2.5)

MVX003A0-2 (230V, 1 ph /3 ph, 3 hp)

MVX005A0-2 (230V, 3 ph, 5 hp)

MVX007A0-2 (230V, 3 ph, 7-1/2 hp)

MVX005A0-4 (460V, 3 ph, 5 hp)

MVX007A0-4 (460V, 3 ph, 7-1/2 hp)

MVX010A0-4 (460V, 3 ph, 10 hp)

MVX005A0-5 (575V, 3 ph, 5 hp)

MVX007A0-5 (575V, 3 ph, 7-1/2 hp)

MVX010A0-5 (575V, 3 ph, 10 hp)

3.48 (88.5)

7.15

(181.5)

9.25

(235.0)

8.66

(220.0)

8.07

(205.0)

June 2008

40-14

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-8. Digital Keypad Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Figure 40-9. MVX9000 NEMA 1 Enclosure

2.22

(56.5)

M4 P .03 (.7) x .19 (4.8) Deep

for Mounting Screw

(Typ. 3 Places)

.09 (2.3) Dia. x .19 (4.8) Deep Connection Hole

for Extension Cable Screw (Typ. 2 Places)

1.63

(41.5)

.92

(23.3)

2.36 (60)

2.54 (64.6)

1.48 (37.6)

1.20

(30.5)

.08

(2.0)

1.81

(46)

3.46

(88)

MVXENCS

MVXENCL

Enclosure

Frame

Approximate Dimensions

in Inches (mm)

9.7

(246.4)

4.2

(106.7)

5.7

(144.8)

8.2

(208.3)

(20.3)

2.1

(53.3)

12.8

(325.1)

5.2

(132.1)

7.4

(188.0)

11.0

(279.4)

1.0

(25.4)

2.6

(66.0)

H W D H1 H2 W1

Top View

Front View Side View Back View

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-15

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Open Drives

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-9. MVX9000 Catalog Numbering System

Product Selection

Table 40-10. MVX9000 Basic Controller IP20

Horsepower ratings are based on the use of a 240V or 480V NEMA B,

4- or 6-pole squirrel cage induction motor and are for reference only.

Units are to be selected such that the motor current is less than or

equal to the MVX9000 rated continuous output current.

For 208V, 380V or 415V applications, select the unit such that the motor

current is less than or equal to the MVX9000 rated continuous output

current.

Options

Table 40-11. Field Options Kits

Description Input Amp.

Single-/

3-Phase

Rating

Continuous

Output

Amp

Rating

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Hp Volts 

1/4

1/2

90 – 130 6.3/—

9.0/—

18.0/—

1.6

2.5

4.2

MVXF25A0-1

MVXF50A0-1

MVX001A0-1

1/2

7-1/2

200 – 240 6.3/2.9

11.5/6.3

15.7/8.8

27.5/12.5

—/19.6

—/31.5

2.5

5.0

7.0

MVXF50A0-2

MVX001A0-2

MVX002A0-2

MVX003A0-2

MVX005A0-2

MVX007A0-2

7-1/2

380 – 480 —/4.2

—/5.7

—/7.0

—/8.5

—/14

—/20.6

3.0

4.0

5.0

8.2

MVX001A0-4

MVX002A0-4

MVX003A0-4

MVX005A0-4

MVX007A0-4

MVX010A0-4

7-1/2

500 – 600 —/2.4

—/4.2

—/5.9

—/7.0

—/10.5

—/12.9

1.7

3.0

4.2

6.6

9.9

12.2

MVX001A0-5

MVX002A0-5

MVX003A0-5

MVX005A0-5

MVX007A0-5

MVX010A0-5

M V X 0 0 1 A 0 -2

Base Catalog

Number

Horsepower

F25 = 1/4 hp

F50 = 1/2 hp

001 = 1 hp

002 = 2 hp

003 = 3 hp

005 = 5 hp

007 = 7-1/2 hp

010 = 10 hp

Series

Enclosure

0 = IP20

Voltage

1 = 115V AC

2 = 240V AC

4 = 480V AC

5 = 575V AC

Description Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Keypads

Copy Keypad

Normal Keypad

Remote Kit

MVXCOPY

MVXKPD

MVXRM

Miscellaneous Options

Extension I/O

DIN Rail

MVXEIO

MVXDR

Communications

DeviceNet Module MVXDN

NEMA 1 Enclosure

Small Frame

Large Frame

MVXENCS

MVXENCL

3% Line Reactor, 1-phase

1/2 hp, 240V

1 hp, 240V

2 hp, 240V

3 hp, 240V

K64-000988-8091

K64-000988-0120

K64-000988-0180

K64-000988-0250

3% Line Reactor, 3-phase

1 hp, 480V

2 hp, 480V

3 hp, 480V

5 hp, 480V

7-1/2 hp, 480V

10 hp, 480V

K64-000989-2091

K64-000989-4091

K64-000989-8091

K64-000989-0180

K64-000989-0250

1/2 hp, 240V

1 hp, 240V

2 hp, 240V

3 hp, 240V

5 hp, 240V

7-1/2 hp, 240V

K64-000988-2091

K64-000988-4091

K64-000988-8091

K64-000988-0120

K64-000988-0180

K64-000988-0250

Output Line Reactor

1 hp, 480V

2 hp, 480V

3 hp, 480V

5 hp, 480V

7-1/2 hp, 480V

10 hp, 480V

K64-000989-2091

K64-000989-4091

K64-000989-8091

K64-000989-0120

K64-000989-0180

EMI Filter

1/2 hp, 240V AC, Single-Phase

1 hp, 240V AC, Single-Phase

2 hp, 240V AC, Single-Phase

3 hp, 240V AC, Single-Phase

K13-000034-0111

K13-000034-0112

1/2 hp, 240V AC, Three-Phase

1 hp, 240V AC, Three-Phase

2 hp, 240V AC, Three-Phase

3 hp, 240V AC, Three-Phase

5 hp, 240V AC, Three-Phase

7-1/2 hp, 240V AC, Three-Phase

K13-000034-0113

K13-000034-0115

1 hp, 480V AC, Three-Phase

2 hp, 480V AC, Three-Phase

3 hp, 480V AC, Three-Phase

5 hp, 480V AC, Three-Phase

7-1/2 hp, 480V AC, Three-Phase

10 hp, 480V AC, Three-Phase

K13-000034-0114

K13-000034-0116

K13-000034-0117

Dynamic Braking Resistor

1/2 – 1 hp, 240V

2 – 3 hp, 240V

5 hp, 240V

7-1/2 hp, 240V

K13-000034-0821

K13-000034-0824

K13-000034-0825

K13-000034-0826

1 hp, 480V

2 – 3 hp, 480V

5 hp, 480V

7-1/2 hp, 480V

10 hp, 480V

K13-000034-0841

K13-000034-0843

K13-000034-0844

K13-000034-0845

K13-000034-0846

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-1

June 2008

40-16

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Contents

Description Page

MVX9000 Enclosed Drives

Product Description. . . . . . . 40-16

Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-17

Standards and

Certiﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . . 40-17

Cover Control. . . . . . . . . . . . 40-19

Modiﬁcation Codes . . . . . . . 40-20

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-18

Product Selection . . . . . . . . 40-23

Product Description

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer® MVX9000 is

offered in

a variety of enclosure options

to provide protection for operator and

equipment. Enclosure ratings include

Type 1,

12, 3R and 4X. (Enclosure

ratings are deﬁned in PG03300001E.)

Model MVX9000 sensorless vector

adjustable frequency AC drives are

designed to provide adjustable speed

control of three-phase motors. These

microprocessor-based, sensorless vec-

tor drives have standard features that

can be programmed to tailor

the drive’s performance to suit a wide

variety of application requirements.

The MVX9000 sensorless vector product

line utilizes a 32-bit microprocessor

and insulated gate bipolar transistors

(IGBTs) which provide quiet motor

operation, high motor efﬁciency and

smooth low speed performance. The

size and simplicity of the MVX9000

make it ideal for hassle free installa-

tions where size is a primary concern.

Models rated at 575 and 480 volts,

3-phase, 50/60 Hz are available in sizes

ranging from 1 to 10 hp. Models rated

at 240 volts, single- or 3-phase, 50/60 Hz

are available in sizes ranging from

1/2 to7-1/2 hp.

The standard drive includes a digital

display, operating and programming

keys on a removable keypad. The dis-

play provides drive monitoring as well

as adjustment and diagnostic informa-

tion. The keys are utilized for digital

adjustment and programming of the

drive as well as for operator control.

Separate terminal blocks for control

and power wiring are provided for

customer connections. Other features

provided as standard include built-in

DC braking, RS-485 serial communica-

tions and PID control.

The enclosed microdrives can be

conﬁgured with standard modiﬁcation

codes including options for various

cover controls, two- and three-

contactor bypass, communications

and traditional disconnect switch

offerings.

Type 1 Enclosure

The Type 1 version of the MVX9000

sensorless vector product line utilizes

a door-mountable (option) keypad.

The keypad, with digital display,

can be used for operating and pro-

gramming the MVX9000 drive. Type 1

enclosed MVX9000s offer a standard

gasketed cover in a ventilated

enclosure.

MVX Drive with 3-Contactor Bypass

Type 1/3R with Keypad Cover

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-17

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Microdrives

Type 12 Enclosure

The Type 12 design uses a seam

welded, dust-tight enclosure. These

enclosures use the latest advances in

cooling technology to offer space sav-

ing designs as well as providing ample

space for modiﬁcations.

Type 3R Enclosure

The Type 3R design incorporates the

MVX9000 technology into a compact,

rainproof enclosure. Type 3R enclo-

sures are available with a door mount

keypad option utilizing a steel ﬂange

door to protect the keypad.

Type 4X Enclosure

The Type 4X enclosed MVX utilizes

a seam-welded stainless steel enclo-

sure. These enclosures use the lat-

est advances in cooling technology

to offer space saving designs as

well as providing ample space for

modiﬁcations.

Features

■Drive Keypad Access — Through-

the-door access to STOP/START,

speed potentiometer drive keys and

programming available as an option

on Type 1, 3R and 12

■Available as non-combination or

combination with fusible or circuit

breaker disconnect

■Fusible Disconnect — 30A or 60A

with Class CC / J fuses or R fuses

■Circuit Breaker — Thermal magnetic

circuit breaker with trip rating based

on maximum drive FLA

■Operating Mechanism — Rotary or

ﬂange type with provisions for pad-

locking in the OFF position. An inter-

lock defeater is built into the

operating mechanism to permit the

cover to be opened with the discon-

nect on

■Cover Control — Control devices

available installed or in ﬁeld

assembly kits

■Options — Bus Choke, Bypass/Isola-

tion Contactors, EMI Filter, Line Reac-

tors, DeviceNet Interface and more

The compact design allows the con-

troller to be located adjacent to the

motor.

Standards and Certiﬁcations

Note: See Enclosed Control Product Guide

PG03300001E for additional information on

Standards and Certiﬁcations that apply to all

Cutler-Hammer Enclosed Control products.

■UL Listed

■cUL Listed (indicates appropriate

CSA Standard investigation)

■ABS Type Approval

■CE Mark available (Requires EMI

ﬁlter)

Type 12 Design

June 2008

40-18

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Microdrives

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-12. Enclosed Microdrive Catalog Numbering System

Frame (hp) only available at 208 – 240V.

Frame (hp) only available at 380 – 480V.

E C S 8 0 B 1 B A A

Design

S = Solid-State

Class Page

80 = Non-combination

81 = Disconnect Switch Combination

82 = Motor Circuit Protector Combination

40-23

40-24

40-25

Frame (hp)

B = 1/2 

C =1

D =2

E =3

F =5

G = 7-1/2

H = 10 

Enclosure Type

1 = 1 — General Purpose

2 = 3R — Rainproof

3 = 4 — Painted Steel

4 = 4X — 304-Grade Stainless Steel

8 = 12 — Dust-Tight

9 = 4X — 316-Grade Stainless Steel

Disconnect Rating Fuse Clips

A = None

C = 30 Amp

E = 60 Amp

Circuit Breaker Rating

A = 15 Amp

B = 20 Amp

D = 30 Amp

E = 40 Amp

F = 50 Amp

Cover Control

See Page 40-19

Voltage

B = 208 – 240V

C = 380 – 480V

D = 575V

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-19

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

MVX9000

Microdrives

Cover Control

Table 40-13. MVX Non-reversing Pilot Devices

Add Code Letter from table below to Catalog Number for voltage — kits only. Example: C400T10A.

Table 40-14. MVX Reversing Pilot Devices

Add Code Letter from table below to Catalog Number for voltage — kits only. Example: C400T10A.

Order 2 C400T9 .

Description Factory

Installed

Type 1, 3R

Kits for Field

Installation

Type 12, 4X

Kits for Field

Installation

Position

9 Alpha

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

None

START/STOP Pushbuttons

with Red RUN Pilot Light

with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

—

C400T21

C400T22 

C400T23 

—

C400T1

—

ON/OFF Pushbuttons

with Red RUN Pilot Light

with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

—

C400T2

—

HAND/OFF/AUTO Selector Switch

with Red RUN Pilot Light

with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

C400T24

C400T25 

C400T26 

C400T12

—

Red RUN Pilot Light

Green OFF Pilot Light

Red RUN/Green OFF Pilot Lights

START/STOP Selector Switch

with Red RUN Pilot Light

with Red RUN/Green OFF Lights

C400T10 

C400T11 

C400T12 

—

C400T9 

C400T10 

C400T11 

C400T13

—

Speed Potentiometer S— —

Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter

120V 60 Hz

208V 60 Hz

240V 60 Hz

380V 50 Hz

480V 60 Hz

600V 60 Hz

Description Factory

Installed

Type 1, 3R

Kits for Field

Installation

Type 12, 4X

Kits for Field

Installation

Position

9 Alpha

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

None

FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP

Pushbuttons

with 2 Red Pilot Lights

with 2 Red/1 Green Lights

—

C400T50

C400T51 

C400T52 

—

C400T6

—

UP/STOP/DOWN Pushbuttons

with 2 Red Pilot Lights

with 2 Red/1 Green Lights

—

FORWARD/OFF/REVERSE Selector

Switch

with 2 Red Pilot Lights

with 2 Red/1 Green Lights

C400T53

C400T54 

C400T55 

C400T15

—

2 Red Pilot Lights

Green OFF Pilot Light

2 Red/1 Green Pilot Lights

Speed Potentiometer

—

C400T11 

—



C400T10 

—

Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter Rating Code Letter

120V 60 Hz

208V 60 Hz

240V 60 Hz

380V 50 Hz

480V 60 Hz

600V 60 Hz

June 2008

40-20

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Microdrives

Modiﬁcation Codes

Table 40-15. A — Auxiliary Contacts (when bypass contactor chosen)

For drive only run contacts, see Mods C12 and C14.

Table 40-16. B — Breaker Modiﬁcations, Bell Alarm, DC Bus Choke

A DC bus choke may be used in place of an AC line reactor for line

harmonic current reduction and for power source exceeding 500 kVA.

The DC bus choke will not provide any protection for line voltage

unbalance or transients.

Table 40-17. C — Control Power Transformers, Control Relays, Control

Sources, Bypass Contactors

Requires oversize enclosure.

Provides additional contacts for drive run indication.

Includes bimetallic overload.

Table 40-18. D — Device Labels, DIN Rail

Table 40-19. E — Enclosure Modiﬁcations, Elapsed Time Meter

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Top Mounted Auxiliary

Contacts (Unwired) 

A13 1NO

A14 1NC

A15 1NO-1NC

A16 2NO

A17 2NC

A18 2NO-1NC

A19 1NO-2NC

A20 3NO

A21 3NC

A22 3NO-1NC

A23 2NO-2NC

A24 1NO-3NC

A25 4NO

A26 4NC

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Breaker B1 1NO-1NC Auxiliary Contacts

B2 2NO-2NC Auxiliary Contacts

B3 Shunt Trip on Circuit Breaker —

48 – 127V AC or DC

Bell Alarm B16 Bell Alarm for GHC

Bus Choke B20 240V or 480V DC Bus Choke, Open

Core and Coil 

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Control

Power

Transformer

C1 Standard Size CPT, 120V/60 Hz, 110V/50 Hz

Secondary with 2 Primary and 1 Secondary

Fuse

C42 50 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,

110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and

1 Secondary Fuse

C3 100 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,

110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and

1 Secondary Fuse

C5 200 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,

110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and

1 Secondary Fuse

C7 300 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,

110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and

1 Secondary Fuse

C8 400 VA Extra Capacity CPT, 120V/60 Hz,

110V/50 Hz Secondary with 2 Primary and

1 Secondary Fuse

Control

Relay 

C13 RUN Relay, 24V DC

Separate

Control

C35 Wired for Separate Control

C45 Separate Source Disc (Type 1/12 fusible only)

Customer

Supplied

C36 Customer Supplied Components to Be

Installed

C37 Customer Supplied Wiring Diagram to Use

Bypass

Contactors 

C46/J1 Isolation Contactor

C46/J2 Output Contactor

C46/J3 Bypass Contactor 

C46/J4 Isolation/Output/Bypass Contactors 

C46/J5 3 Contactor Bypass Package — Includes CPT,

Pilot Lights, Selector Switch, Auxiliary

Contacts and Control Relay 

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Device Labels D1 Device Labels — Specify

DIN Rail D8 DIN Rail Installed

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Enclosure E3 Oversized Enclosure

Elapsed

Time Meter

E9 Type 1, 3R, 12, 4X

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-21

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Microdrives

Table 40-20. F — Fuse Clips, Fuse Blocks, EMI Filter

The EMI ﬁlter is not necessary to meet the CE mark requirements for

EMC when installing the MVX in an EC country.

Requires oversized enclosure.

Table 40-21. H — Space Heater, Heater Packs Installed

Use only when C46 or R7 modiﬁcations are required.

Table 40-22. K — Keypad

Table 40-23. L — Lightning Arrestor, Carton Label, Line Reactor,

Load Reactor

Requires oversized enclosure.

If the power source exceeds 500 kVA, 3% line unbalance, or if transient

voltages from power factor capacitor switching events are present, an

input line reactor must be used. The input line reactor will also reduce

line current harmonics.

The output line dv/dt ﬁlter is required when the distance from the drive to

the motor exceeds 33 feet (10.1m). The total cable run should not exceed

165 feet (50.3m).

Table 40-24. N — Nameplates

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Fuse

Blocks

F4 Power Fuses Included — Order by

Description

F5 30A Control Circuit Fuseholder (KTK)

Mounted on Panel (unwired) Fuse Not

Supplied

F6 30A Control Circuit Fuseholder Mounted

on Panel (unwired), 5A KTK Fuse

Supplied

EMI Filter F22 240V or 480V 3-Phase 

F23 240V 1-Phase 

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Space

Heater

H1 Space Heater and Thermostat

H2 Space Heater and NC Interlock

(100 Watt)

Install Heater

Packs (Freedom

Series) 

H5 Class 20 Class 10

/D1

/D2

/D3

/D4

/D5

H2001B-3

H2002B-3

H2003B-3

H2004B-3

H2005B-3

/D25

/D26

/D27

/D28

/D29

H2101B-3

H2102B-3

H2103B-3

H2104B-3

H2105B-3

/D6

/D7

/D8

/D9

/D10

H2006B-3

H2007B-3

H2008B-3

H2009B-3

H2010B-3

/D30

/D31

/D32

/D33

/D34

H2106B-3

H2107B-3

H2108B-3

H2109B-3

H2110B-3

/D11

/D12

/D13

/D14

H2011B-3

H2012B-3

H2013B-3

H2014B-3

/D35

/D36

/D37

/D38

H2111B-3

H2112B-3

H2113B-3

H2114B-3

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Keypad K1 Door-Mounted AFD Keypad (Type 1 and 12)

K2 Door-Mounted AFD Keypad (Type 3R)

K3 AFD Copy Keypad (mounted on drive)

K4 Door-Mounted AFD Copy Keypad

(Type 1 and 12)

K5 Door-Mounted AFD Copy Keypad (Type 3R)

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Lightning

Arrestor 

L1 Lightning Arrestor

Label L10 Carton Label — Customer Marking

— Specify

Line Reactor (Type 1/12

design limited to either

line or load reactor, not

both)

L12 240V or 480V 3% Input Line

Reactor, 3-Phase, Open Core

and Coil 

L13 240V 3% Input Line Reactor,

1-Phase, Open Core and Coil 

L14 240V or 480V 5% Input Line

Reactor, 3-Phase, Open Core

and Coil 

L15 240V 5% Input Line Reactor,

1-Phase, Open Core and Coil 

L16 Line Reactor by Description

Output Line Filter (Type

1/12 design limited to

either line or load reactor,

not both)

L17 480V Output Line dv/dt Filter,

Open Core and Coil 

L18 Load Reactor by Description

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Nameplates N1 Nameplate on Enclosure —

Order Wording to Be Inscribed

June 2008

40-22

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Microdrives

Table 40-25. P — Pilot Lights, Pushbuttons, Phase Loss Relay, Phase

Reversal Relay

Table 40-26. R — Relays, Overload Relay Modiﬁcations, DeviceNet™

Interface Mode

Table 40-27. S — Selector Switches, Suppressor, Surge Capacitor,

Speed Pot

Table 40-28. T — Timers, Terminal Blocks, Terminal Points, Ring Lug

Table 40-29. U — Undervoltage Relay

Table 40-30. W — Wiremarkers

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Push-to-Test

Pilot Lights

P1 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Red RUN)

P2 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Green OFF)

P3 Combination of P1 and P2 Above

P4 Push-to-Test Pilot Light (Amber RUN)

P54 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Red BYPASS

P55 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Amber

INVERTER ENABLE

P56 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Red

INVERTER RUNNING

P57 Push-to-Test Pilot Light — Green

STOPPED

Pushbuttons P5 EMERGENCY STOP — Mushroom Head

P7 START/STOP

P8 ON/OFF

P9 START

P10 ON

P11 OFF

P12 FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP

P52 UP/STOP/DOWN

P18 Pushbutton with Legend Plate

(Order by Description)

Pilot Lights P19 Amber Light “POWER AVAILABLE” Wired

to Load Side of 2 Fuses or Circuit Breaker

P20 Pilot Light (Amber) Wired to Coil

P23 Pilot Light — Red RUN

P24 Pilot Light — Red ON

P25 Pilot Light — Green OFF

P58 Pilot Light — Red BYPASS

P59 Pilot Light — Amber INVERTER ENABLE

P60 Pilot Light — Red INVERTER RUNNING

P61 Pilot Light — Green STOP

P26 Pilot Light (Order by Description)

Illuminated

Pushbutton

P27 Illuminated Pushbutton

(Order by Description)

Phase Loss

Relay

P28 Phase Loss Relay

Phase Reversal

Relay

P30 Phase Reversal Relay

Phase Unbalance

Relay

P32 Phase Unbalance Relay

Phase Monitoring

Relay

P34 Phase Monitoring Relay

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Relay R2 Overvoltage Relay

R7 Overload Relay (Order by Description)

Relay

Modiﬁcations

R45 Auto Reset Only on Overload Relay

DeviceNet

Interface

Module

R69 DeviceNet Communication Interface

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Selector

Switches

S3 HAND-OFF-AUTO Selector Switch

S10 OFF-AUTO Selector Switch

S11 START-STOP Selector Switch

S12 ON-OFF Selector Switch

S16 FORWARD-REVERSE Selector Switch

S38 INVERTER-OFF-BYPASS Selector Switch

S40 Selector Switch (Order by Description)

Surge

Capacitor

S37 Surge Capacitor Wired to Disconnect

Line Side

Speed Pot S39 Speed Potentiometer

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Timers T3 Pneumatic Timer Mounted in Enclosure,

Unwired, 180 Seconds Maximum

T4 Pneumatic Timer (Order by Description)

T5 Solid-State Timer (Order by Description)

Terminal

Blocks

T9 With 1 Single-Circuit Terminal Block,

Unwired

T10 With 2 Single-Circuit Terminal Blocks,

Unwired

Terminal

Points

T11 With 6 Terminal Points, Unwired

T12 With 12 Terminal Points, Unwired

T13 With 16 Terminal Points, Unwired

T14 Terminal Point per Customer

Speciﬁcation, Unwired

T15 Terminal Point per Customer

Speciﬁcation, Wired

Ring Lug T16 Ring Lug Connections on

Power Wires

T17 Ring Lug Connections on

Control Wires

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Undervoltage

Relay

U2 Undervoltage Relay,

Non-adjustable

Under and

Over Relay

U7 Under and Overvoltage Relay

Modiﬁcation Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx

Description

Wiremarkers W7 Wiremarkers

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-23

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Microdrives

Product Selection

Table 40-31. Class ECS80 — Non-combination MVX9000 Drives

These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECS80B4BAA-C1. To order Type

4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.

For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Volts Input Amp.

Single-/

3-Phase

Rating

Continuous

Output Amp.

Rating

Type 1

General Purpose

Type 3R

Rainproof

Type 4X 

Watertight

Stainless Steel

Type 12

Industrial

Dust-Tight

Component

Microdrive

(Open)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

1/2 hp

208 – 240 5.8/3.4 2.5 ECS80B1BAA ECS80B2BAA ECS80B4BAA ECS80B8BAA MVXF50A0-2

1 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

9/5.2

—/3.3

—/2.4

1.7

ECS80C1BAA

ECS80C1CAA

ECS80C1DAA

ECS80C2BAA

ECS80C2CAA

ECS80C2DAA

ECS80C4BAA

ECS80C4CAA

ECS80C4DAA

ECS80C8BAA

ECS80C8CAA

ECS80C8DAA

MVX001A0-2

MVX001A0-4

MVX001A0-5

2 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

16/9.3

—/5

—/4.2

ECS80D1BAA

ECS80D1CAA

ECS80D1DAA

ECS80D2BAA

ECS80D2CAA

ECS80D2DAA

ECS80D4BAA

ECS80D4CAA

ECS80D4DAA

ECS80D8BAA

ECS80D8CAA

ECS80D8DAA

MVX002A0-2

MVX002A0-4

MVX002A0-5

3 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

22.5/13

—/7

—/5.9

4.2

ECS80E1BAA

ECS80E1CAA

ECS80E1DAA

ECS80E2BAA

ECS80E2CAA

ECS80E2DAA

ECS80E4BAA

ECS80E4CAA

ECS80E4DAA

ECS80E8BAA

ECS80E8CAA

ECS80E8DAA

MVX003A0-2

MVX003A0-4

MVX003A0-5

5 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

—/20

—/11

—/7.0

8.2

6.6

ECS80F1BAA

ECS80F1CAA

ECS80F1DAA

ECS80F2BAA

ECS80F2CAA

ECS80F2DAA

ECS80F4BAA

ECS80F4CAA

ECS80F4DAA

ECS80F8BAA

ECS80F8CAA

ECS80F8DAA

MVX005A0-2

MVX005A0-4

MVX005A0-5

7-1/2 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

—/31

—/17

—/10.5

9.9

ECS80G1BAA

ECS80G1CAA

ECS80G1DAA

ECS80G2BAA

ECS80G2CAA

ECS80G2DAA

ECS80G4BAA

ECS80G4CAA

ECS80G4DAA

ECS80G8BAA

ECS80G8CAA

ECS80G8DAA

MVX007A0-2

MVX007A0-4

MVX007A0-5

10 hp

380 – 480

500 – 600

—/21

—/12.9

12.2

ECS80H1CAA

ECS80H1DAA

ECS80H2CAA

ECS80H2DAA

ECS80H4CAA

ECS80H4DAA

ECS80H8CAA

ECS80H8DAA

MVX010A0-4

MVX010A0-5

Cover Controls . . . . . . . . . . . Page 40-19

Modiﬁcations. . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 40-20 – 40-22

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . SS-1

June 2008

40-24

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Microdrives

Table 40-32. Class ECS81 — Combination Disconnect Switch MVX9000 Drives

These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECS81B4BAC-C1. To order Type

4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.

For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Volts Input Amp.

Single-/

3-Phase

Rating

Continuous

Output Amp.

Rating

Fuse

Clips Type 1

General Purpose Type 3R

Rainproof Type 4X 

Watertight

Stainless Steel

Type 12

Industrial

Dust-Tight

Component

Microdrive

(Open)

Catalog

Number Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

1/2 hp

208 – 240 5.8/3.4 2.6 30A ECS81B1BAC ECS81B2BAC ECS81B4BAC ECS81B8BAC MVXF50A0-2

1 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

9/5.2

—/3.3

—/2.4

2.5

1.7

30A

ECS81C1BAC

ECS81C1CAC

ECS81C1DAC

ECS81C2BAC

ECS81C2CAC

ECS81C2DAC

ECS81C4BAC

ECS81C4CAC

ECS81C4DAC

ECS81C8BAC

ECS81C8CAC

ECS81C8DAC

MVX001A0-2

MVX001A0-4

MVX001A0-5

2 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

16/9.3

—/5

—/4.2

7.1

3.8

30A

ECS81D1BAC

ECS81D1CAC

ECS81D1DAC

ECS81D2BAC

ECS81D2CAC

ECS81D2DAC

ECS81D4BAC

ECS81D4CAC

ECS81D4DAC

ECS81D8BAC

ECS81D8CAC

ECS81D8DAC

MVX002A0-2

MVX002A0-4

MVX002A0-5

3 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

22.5/13

—/7

—/5.9

5.5

4.2

30A

ECS81E1BAC

ECS81E1CAC

ECS81E1DAC

ECS81E2BAC

ECS81E2CAC

ECS81E2DAC

ECS81E4BAC

ECS81E4CAC

ECS81E4DAC

ECS81E8BAC

ECS81E8CAC

ECS81E8DAC

MVX003A0-2

MVX003A0-4

MVX003A0-5

5 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

—/20

—/11

—/7.0

15.9

8.6

6.6

30A

ECS81F1BAC

ECS81F1CAC

ECS81F1DAC

ECS81F2BAC

ECS81F2CAC

ECS81F2DAC

ECS81F4BAC

ECS81F4CAC

ECS81F4DAC

ECS81F8BAC

ECS81F8CAC

ECS81F8DAC

MVX005A0-2

MVX005A0-4

MVX005A0-5

7-1/2 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

—/31

—/17

—/10.5

9.9

60A

30A

ECS81G1BAE

ECS81G1CAC

ECS81G1DAC

ECS81G2BAE

ECS81G2CAC

ECS81G2DAC

ECS81G4BAE

ECS81G4CAC

ECS81G4DAC

ECS81G8BAE

ECS81G8CAC

ECS81G8DAC

MVX007A0-2

MVX007A0-4

MVX007A0-5

10 hp

380 – 480

500 – 600

—/21

—/12.9

12.2

30A

ECS81H1CAC

ECS81H1DAC

ECS81H2CAC

ECS81H2DAC

ECS81H4CAC

ECS81H4DAC

ECS81H8CAC

ECS81H8DAC

MVX010A0-4

MVX010A0-5

Type 3R Combination HMCPE MVX Drive

Type 1 MXV Drive with Disconnect

Switch and Bypass

Cover Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 40-19

Modiﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 40-20 – 40-22

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . SS-1

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-25

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Microdrives

Table 40-33. Class ECS82 — Combination HMCPE Circuit Breaker MVX9000 Drives

These are the Catalog Numbers for Type 4X 304-Grade Stainless Steel, as indicated by the seventh digit 4. Example: ECS82B4BAA-C1. To order Type

4X 316-Grade Stainless Steel, change that digit to 9. To order Type 4 Painted Steel, change that digit to 3. To order Nonmetallic, change that digit to 5.

For details on these Alternate Enclosures, see PG03300001E.

Volts Input Amp.

Single-/

3-Phase

Rating

Continuous

Output

Amp.

Rating

HMCP

Rating

Amps.

Type 1

General Purpose

Type 3R

Rainproof

Type 4X 

Watertight

Stainless Steel

Type 12

Industrial

Dust-Tight

Component

Microdrive

(Open)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

1/2 hp

208 – 240 5.8/3.4 2.6 15 ECS82B1BAA ECS82B2BAA ECS82B4BAA ECS82B8BAA MVXF50A0-2

1 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

9/5.2

—/3.3

—/2.4

2.5

1.7

ECS82C1BAA

ECS82C1CAA

ECS82C1DAA

ECS82C2BAA

ECS82C2CAA

ECS82C2DAA

ECS82C4BAA

ECS82C4CAA

ECS82C4DAA

ECS82C8BAA

ECS82C8CAA

ECS82C8DAA

MVX001A0-2

MVX001A0-4

MVX001A0-5

2 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

16/9.3

—/5

—/4.2

7.1

3.8

ECS82D1BAA

ECS82D1CAA

ECS82D1DAA

ECS82D2BAA

ECS82D2CAA

ECS82D2DAA

ECS82D4BAA

ECS82D4CAA

ECS82D4DAA

ECS82D8BAA

ECS82D8CAA

ECS82D8DAA

MVX002A0-2

MVX002A0-4

MVX002A0-5

3 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

22.5/13

—/7

—/5.9

5.5

4.2

ECS82E1BAD

ECS82E1CAA

ECS82E1DAA

ECS82E2BAD

ECS82E2CAA

ECS82E2DAA

ECS82E4BAD

ECS82E4CAA

ECS82E4DAA

ECS82E8BAD

ECS82E8CAA

ECS82E8DAA

MVX003A0-2

MVX003A0-4

MVX003A0-5

5 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

—/20

—/11

—/7.0

15.9

8.6

6.6

ECS82F1BAD

ECS82F1CAA

ECS82F1DAA

ECS82F2BAD

ECS82F2CAA

ECS82F2DAA

ECS82F4BAD

ECS82F4CAA

ECS82F4DAA

ECS82F8BAD

ECS82F8CAA

ECS82F8DAA

MVX005A0-2

MVX005A0-4

MVX005A0-5

7-1/2 hp

208 – 240

380 – 480

500 – 600

—/31

—/17

—/10.5

9.9

ECS82G1BAF

ECS82G1CAD

ECS82G1DAA

ECS82G2BAF

ECS82G2CAD

ECS82G2DAA

ECS82G4BAF

ECS82G4CAD

ECS82G4DAA

ECS82G8BAF

ECS82G8CAD

ECS82G8DAA

MVX007A0-2

MVX007A0-4

MVX007A0-5

10 hp

380 – 480

500 – 600

—/21

—/12.9

12.2

ECS82H1CAD

ECS82H1DAD

ECS82H2CAD

ECS82H2DAD

ECS82H4CAD

ECS82H4DAD

ECS82H8CAD

ECS82H8DAD

MVX010A0-4

MVX010A0-5

Type 3R Combination HMCPE MVX Drive

Type 1 MXV Drive with Disconnect

Switch and Bypass

Cover Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 40-19

Modiﬁcations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 40-20 – 40-22

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PG03300001E

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . SS-1

June 2008

40-26

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

MVX9000

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 40-10. MVX9000 Wiring Diagram

DI1

DI2

DI3

DI4

DI5

MVX9000 Input/Output Terminal Block

+10V

DI6

COM

AO+

AI1

COM

AI2

DO1

DOC

Motor

Disconnect

(If Used)

MVXR

Fault

RO2

RO3

RO1

Fwd/Stop

Rev/Stop

Multi-Step 1

Multi-Step 2

Multi-Step 3

Reset

MVXR

Inv Run

Digital Out

V In

I In

V Out

Pwr Supply

(7)(8)

(6) (4)

T2/V

T1/U

Ground

T3/WL3/N

MVX

Ground

Screw

Fault

RO2 RO1

Terminal Block

4X2

Customer

Control

Device

Fuse

Ground

Fuse

(2)

L11

L12

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-27

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Open Drives

Contents

Description Page

SLX9000 Open Drives

Product Description . . . . . . 40-27

Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-27

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . 40-28

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-29

Product Selection. . . . . . . . 40-30

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-32

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-33

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-34

Replacement Parts . . . . . . . 40-36

Product Description

Cutler-Hammer® SLX9000 Series

Adjustable Frequency Drives from

Eaton’s electrical business are the

next generation of drives speciﬁcally

engineered for today’s commercial

and industrial applications. The power

unit makes use of the most sophisti-

cated semiconductor technology and a

highly modular construction that can

be ﬂexibly adapted to the customer’s

needs.

The input and output conﬁguration

(I/O) is designed with modularity in

mind. The I/O is compromised of

option cards, each with its own input

and output conﬁguration.

The control module is designed to

accept a total of two of these cards.

The cards contain not only normal

analog and digital inputs but also ﬁeld-

bus cards.

These drives continue the tradition of

robust performance, and raise the bar

on features and functionality, ensuring

the best solution at the right price.

The 9000X Family of Drives includes

HVX9000, SVX9000, SLX9000 and

SPX9000. 9000X Series drive ratings

are rated for either high overload (IH)

or low overload (IL). IL indicates 110%

overload capacity for 1 minute out

of 10 minutes. IH indicates 150%

overload capacity for 1 minute out

of 10 minutes.

Features

■Robust design — proven 500,000

hours MTBF

■Integrated 3% line reactors standard

■EMI/RFI Filters H standard

■Simpliﬁed operating menu allows

for typical programming changes,

while programming mode provides

control of everything

■Keypad — LCD operation from

keypad

■Standard NEMA Type 12 keypad on

all drives

■

The SLX9000 can be ﬂexibly adapted

to a variety of needs using our pre-

installed “All-In-One Application”

programs

■Additional I/O and communication

cards provide plug and play

functionality

■I/O connections with simple quick

connection terminals

■

The SLX9000 accommodates the

standard

I/O and an integrated RS-485

(Modbus)

connection. There is room

for two option cards with more I/O or

other functionality

■UL Listed

■Hand-Held Auxiliary 24V Power

Supply allows programming/moni-

toring of control module without

applying full power to the drive

■Control logic can be powered from

an external auxiliary control panel,

internal drive functions and ﬁeldbus

if necessary

■Brake Chopper standard

■NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12

enclosures available

SLX9000 Open Drive

June 2008

40-28

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Open Drives

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

Table 40-34. SLX9000 Speciﬁcations

Table 40-35. Standard I/O Speciﬁcations

Description Speciﬁcation

Input Ratings

Input Voltage (Vin) +10% / -15%

Input Frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45 – 66 Hz)

Connection to Power Once per minute or less (typical

operation)

High Withstand Rating 100 kAIC

Output Ratings

Output Voltage 0 to Vin

Continuous Output

Current

IH rated 100% at 122°F (50°C)

IL rated 100% at 104°F (40°C)

Overload Current (IH/IL) 150% IH, 110% IL for 1 min.

Output Frequency 0 to 320 Hz

Frequency Resolution .01 Hz

Initial Output Current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds

Control Characteristics

Control Method Frequency Control (V/f)

Open Loop: Sensorless Vector Control

Switching Frequency Adjustable with Parameter 2.6.9

1 to 16 kHz; default 10 kHz

Frequency Reference Analog Input: Resolution .1% (10-bit),

accuracy ± 1% V/Hz

Panel Reference: Resolution .01 Hz

Field Weakening Point 30 to 320 Hz

Acceleration Time 0 to 3000 sec.

Deceleration Time 0 to 3000 sec.

Braking Torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)

Ambient Conditions

Ambient Operating

Temperature

14°F (-10°C), no frost to 122°F (+50°C) IH

14°F (-10°C), no frost to 104°F (+40°C) IL

Storage Temperature -40°F (-40°C) to 158°F (70°C)

Relative Humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing,

non-corrosive, no dripping water

Air Quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in

operation, class 3C2; Mechanical particles:

IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2

Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280

ft. (1000m); 1% derating for each

328 ft. (100m) above 3280 ft. (1000m);

max. 9842 ft. (3000m)

Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz,

Displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at

3 to 15.8 Hz, Max. acceleration amplitude 1G

at 15.8 to 150 Hz

Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for

applicable UPS weights) Storage and ship-

ping: max. 15G, 11 ms (in package)

Enclosure Class NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/IP54

Description Speciﬁcation

Standards

Product IEC 61800-2

Safety UL 508C

EMC (at default settings) Immunity: Fulﬁlls all EMC immunity require-

ments; Emissions: EN 61800-3, LEVEL H

Control Connections

Analog Input Voltage 0 to 10V, R = 200 kΩ (-10 to 10V joystick con-

trol) Resolution .1%; accuracy ±1%

Analog Input Current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri - 250Ω differential

Digital Inputs Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30V DC

Auxiliary Voltage +24V ±15%, max. 250 mA

Output Reference Volt-

age

+10V +3%, max. load 10 mA

Analog Output 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500Ω; Resolution

10 bit; Accuracy ±2%

Relay Outputs 1 programmable Form C relay output

Switching capacity: 24V DC / 8A,

250V AC / 8A, 125V DC / 0.4A

Protections

Overcurrent Protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously

Overvoltage Protection Yes

Undervoltage Protection Yes

Earth Fault Protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable,

only the frequency converter is

protected

Input Phase Supervision Trips if any of the input phases are

missing

Motor Phase Supervision Trips if any of the output phases are

missing

Overtemperature

Protection

Yes

Motor Overload

Protection

Yes

Motor Stall Protection Yes

Motor Underload

Protection

Yes

Short Circuit Protection Yes (+24V and +10V Reference Voltages)

Description Speciﬁcation

3– Digital Input Programmable 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥ 18V,Ri > 5 k

2 – Analog Input Conﬁgurable

w/Jumpers

Voltage: 0 – ±10V, Ri > 200 k

Current: 0 (4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250 k

1 – Digital Output Programmable Form C Relays 250V AC 2 Amp or

30V DC2 Amp resistive, 8 Amp

switching

1 – Analog Output Programmable

Conﬁgurable w/Jumper

0 – 20 mA, RL < 500 ohms,

resolution 10 Bits/0.1%

1 – RS-485 Serial RS-485 Modbus Communication

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-29

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Open Drives

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-36. SLX9000 Adjustable Frequency Drive Catalog Numbering System

480V Drives up to 30 hp (IH) are only available with Brake Chopper Option B.

Factory promise delivery. Consult Sales Ofﬁce for availability.

Keypad

A = Alphanumeric

S L X 0 1 0 A 1 –4A 1 B 0

Board Modifications

0 = No Standard Boards

2 = Conformal (Varnished) Coating 

Brake Chopper Options 

B = Internal Brake Chopper Circuit

Input Options

1 = 3-phase, EMC H

Options

Options appear in alphabetical order.

Extended I/O Card Options

AA = 3 DI, 1 RO (NO/NC), 1 DO

AI = 3 DI, 1 RO (NO), 1 TI

B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT + 24V DC

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

Communication Cards

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP

CJ = BACnet

C2 = Modbus

C3 = Profibus DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = Profibus DP (D9 Connector)

C6 = CANopen (Slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

Product Family

SLX = Open Drives

Horsepower Rating

001 = 1 hp

F15 = 1-1/2 hp

002 = 2 hp

003 = 3 hp

005 = 5 hp

006 = 6 hp

007 = 7-1/2 hp

010 = 10 hp

015 = 15 hp

020 = 20 hp

025 = 25 hp

030 = 30 hp

AFD Software Series

A = Standard Software

Enclosure

1 = NEMA Type 1 2 = NEMA Type 12

Voltage Rating

4 = 480 (380 – 500) V

June 2008

40-30

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Open Drives

Product Selection

480V SLX9000 Drives

Table 40-37. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 1 Drive

Table 40-38. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 12 Drive

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

(IH)

Current

(IH)

(IL)

Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

MF4 W 1

1-1/2

—

2.2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

1-1/2

—

7-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

SLX001A1-4A1B0

SLXF15A1-4A1B0

SLX002A1-4A1B0

SLX003A1-4A1B0

SLX005A1-4A1B0

SLX006A1-4A1B0

MF5 W 7-1/2

SLX007A1-4A1B0

SLX010A1-4A1B0

SLX015A1-4A1B0

MF6 W 20

SLX020A1-4A1B0

SLX025A1-4A1B0

SLX030A1-4A1B0

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

(IH)

Current

(IH)

(IL)

Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

MF4 F1 1

1-1/2

—

2.2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

1-1/2

—

7-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

SLX001A2-4A1B0

SLXF15A2-4A1B0

SLX002A2-4A1B0

SLX003A2-4A1B0

SLX005A2-4A1B0

SLX006A2-4A1B0

MF5 F1 7-1/2

SLX007A2-4A1B0

SLX010A2-4A1B0

SLX015A2-4A1B0

MF6 F1 20

SLX020A2-4A1B0

SLX025A2-4A1B0

SLX030A2-4A1B0

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-31

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Open Drives

SLX9000 Series Option Board Kits

The SLX9000 Series drives can accommodate a wide selection

of expander and adapter option boards to customize the

drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit

is designed to accept a total of two option boards (see

Figure 40-11).

The SLX9000 Drive accommodates the standard I/O and an

integrated RS-485 (Modbus) connector.

Figure 40-11. SLX9000 Series Option Boards

Table 40-39. Option Board Kits

Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in Bold is the preferred location.

AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Network Communications

The OPTC2 ﬁeldbus board provides communication

between the 9000X Drive and a Johnson Controls

Metasys™ N2 network. With this connection, the drive

can be controlled, monitored and programmed from the

Metasys system. The N2 ﬁeldbus is available as a factory

installed option and as a ﬁeld installable kit.

Modbus/TCP Network Communications

The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI is used for connect-

ing the 9000X Drive to Ethernet networks utilizing Modbus

protocol. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector. This

interface provides a selection of standard and custom

supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds.

The IP address of the board is conﬁgurable over Ethernet

using a supplied software tool.

BACnet Network Communications

The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ is used for connecting

the 9000X Drive to BACnet networks. It includes a 5.08 mm

pluggable connector. Data transfer is Master-Slave/Token

Passing (MS/TP) RS-485. This interface uses a collection of

30 Binary Value Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value Objects

(AVOs) to communicate drive parameters. The card supports

9.6, 19.2 and 38.4 Kbaud communication speeds and

supports network addresses 1 – 127.

Modbus RTU Network Communications

The Modbus Network Card OPTC2 is used for connecting the

9000X Drive as a slave on a Modbus network. The interface

is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female) and the

baud rate ranges from 300 to 19200 baud. Other communi-

cation parameters include an address range from 1 to 247;

a parity of None, Odd or Even; and the stop bit is 1.

Proﬁbus Network Communications

The Proﬁbus Network Card OPTC3 is used for connecting the

9000X Drive as a slave on a Proﬁbus-DP network. The inter-

face is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female). The

baud rates range from 9.6K baud to 12M baud, and the

addresses range from 1 to 127.

Option Kit

Description 

Allowed Slot

Locations 

Field Installed Factory Installed SLX9000 Programs

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S. $

Extended I/O Card Options

3 DI, 1 RO (NO/NC), 1 DO D OPTAA AA X

3 DI, 1 RO (NO), 1 TI D OPTAI AI X

1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm D, E OPTB2 B2 X

1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

D, E OPTB4 B4 X

3 RO (NO) D, E OPTB5 B5 X

Communication Cards

Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA X

Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI X

BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ X

Modbus D, E OPTC2 .C2 X

Proﬁbus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 X

LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 X

Proﬁbus DP (D9 Connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 X

CanOpen (Slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 X

DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 X

Keypad

SLX9000 Series LCD Keypad (Replacement Keypad) KEYPAD-LCD — X

SLX9000 Series Remote Mount Keypad Unit (Keypad

not included, includes 6.5 ft. cable, keypad holder,

mounting hardware)

OPTDRA-02L — X

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-32

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Open Drives

LonWorks Network Communications

The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive

on a LonWorks network. This interface

uses Standard Network Variable Types

(SNVT) as data types. The channel

connection is achieved using a FTT-

10A Free Topology transceiver via a

single twisted transfer cable. The

communication speed with LonWorks

is 78 kBits/s.

CanOpen (Slave) Communications

The CanOpen (Slave) Network Card

OPTC6 is used for connecting the

9000X Drive to a host system. Accord-

ing to ISO11898 standard cables to be

chosen for CAN bus should have a

nominal impedance of 120Ω, and spe-

ciﬁc line delay of nominal 5 nS/m.

120Ω line termination resistors

required for installation.

DeviceNet Network Communications

The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a

5.08 mm pluggable connector. Trans-

fer method is via CAN using a 2-wire

twisted shielded cable with 2-wire bus

power cable and drain. The baud rates

used for communication include 125K

baud, 250K baud and 500K baud.

Options

Control Panel Options

Table 40-40. Control Panel Factory Options

Table 40-41. Miscellaneous Options

Consult factory.

Brake Chopper Options

The Brake Chopper Circuit option is

used for applications that require

dynamic braking. Dynamic Braking

resistors are not included with drive

purchase. Consult the factory for

dynamic braking resistors which are

supplied separately. Resistors are not

UL Listed.

Table 40-42. Conformal (Varnished) Coating

Adder — 380 – 500V,

(See Catalog Number Description to order.)

Table 40-43. Conformal Coated Board Kits 

See Option Catalog Numbers on Page 40-31.

Construct Catalog Numbers for factory

installed per Table 40-36 on Page 40-29.



Replace “__” with the correct Catalog Number

from Page 40-31. Example: OPTC2V.

Description Factory Installed Field Installed

NEMA Type 1

Option

Code

Adder

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

SLX9000 Series LCD Keypad — This option is standard on all drives and consists of an RS-232

connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the RUN status and two

indicators for the control source. The seven pushbuttons on the panel are used for panel

programming and monitoring of all SLX9000 parameters. The panel is detachable and isolated

from the input line potential.

A KEYPAD-LCD

Keypad Remote Mounting Kit — This option is used to remote mount the SLX9000 keypad.

Includes 6.5 ft. cable, keypad holder and mounting hardware.

— OPTDRA-02L

Description Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

External Dynamic Braking Resistors — Used with the Dynamic Braking Chopper Circuit to absorb motor regenerative energy

for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy ﬂowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into Standard Duty and

Heavy-Duty. Standard Duty is deﬁned as 20% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while Heavy-Duty is deﬁned as 50%

duty or less with 150% braking torque. Consult factory.



Frame Delivery

Code

Adder

U.S. $

MF4

MF5

MF6

Field Installed Factory Installed

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S. $

OPT_V 

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-33

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

SLX9000

Open Drives

Accessories

NEMA Type 12 Conversion Kit

The NEMA Type 12 kit option is used to convert a NEMA Type 1 to a NEMA Type

12 drive. The NEMA Type 12 Kit consists of a metal drive shroud, fan kit for some

frames, adapter plate and plugs.

Table 40-44. NEMA Type 12 Conversion Kit

Flange Kits

Flange Kit Type 12

The ﬂange kit is utilized when the

power section is mounted through the

back panel of an enclosure. Includes

ﬂange mount brackets and NEMA

Type 12 fan components. Metal shroud

not included.

Table 40-45. Flange Kit Type 12 —

MF4 – MF6 

For installation of an SLX9000 NEMA Type 1

drive into a NEMA Type 12 oversized

enclosure.

Flange Kit Type 1

Flange kits for NEMA 1 enclosure drive

rating are determined by rating of

drive.

Table 40-46. Flange Kit Type 1 —

MF4 – MF6 

For installation of an SLX9000 NEMA Type 1

drive into a NEMA Type 1 oversized

enclosure.

Flange Kit Type 12

Flange kits for NEMA 12 enclosure

drive rating are determined by rating

of drive.

Table 40-47. Flange Kit Type 12 —

MF4 – MF6 

For installation of an SLX9000 NEMA Type

12 drive into a NEMA Type 12 oversized

enclosure.

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Approximate

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Approximate

Weight in Lb. (kg)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Length Width Height Weight

MF4

MF5

MF6

13 (330)

16 (406)

21 (533)

7 (178)

8 (203)

10 (254)

4 (102)

7 (178)

5 (127)

4 (1.8)

5 (2.3)

7 (3.2)

OPTN12FR4

OPTN12FR5

OPTN12FR6

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

MF4

MF5

MF6

OPTTHRFR4

OPTTHRFR5

OPTTHRFR6

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

MF4

MF5

MF6

OPTTHR4

OPTTHR5

OPTTHR6

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

MF4

MF5

MF6

OPTTHR4

OPTTHR5

OPTTHR6

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-34

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Open Drives

Dimensions

Figure 40-12. NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 SLX9000 Drive Dimensions, MF4 – MF6

Table 40-48. SLX9000 Drive Dimensions

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Knockouts @

Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 W3 R1 dia. R2 dia. N1 (O.D.)

MF4 480V 1 – 5 12.9

(327)

12.3

(313)

11.5

(292)

7.5

(190)

3.0

(77)

5.0

(126)

5.0

(128)

3.9

(100)

— .5

(13)

(7)

11.0

(5)

3 @ 1.1

(28)

MF5 480V 7-1/2 – 15 16.5

(419)

16.0

(406)

15.3

(389)

8.4

(214)

3.9

(100)

5.8

(148)

5.6

(143)

3.9

(100)

— .5

(13)

(7)

17.9

(8)

2 @ 1.5

(37)

1 @ 1.1

(28)

MF6 480V 20 – 30 22.0

(558)

21.3

(541)

20.4

(519)

9.3

(237)

4.2

(105)

6.5

(165)

7.6

(195)

5.8

(148)

— .6

(15.5)

(9)

40.8

(19)

3 @ 1.5

(37)

D1 W2

H3 H2

Knockouts

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-35

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-13. SLX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 with Flange Kit, MF4 – MF6

Table 40-49. Dimensions for SLX9000, MF4 – MF6 with Flange Kit

Table 40-50. Dimensions for the Flange Opening, MF4 – MF6

Flange Opening

Dia. A

W3W4

Dia. B

H6 H9H8

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia. A

MF4 5.0

(128)

4.5

(113)

13.3

(337)

12.8

(325)

12.9

(327)

1.2

(30)

(22)

7.5

(190)

3.0

(77)

(7)

MF5 5.6

(143)

4.7

(120)

17.0

(434)

16.5

(420)

16.5

(419)

1.4

(36)

(18)

8.4

(214)

3.9

(100)

(7)

MF6 7.7

(195)

6.7

(170)

22.0

(560)

21.6

(549)

22.0

(558)

1.2

(30)

(20)

9.3

(237)

4.2

(106)

(7)

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B

MF4 4.8

(123)

4.5

(113)

— 12.4

(315)

12.8

(325)

—.2

(5)

(7)

MF5 5.3

(135)

4.7

(120)

— 16.2

(410)

16.5

(420)

—.2

(5)

(7)

MF6 7.3

(185)

6.7

(170)

6.2

(157)

21.2

(539)

21.6

(549)

(7)

(5)

June 2008

40-36

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Open Drives

Spare Units & Replacement Parts

Table 40-51. SLX9000 Spare Units & Replacement Parts

IL only; has no corresponding IH rated hp rating.

Frame MF4 MF5 MF6 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH)1 1-1/2 235 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30

Control Board

11 1111 1 11111W VB00351

Power Boards

1FB VB00350-0003-5

1FB VB00350-0004-5

1FB VB00350-0005-5

1FB VB00350-0007-5

1FB VB00350-0009-5

1FB VB00350-0012-5

1FB VB00357-0016-5

1FB VB00357-0023-5

1FB VB00357-0031-5

1FB VB00358-0038-5

1FBVB00358-0046-5

1FB VB00358-0061-5

Electrolytic Capacitors

22 22 WPP01000

22 WPP01001

22 WPP01002

2 W PP01003

222W PP01004

Cooling Fans

11 1111 WPP01060

111 WPP01061

111W PP01062

11 1111 WPP01086

111 WPP01088

111W PP01049

IGBT Modules

1 W CP01306

1 W CP01307

1 W CP01308

11 W CP01367

1W CP01368

11 W PP01022

1W PP01023

11 1 FP PP01032

111 FP PP01033

Capacitors

11 1111 FP PP04051

11 1111 FP PP04052

111 FP PP05051

222 FP PP00035

111FP PP06051

111FP PP06052

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-37

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Enclosed Drives

Contents

Description Page

SLX9000 Enclosed Drives

Product Description . . . . . . 40-37

Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-37

Standards and

Certiﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . 40-37

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . 40-38

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-39

Product Selection. . . . . . . . 40-42

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-44

Product Description

■Standard Enclosed — covers a

wide range of the most commonly

ordered options. Pre-engineering

eliminates the lead time normally

associated with customer speciﬁc

options.

■Modiﬁed Standard Enclosed —

applies to speciﬁc customer require-

ments that vary from the Standard

Enclosed offering, such as the need

for an additional indicating light or

minor modiﬁcations to drawings.

Consult your Eaton representative

for assistance in pricing and lead

time.

■Custom Engineered — for those

applications with more unique or

complex requirements, these are

individually engineered to the

customer’s needs. Consult your

Eaton representative for assistance

in pricing and lead time.

SLX9000 Enclosed Drives

Features

■NEMA Type 1, Type 12 or Type 3R

enclosures

■Input Voltage: 480V

■Complete range of control, network

and power options

■Horsepower range:

❑480V — 1 to 30 hp IH;

1-1/2 to 40 hp IL

■HMCP padlockable

Standards and Certiﬁcations

■UL Listed

■cUL Listed

Figure 40-14. Power Diagram for Bypass

Options RB and RA

Customer Control and

Signal Connection

Terminal Block

Enclosed 9000X Series Drive

Input Disconnect

(HMCP)

• Option P1

Input Contactor

(included w/Bypass

option)

Bypass Contactors

• Option RB

• Option RA

Input Line Fuses

• Option P3

115V Control

Transformer

• Option KB

Control Relay

SLX9000 Variable

Frequency Drive

Keypad (included

as standard)

Bypass Pilot Lights and

Selector Switches

• Option RB

• Option RA

• Option L2

• Option KF

Overload Relay

Disconnect Handle

Mechanism Output Filter

• Option PF

9000

Driv

Out

tactor

Mechanica

ock

otor

Inv

ter

tactor

June 2008

40-38

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Enclosed Drives

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

Table 40-52. Speciﬁcations

Table 40-53. Standard I/O Speciﬁcations

Feature Description SLX9000 Enclosed Products —

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12

or NEMA Type 3R

Primary Design Features

45 – 66 Hz Input Frequency Standard

Output: AC Volts Maximum Input Voltage Base

Output Frequency Range: Hz 0 – 320

Initial Output Current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds

Overload: 1 Minute (IH/IL) 150%/110%

Enclosure Space Heater Optional

Oversize Enclosure Standard

Output Contactor Optional

Bypass Motor Starter Optional

Listings UL, cUL

Protection Features

Incoming Line Fuses Optional

AC Input Circuit Disconnect Optional

Line Reactors Standard

Phase Rotation Insensitive Standard

EMI Filter Standard

Input Phase Loss Protection Standard

Input Overvoltage Protection Standard

Line Surge Protection Standard

Output Short Circuit Protection Standard

Output Ground Fault Protection Standard

Output Phase Protection Standard

Overtemperature Protection Standard

DC Overvoltage Protection Standard

Drive Overload Protection Standard

Motor Overload Protection Standard

Programmer Software Optional

Local/Remote Keypad Standard

Keypad Lockout Standard

Fault Alarm Output Standard

Built-In Diagnostics Standard

Input/Output Interface Features

Setup Adjustment Provisions:

Remote Keypad/Display

Personal Computer

Standard

Operator Control Provisions:

Drive Mounted Keypad/Display

Remote Keypad/Display

Conventional Control Elements

Serial Communications

115V AC Control Circuit

Standard

Optional

Speed Setting Inputs:

Keypad

0 – 10V DC Potentiometer/Voltage Signal

4 – 20 mA Isolated

4 – 20 mA Differential

3 – 15 psig

Standard

Conﬁgurable

Optional

Analog Outputs:

Speed/Frequency

Torque/Load/Current

Motor Voltage

Kilowatts

0 – 10V DC Signals

4 – 20 mA DC Signals

Isolated Signals

Standard

Programmable

Conﬁgurable w/Jumpers

Standard

Optional

Feature Description SLX9000 Enclosed Products —

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12

or NEMA Type 3R

Input/Output Interface Features (Continued)

Discrete Outputs:

Fault Alarm

Drive Running

Drive at Set Speed

Optional Parameters

Dry Contacts

Additional Discrete Outputs

Standard

Programmable

1 (Relay Form C)

Optional

Communications:

RS-232

RS-422/485

DeviceNet™

Modbus RTU

CanOpen (Slave)

Proﬁbus-DP

Lonworks®

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2

Standard

Optional

Performance Features

Sensorless Vector Control Standard

Volts/Hertz Control Standard

IR and Slip Compensation Standard

Electronic Reversing Standard

Dynamic Braking Standard

DC Braking Standard

PID Setpoint Controller Programmable

Critical Speed Lockout Standard

Current (Torque) Limit Standard

Adjustable Acceleration/Deceleration Standard

Linear or S Curve Accel/Decel Standard

Jog at Preset Speed Standard

Thread/Preset Speeds 7

Automatic Restart Selectable

Coasting Motor Start Standard

Coast or Ramp Stop Selection Standard

Elapsed Time Meter Optional

Carrier Frequency Adjustment 1 – 16 kHz

Standard Conditions for Application and Service

Operating Ambient Temperature 0 – 40°C

Storage Temperature -40 – 60°C

Humidity (Maximum),

Non-condensing

95%

Altitude (Maximum without Derate) 3300 ft. (1000m)

Line Voltage Variation +10/-15%

Line Frequency Variation 45 – 66 Hz

Efﬁciency >96%

Power Factor (Displacement) >96

Description Speciﬁcation

3– Digital Input Programmable 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥ 18V,Ri > 5 k

2 – Analog Input Conﬁgurable

w/Jumpers

Voltage: 0 – ±10V, Ri > 200 k

Current: 0 (4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250 k

1 – Digital Output Programmable Form C Relays 250V AC 2 Amp or

30V DC2 Amp resistive, 8 Amp

switching

1 – Analog Output Programmable

Conﬁgurable w/Jumper

0 – 20 mA, RL < 500 ohms,

resolution 10 Bits/0.1%

1 – RS-485 Serial RS-485 Modbus Communication

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-39

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Enclosed Drives

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-54. SLX9000 Enclosed NEMA Type 1/12/3R Drive Catalog Numbering System

Brake Chopper is factory installed standard. Note: External dynamic braking resistors not included. Consult factory.

Includes local/remote speed reference switch.

See Pages 40-40 and 40-41 for descriptions.

See Pages 40-41 and 40-42 for complete descriptions.

S L X 0 1 0 1 4 B A

Enclosed Options Type

Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer 

Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with

HOA Selector Switch 

3 – 15 psig Follower

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch (22 mm)

MANUAL/AUTO Ref Switch (22 mm)

START/STOP Pushbuttons (22 mm)

115V Control Transformer – 150 VA

Bypass Test Switch for RA and RB

Standard Elapsed Time Meter

Control

Addl. Bypass

Control

Power On and Fault Pilot Lights (22 mm)

Bypass Pilot Lights for RA, RB Bypass Options

Green RUN Light (22 mm)

Green STOP Light (22 mm)

Red RUN Light (22 mm)

Red STOP Light (22 mm)

Power On Light (22 mm)

Misc. Light (22 mm)

Light

Addl. Bypass

Light

Input Disconnect (HMCP) 100 kAIC

Input Line Fuses (200 kAIC)

Input Power Surge Protection

Output Contactor

Output Filter

Single Overload Relay

Dual Overload Relays

Dual Overloads for Bypass

Input

Output

Addl. Bypass

Manual HOA Bypass Controller

Manual IOB Bypass Controller

Bypass

S9 Space Heater Enclosure

Voltage Rating

4 = 480V

Product Family

SLX = Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Rating

1 = NEMA Type 1

2 = NEMA Type 12

3 = NEMA Type 3R

Communication Options 

C2 = Modbus

C3 = Profibus DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = Profibus DP (D9 Connector)

C6 = CanOpen (Slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP

CJ = BACnet

Application — Torque/Braking 

B = IL/Internal Brake Chopper

E = IH/Internal Brake Chopper

Enclosed Style

A = Enclosed Drive

Control Options

AA = 3 DI, 1 RO (NO/NC), 1 DO

AI = 3 DI, 1 RO (NO), 1 TI

B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

Build Alphabetically and Numerically

Horsepower Rating

F07 = 3/4 hp

001 = 1 hp

F15 = 1-1/2 hp

002 = 2 hp

003 = 3 hp

005 = 5 hp

007 = 7-1/2 hp

010 = 10 hp

015 = 15 hp

020 = 20 hp

025 = 25 hp

030 = 30 hp

040 = 40 hp

June 2008

40-40

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Enclosed Drives

Control/Communication Option Descriptions

Table 40-55. Available Control/Communications Options

Option Description Option

Type

K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer — Provides the SLX9000 with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-

mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10V DC reference to generate a 0 – 10V signal at the analog voltage input signal

terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the hand position. Without

the HOA bypass option, a 2-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the Speed

Potentiometer or a remote speed signal.

Control

K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch — Provides the SLX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust

the speed reference from door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive

will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position.

When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and 4 – 20 mA signal.

Control

K3 3 – 15 psig Follower — Provides a pneumatic transducer which converts a 3 – 15 psig pneumatic signal to either 0 – 8V DC or a

1 – 9V DC signal interface with the SLX9000.

Control

K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-bypass Conﬁgurations — Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to

select either a Hand or Auto mode of operation. Hand mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and Auto mode is defaulted to

control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be conﬁgured via programming to allow for alternate

combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and FieldBus.

Control

K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch — Provides a door-mounted selector switch for Manual/Auto speed reference. Control

K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons — Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass

conﬁgurations.

Control

KB 115V Control Transformer – 150 VA — Provides a fused control power transformer with 115V for customer use. Control

KF Bypass Test Switch for RB and RA — Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the

bypass controller. The Test Switch is mounted on the inside of the enclosure door.

Addl. Bypass

KO Standard Elapsed Time Meter — Provides a door-mounted elapsed run time meter. Control

L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights (22 mm) — Provides a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a

red fault light indicates a drive fault has occurred.

Light

L2 Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options — A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an

amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the

switches.

Addl. Bypass

LA Green RUN Light (22 mm) — Provides a green run light that indicates the drive is running. Light

LD Green STOP Light (22 mm) — Provides a green stop light that indicates the drive is stopped. Light

LE Red Run Pilot Light (22 mm) — Provides a red run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light

LF Red STOP Light (22 mm) — Provides a red stop light that indicates the drive is stopped. Light

LJ Power On Light (22 mm) — Provides a white power on light that indicates the drive enclosure power is on. Light

LU Misc. Light (22 mm) — Provides a misc. “user deﬁned” pilot light. User to deﬁne light function and color. Light

P1 Input Disconnect Assembly Rated to 100 kAIC — High Interruption Circuit Breaker that provides a means of short circuit

protection for the power cables between it and the SLX9000, and protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable.

Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the SLX9000 from the line and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF

position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Input

P3 Input Line Fuses Rated to 200 kAIC — Provides high-level fault protection of the SLX9000 input power circuit from the load side

of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors. This option consists of three 200 kA fuses, which are factory mounted in

the enclosure.

Input

P5 5% Input Reactance— Add additional input reactance to increase total from 3% standard to optional 5%. Input

P7 MOV Surge Suppressor — Provides a Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip

line side transients.

Input

PE Output Contactor — Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor

coil is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600V AC are provided for cus-

tomer use. Bypass Options RB and RA include an Output Contactor as standard. This option includes a low VA 115V AC fused

Control Power Transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Output

PF Output Filter — Used to reduce the transient voltage (DV/DT) at the motor terminals. The Output Filter is recommended for cable

lengths exceeding 100 ft. (30m) with a drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft. (10m) with a drive of 2 hp and below, or

for a drive rated at 525 – 690V. This option is mounted in the enclosure, and may be used in conjunction with a Brake Chopper Circuit.

Output

PH Single Overload Relay — Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on con-

ﬁgurations without bypass options. It is included with the Bypass Conﬁgurations for overload current protection in the bypass

mode. The Overload Relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually resettable. Heater pack included.

Output

PI Dual Overload Relays — This option is recommended when a single drive is operating 2 motors and overload current protection

is needed for each of the motors. The standard conﬁguration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a

motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp

motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included.

Output

PN Dual Overloads for Bypass — This option is recommended when a single drive is operating 2 motors in the bypass mode and

overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. The standard conﬁguration includes two bimetallic overload

relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload

relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable.

Addl. Bypass

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-41

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-55. Available Control/Communications Options (Continued)

Note: For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required.

SLX9000 Series Option Board Kits

The SLX9000 Series drives can accom-

modate a wide selection

of expander

and adapter option boards to cus-

tomize the drive for your application

needs. The drive’s control unit is

designed to accept a total of two

option boards (see Figure 40-15).

The SLX9000 Drive accommodates

the standard I/O and an integrated

RS-485 (Modbus) connector.

Figure 40-15. 9000X Series

Option Boards

Table 40-56. I/O Speciﬁcations for the Control/Communication Options

Table 40-57. Option Board Kits

Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in Bold is the preferred location.

AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output

Option Description Option Type

RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller — The Manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means of

bypassing the SLX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists

of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector

switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter mode. A

Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series IEC starter with a bimetallic

overload relay is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 40-37).

Bypass

RB Manual IOB Bypass Controller — The Manual INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means of

bypassing the SLX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists

of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted IOB selector

switch. A Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series IEC starter with

a bimetallic overload relay is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on

Page 40-37).

Bypass

S9 Space Heater — Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a

thermostat for variable temperature control. Requires a customer supplied 115V remote supply source.

Enclosure

Description Speciﬁcations

Analog voltage, input 0 – ±10V, Ri ≥ 200 k

Analog current, input 0 (4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250 

Digital Input 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥ 18V, Ri > 5 k

Aux. voltage 24V (±20%), max. 50 mA

Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 mA

Analog current, output 0 (4) – 20 mA, RL = 500 k, resolution 10 bit,

accuracy ≤ ±2%

Relay output

Max. switching voltage

Max. switching load

Max. continuous load

300V DC, 250V AC

8A/24V DC, .4A/300V DC, 2 kVA/250V AC

2A rms

Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 k

Option Kit

Description 

Allowed Slot

Locations 

Field Installed Factory Installed SLX9000 Programs

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S. $

Extended I/O Card Options

3 DI, 1 RO (NO/NC), 1 DO D OPTAA AA X

3 DI, 1 RO (NO), 1 TI D OPTAI AI X

1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm D, E OPTB2 B2 X

1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

D, E OPTB4 B4 X

3 RO (NO) D, E OPTB5 B5 X

Communication Cards

Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA X

Modbus D, E OPTC2 .C2 X

Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI X

BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ X

Proﬁbus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 X

LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 X

Proﬁbus DP (D9 Connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 X

CanOpen (Slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 X

DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 X

Keypad

SLX9000 Series LCD Keypad (Replacement Keypad) KEYPAD-LCD — X

SLX9000 Series Remote Mount Keypad Unit (Keypad

not included, includes 6.5 ft. cable, keypad holder,

mounting hardware)

OPTDRA-02L — X

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-42

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Enclosed Drives

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Network Communications

The OPTC2 ﬁeldbus board provides communication

between the SLX9000 drive and a Johnson Controls

Metasys™ N2 network. With this connection, the drive

can be controlled, monitored and programmed from the

Metasys system. The N2 ﬁeldbus is available as a factory

installed option and as a ﬁeld installable kit.

Modbus RTU Network Communications

The Modbus Network Card OPTC2 is used for connecting the

9000X Drive as a slave on a Modbus network. The interface

is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female) and the

baud rate ranges from 300 to 19200 baud. Other communi-

cation parameters include an address range from 1 to 247; a

parity of None, Odd or Even; and the stop bit is 1.

Modbus/TCP Network Communications

The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI is used for connect-

ing the 9000X Drive to Ethernet networks utilizing Modbus

protocol. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector. This

interface provides a selection of standard and custom

supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds.

The IP address of the board is conﬁgurable over Ethernet

using a supplied software tool.

BACnet Network Communications

The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ is used for connecting the

9000X Drive to BACnet networks. It includes a 5.08 mm plug-

gable connector. Data transfer is Master-Slave/Token Pass-

ing (MS/TP) RS-485. This interface uses a collection of 30

Binary Value Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value Objects

(AVOs) to communicate drive parameters. The card supports

9.6, 19.2 and 38.4 Kbaud communication speeds and sup-

ports network addresses 1 – 127.

Proﬁbus Network Communications

The Proﬁbus Network Card OPTC3 is used for connecting the

SLX9000 as a slave on a Proﬁbus-DP network. The interface

is connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female). The baud

rates range from 9.6K baud to 12M baud, and the addresses

range from 1 to 127.

LonWorks Network Communications

The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is used for connecting

the SLX9000 on a LonWorks network. This interface uses

Standard Network Variable Types (SNVT) as data types.

The channel connection is achieved using a FTT-10A Free

Topology transceiver via a single twisted transfer cable. The

communication speed with LonWorks is 78 kBits/s.

CanOpen (Slave) Communications

The CanOpen (Slave) Network Card OPTC6 is used for

connecting the SLX9000 to a host system. According to

ISO11898 standard cables to be chosen for CAN bus should

have a nominal impedance of 120Ω, and speciﬁc line delay

of nominal 5 nS/m. 120Ω line termination resistors required

for installation.

DeviceNet Network Communications

The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7 is used for connecting

the SLX9000 on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a 5.08 mm

pluggable connector. Transfer method is via CAN using a

2-wire twisted shielded cable with 2-wire bus power cable

and drain. The baud rates used for communication include

125K baud, 250k baud and 500K baud.

Product Selection

When Ordering

■

Select a Base Catalog Number that meets the application

requirements — nominal horsepower, voltage and enclosure

rating (the enclosed drive’s continuous output amp rating

should be equal to or greater than the motor’s full load amp

rating). The base enclosed package includes a standard drive,

door mounted Local/Remote Keypad and enclosure.

■If Control/Communication option is desired, change the

appropriate code in the Base Catalog Number.

■Select Enclosed Options. Add the codes as sufﬁxes to the

Base Catalog Number in alphabetical and numeric order.

■Read all Footnotes.

480V Drives

Table 40-58. 480V AC Input Base Drive

Enclosure dimensions listed on Pages 40-44 – 40-48.

Includes drive, keypad and enclosure.

Enclosure

Size hp Current

(A)

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Frame

Size

Base Catalog

Number Price

U.S. $

Frame

Size

Base Catalog

Number Price

U.S. $

Frame

Size

Base Catalog

Number Price

U.S. $

High Overload Drive and Enclosure

MF0 1

1-1/2

2.2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

MF4

SLX00114EA

SLXF1514EA

SLX00214EA

SLX00314EA

SLX00514EA

MF4

SLX00124EA

SLXF1524EA

SLX00224EA

SLX00324EA

SLX00524EA

MF4

SLX00134EA

SLXF1534EA

SLX00234EA

SLX00334EA

SLX00534EA

MF1 7-1/2

MF5

SLX00714EA

SLX01014EA

SLX01514EA

MF5

SLX00724EA

SLX01024EA

SLX01524EA

MF5

SLX00734EA

SLX01034EA

SLX01534EA

MF2 20

MF6

SLX02014EA

SLX02514EA

SLX03014EA

MF6

SLX02024EA

SLX02524EA

SLX03024EA

MF6

SLX02034EA

SLX02534EA

SLX03034EA

Low Overload Drive and Enclosure

MF0 1-1/2

7-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

MF4

SLXF1514BA

SLX00214BA

SLX00314BA

SLX00514BA

SLX00714BA

MF4

SLXF1524BA

SLX00224BA

SLX00324BA

SLX00524BA

SLX00724BA

MF4

SLXF1534BA

SLX00234BA

SLX00334BA

SLX00534BA

SLX00734BA

MF1 10

MF5

SLX01014BA

SLX01514BA

SLX02014BA

MF5

SLX01024BA

SLX01524BA

SLX02024BA

MF5

SLX01034BA

SLX01534BA

SLX02034BA

MF2 25

MF6

SLX02514BA

SLX03014BA

SLX04014BA

MF6

SLX02524BA

SLX03024BA

SLX04024BA

MF6

SLX02534BA

SLX03034BA

SLX04034BA

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-43

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-59. 480V Control Options

Table 40-60. 480V Light Options

Table 40-61. 480V Bypass Options 

See Pages 40-40 and 40-41 for details.

Table 40-62. 480V Enclosure Options

R

equires customer supplied 115V AC supply.

Table 40-63. 480V Power Options

Heater packs not included.

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

with HOA

Selector Switch

3 – 15 psig

Follower

HAND/OFF/

AUTO Switch

(22 mm)

MANUAL/AUTO

Ref Switch

(22 mm)

START/STOP

Pushbuttons

(22 mm)

115 Volt

Control

Transformer

150 VA

Standard

Elapsed

Time Meter

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 KB KO

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

1 – 40

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Power On/Fault

Pilot Lights (22 mm)

Green RUN

Light (22 mm)

Green STOP

Light (22 mm)

Red RUN

Light (22 mm)

Red STOP Light

(22 mm)

Power On

Light (22 mm)

Misc Light

(22 mm)

L1 LA LD LE LF LJ LU

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

1 – 40

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Bypass Test

Switch for

RA, RB

Bypass Pilot

Lights for RA, RB

Options

Dual Overloads

for Bypass

Manual HOA

Bypass

Controller

Manual IOB

Bypass

Controller

KF L2 PN RA RB

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

1 – 20

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Space Heater 

Enclosure

Size

Adder

U.S. $

MF0 – MF2

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Input Output

Input Disconnect

(HMCP)

100 kAIC

Input Line

Fuses

200 kAIC

5% Input

Reactance

Input Power

Surge

Protection

Output

Contactor

Output

Filter

Single

Overload

Relay 

Dual

Overload

Relays 

P1 P3 P5 P7 PE PF PH PI

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

1 – 2

3 – 5

7-1/2

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-44

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Enclosed Drives

Dimensions

Enclosure Size MF0 without Filter

Figure 40-16. Approximate Dimensions

Table 40-64. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-64. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6

480V 1 – 5 1-1/2 –

7-1/2

43.00

(1092)

20.00

(508)

1.50

(38)

10.03

(255)

6.53

(166)

10.88

(276)

9.87

(251)

.50

(13)

7.38

(187)

5.44

(138)

3.50

(89)

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx. Wt.

Lbs. (kg)

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Dia. 4

480V 1 – 5 1-1/2 –

7-1/2

9.72

(247)

7.70

(195)

4.13

(105)

8.31

(211)

3.89

(99)

2.14

(54)

.41

(10)

1.12

(29)

.88

(22)

1.13

(29)

49 (22)

W2 W3 D4

(This

Side)

D5 D6

Dia. 3

Dia. 2

Dia. 4

(Opposite

Side)

Dia. 1

SideFront Bottom

Top

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-45

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size MF0 with Filter

Figure 40-17. Approximate Dimensions

Table 40-65. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-65. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6

480V 1 – 5 1-1/2 –

7-1/2

51.28

(1303)

8.28

(210)

20.00

(508)

1.50

(38)

18.30

(465)

14.80

(378)

10.88

(276)

9.87

(251)

.50

(13)

7.38

(187)

5.44

(138)

3.50

(89)

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx. Wt.

Lbs. (kg)

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Dia. 4

480V 1 – 5 1-1/2 –

7-1/2

9.72

(247)

77.70

(195)

4.13

(105)

8.31

(211)

3.89

(99)

2.14

(54)

.41

(10)

1.12

(29)

.88

(22)

1.13

(29)

49 (22)

W2 W3 D4

(This

Side)

Dia. 2

(Opposite

Side)

Dia. 1

SideFront

(Optional

Line Reactor)

Top

D5 D6

Bottom

Dia. 3

Dia. 4

June 2008

40-46

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size MF1 without Filter

Figure 40-18. Approximate Dimensions

Table 40-66. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-66. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6

480V 7-1/2 – 15 10 – 20 47.25

(1200)

22.13

(562)

1.50

(38)

9.50

(241)

6.00

(152)

12.87

(327)

11.87

(302)

.50

(13)

8.88

(225)

6.44

(164)

4.00

(102)

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx. Wt.

Lbs. (kg)

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Dia. 4

480V 7-1/2 – 15 10 – 20 10.72

(272)

8.67

(220)

2.51

(64)

3.64

(92)

4.64

(118)

.41

(10)

1.69

(43)

.88

(22)

1.69

(43)

67 (30)

D3 D4 D5

Bottom

Top

Dia. 3

Dia. 2

Dia. 4

W2 W3

Dia. 1

(This

Side)

(Opposite

Side)

Side

Front

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-47

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size MF1 with Filter

Figure 40-19. Approximate Dimensions

Table 40-67. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-67. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6

480V 7-1/2 – 15 10 – 20 58.05

(1475)

10.80

(274)

22.13

(562)

1.50

(38)

20.28

(515)

16.78

(426)

12.87

(327)

11.87

(302)

.50

(13)

8.88

(225)

6.44

(164)

4.00

(102)

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx. Wt.

Lbs. (kg)

D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Dia. 4

480V 7-1/2 – 15 10 – 20 10.72

(272)

8.67

(220)

2.32

(59)

3.45

(88)

4.45

(113)

.41

(10)

1.69

(43)

.88

(22)

1.69

(43)

67 (30)

D3 D4 D5

Bottom

Top

Dia. 3

Dia. 2

Dia. 4

W2 W3

Dia. 1

(This

Side)

(Opposite

Side)

SideFront

(Optional

Line Reactor)

June 2008

40-48

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SLX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size MF2

Figure 40-20. Approximate Dimensions

Table 40-68. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx. Wt.

Lbs. (kg)

H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 D1 D2 D3 D4 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3 Dia. 4 Dia. 5

480V 20 –

25 –

37.00

(940)

36.00

(914)

.50

(13)

25.00

(635)

21.00

(533)

2.00

(51)

10.69

(271)

7.44

(189)

4.94

(125)

13.44

(341)

12.19

(310)

10.16

(258)

3.19

(81)

3.12

(79)

.41

(10)

1.69

(43)

.87

(22)

.88

(22)

1.69

(43)

126 (57)

Dia. 1

Dia. 5

W2 W3 D2

Dia. 2

Dia. 4

Dia. 3

H3 W1

Top

Front Side

Bottom

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-49

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Product Family Overview

Contents

Description Page

SVX9000 Open Drives

Product Description . . . . . . 40-51

Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-51

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . 40-52

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-53

Product Selection. . . . . . . . 40-54

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-60

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-61

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-62

Spare Units &

Replacement Parts . . . . . 40-79

SVX9000 Enclosed Drives

Product Description . . . . . . 40-85

Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-85

Standards and

Certiﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . 40-85

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . 40-86

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-87

Product Selection. . . . . . . . 40-92

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-101

SVX9000 VFD Pump Panels

Product Description . . . . . . 40-112

Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-112

Standards and

Certiﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . 40-112

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . 40-113

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-114

Product Selection. . . . . . . . 40-118

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-124

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . 40-130

Overview

With the SVX9000 series sensorless

vector control, Eaton’s expanded

Cutler-Hammer® drive offering now

covers a complete line of PWM

adjustable frequency (speed) drives

in ratings from:

■208V — 3/4 to 100 hp IH;

1 to 100 hp IL

■230V — 3/4 to 100 hp IH;

1 to 100 hp IL

■480V — 1 to 1900 hp IH;

1-1/2 to 2200 hp IL

■575V — 2 to 2000 hp IH;

3 to 2300 hp IL

The 9000X Family of Drives includes

HVX9000, SVX9000, SLX9000 and

SPX9000 drives. 9000X Series drive

ratings are rated for either high over-

load (IH) or low overload (IL). IL indi-

cates 110% overload capacity for 1

minute out of 10 minutes. IH indicates

150% overload capacity for 1 minute

out of 10 minutes.

A full range of enclosure types and

options are available to meet a wide

array of applications — from simple

variable torque to more complex

industrial applications such as convey-

ors, mixers and machine controls.

Application Description

Application Engineering

Proper selection and application of all

drive system components is essential

to assure that an adjustable frequency

drive system will safely and reliably

provide the performance required for

any given application. The party

responsible for the overall design and

operation of the facility must make sure

that qualiﬁed personnel are employed

to select all components of the drive

system, including appropriate safety

devices. Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer

AF Drives Application Engineering

Department is prepared to provide

assistance to answer any questions

about the technical capabilities of

Cutler-Hammer drives.

Motor Selection

The basic requirement of motor selec-

tion is to match the torque vs. speed

capability of the motor to the torque

vs. speed requirement of the driven

load.

Motor Torque vs. Speed Capability

As the speed of a motor is reduced

below its 60 Hz base speed, motor

cooling becomes less effective because

of the reduced speed of the self-cooling

fan. This limitation determines the

maximum torque for continuous oper-

ation at any operating speed. The

maximum intermittent operating

torque is determined by the motor’s

torque vs. current characteristics and

the output current capability of the

adjustable frequency controller.

Multiple Motor Operation

A number of motors can be connected

in parallel to a single controller. Since

the frequency of the power supplied

by the controller is the same for each

motor, the motors will always operate

at the same speed. Application Engi-

neering assistance must be requested

for all multiple motor applications to

assure compliance with all controller

design limitations.

Special Types of Motors

Standard NEMA Designs A and B

three-phase motors are the only

motors recommended for use in the

majority of applications, but other

types of motors are occasionally used.

If the existing motor used in the appli-

cation or the motor proposed for use

with the drive

system is a type other

than NEMA Design

A or B, Application

Engineering assistance must be

requested to make certain that the

drive is properly applied.

Controller Selection

The basic requirement of controller

selection is to match the output

current, voltage and frequency cap-

abilities of the controller with the

requirements of the connected motor.

Output Current

The controller must be selected and

applied such that the average operat-

ing motor current and horsepower do

not exceed the continuous current and

horsepower ratings of the controller.

The intermittent operating current

must not exceed the intermittent

current rating of the controller.

Motor Protection

Cutler-Hammer adjustable frequency

drives include electronic motor over-

load protection circuits that are

designed to meet the requirements of

NEC article 430-2 provided that only

one motor is connected to the output

of the controller.

Output Voltage and Frequency

When they are shipped, AF controllers

are adjusted to provide a maximum

output voltage and frequency equivalent

to the input line voltage and frequency.

The controllers can be adjusted to

operate above line frequency, but a

hazard of personal injury or equipment

damage may exist when the motor is

operated above base speed. Before

adjusting the drive to operate above

line frequency, make sure that the motor

and the driven machinery can safely

be operated at the resulting speed.

June 2008

40-50

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Product Family Overview

Controller Features

Operator Control and Interface

Requirements

Since there are many possible conﬁgu-

rations and many ways of achieving a

speciﬁc end result, it pays to consider

the operator control and interface

requirements carefully. A simpliﬁed

and more economical drive package

can often be achieved by selecting

from standard product offerings rather

than specifying a custom designed

conﬁguration.

Installation Compatibility

The successful application of an AC

drive requires the assurance that the

drive will be compatible with the envi-

ronment in which it will be installed. In

planning the installation, be sure to

carefully consider the heat produced

by the drive, the altitude and tempera-

ture limits and the need for clean cool-

ing air. Other important considerations

include acoustical noise, vibration,

electromagnetic compatibility, power

quality, controller input harmonic cur-

rent and power distribution equipment

requirements.

Auxiliary Equipment and Accessories

Adjustable drives are generally

designed to have a motor directly

connected to the controller output

terminals with no other equipment

connected in series or parallel. Motor

starters, disconnect switches, surge

absorbers, dv/dt suppression circuits,

output chokes, output transformers

and any other equipment under con-

sideration for installation on the output

of the controller should not be installed

without ﬁrst requesting Application

Engineering assistance. Power factor

correction capacitors must never,

under any circumstances, be con-

nected at the output of the controller.

They would serve no useful purpose,

and they may damage the controller.

Enclosure Deﬁnitions

■NEMA Type 1 — Enclosures are

intended for indoor use primarily to

provide a degree of protection

against contact with enclosed equip-

ment and provide a degree of pro-

tection against a limited amount of

falling dirt in locations where

unusual service conditions do not

exist. Top or side openings in the

NEMA Type 1 enclosure allow for

the free exchange of inside and out-

side air while meeting the UL rod

entry and rust resistance design

tests.

■NEMA Type 12 — Enclosures are

intended for indoor use primarily

to provide a degree of protection

against circulating dust, falling dirt

and dripping noncorrosive liquids.

To meet UL drip, dust and rust

resistance tests, NEMA Type 12

enclosures have no openings to

allow for the exchange of inside

and outside air.

■Chassis IP00 — Similar to Protected

Chassis IP20 except power terminals

are protected by plastic shielding

only. Primarily intended to be

mounted inside a surrounding

protective enclosure.

■NEMA 3R — Similar in design to

NEMA Type 12 except with more strin-

gent design and test requirements.

Motor Protection

DV/DT and Peak Motor Voltage Solutions

Today’s AFD products offer signiﬁ-

cantly improved performance, but at

the potential cost of motor insulation

stress. The fast switching time of the

IGBT devices used in newer AFDs can

cause a transmission line effect in

the output power leads to the motor,

leading to possibly damaging voltage

levels. To meet this need, NEMA has

introduced a motor in MG1, Part 31,

which provides an insulation system

designed to maintain normal motor

life in AFD applications. For existing

motors, a motor protection scheme is

required for longer cable runs. Eaton

offers three standard solutions for

existing systems.

■MotoRx

This patented Cutler-Hammer solu-

tion provides an energy recovery

system which clamps the peak

motor voltage to a safe level for

standard motors. This option is used

when the distance between a single

motor and the drive is 600 feet or

less.

■Output Line Reactor

This option provides an output line

reactor, reducing the DV/DT of the

AFD output voltage and lessening the

transmission line effect, to lower the

peak voltage at the motor terminals.

Product Availability Codes

The product availability codes indicate the type of facility (warehouse, Mod Center

or factory) that the product will ship from and, if it is not in stock, the number of

working days needed to assemble the product from receipt of the order to ship-

ment from the designated facility. Please note that this lead-time does not include

any in-transit time from our facility to your facility.

Table 40-69. Product Availability Codes

Product availability codes contained herein for a given product may be quantity

sensitive and are subject to change without notice. For the most current informa-

tion, refer to the Product Identiﬁcation Inquiry (PIN) screen on Vista.

Codes Description

W Warehouse stocked item. Shipped on customer request date. If item is backordered,

please check Vista/VISTALINE or contact your Customer Support Center for product

availability.

F1 Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 1 working day after receipt of order

on Vista.

FA Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 2 – 3 working days after receipt

of order on Vista.

FB Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 4 – 10 working days after receipt of

order on Vista.

FC Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 11 – 15 working days after receipt of

order on Vista.

FD Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory within 16 – 20 working days after receipt of

order on Vista.

FP Factory assemble-to-order. Shipped from factory on negotiated promise date.

MA Mod Center assemble-to-order. Shipped from Mod Center within 1 – 3 working days after

receipt of order on Vista.

MB Mod Center assemble-to-order. Shipped from Mod Center within 4 – 10 working days after

receipt of order on Vista.

MP Mod Center assemble-to-order. Shipped from Mod Center on negotiated promise date.

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-51

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

SVX9000

Open Drives

SVX9000 Open Drives

Product Description

Cutler-Hammer® SVX9000 Series

Adjustable Frequency Drives from

Eaton’s electrical business are the

next generation of drives speciﬁcally

engineered for today’s commercial

and industrial applications. The power

unit makes use of the most sophisti-

cated semiconductor technology and a

highly modular construction that can

be ﬂexibly adapted to the customer’s

needs.

The input and output conﬁguration

(I/O) is designed with modularity in

mind. The I/O is compromised of

option cards, each with its own input

and output conﬁguration. The control

module is designed to accept a total of

ﬁve of these cards. The cards contain

not only normal analog and digital

inputs but also ﬁeldbus cards.

These drives continue the tradition of

robust performance, and raise the bar

on features and functionality, ensuring

the best solution at the right price.

Features

■Robust design — proven 500,000

hours MTBF

■Integrated 3% line reactors standard

on drives from FR4 through FR9

■EMI/RFI Filters H standard up to

200 hp IH 480V, 100 hp IH 230V

■Simpliﬁed operating menu allows

for typical programming changes,

while programming mode provides

control of everything

■Quick Start Wizard built into the pro-

gramming of the drive ensures a

smooth start-up

■Keypad can display up to three moni-

tored parameters simultaneously

■LOCAL/REMOTE operation from

keypad

■Copy/Paste function allows transfer

of parameter settings from one

drive to the next

■Standard NEMA Type 12 keypad on

all drives

■The SVX can be ﬂexibly adapted to

a variety of needs using our pre-

installed “Seven in One” Precision

application programs consisting of:

❑Basic

❑Standard

❑Local/Remote

❑Multi Step Speed Control

❑PID Control

❑Multi-Purpose Control

❑Pump and Fan Control with Auto

Change

■Additional I/O and communication

cards provide plug and play

functionality

■I/O connections with simple quick

connection terminals

■UL Listed

■Hand-Held Auxiliary 240 Power Sup-

ply allows programming/monitoring

of control module without applying

full power to the drive

■Control logic can be powered from

an external auxiliary control panel,

internal drive functions and ﬁeldbus

if necessary

■Brake Chopper standard from:

1 – 30 hp/380 – 500V

3/4 – 15 hp/208 – 230V

■NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12

enclosures available, Frame Sizes

FR4 – FR9

■Open Chassis FR10 and greater

■NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12

available in FR10 Freestanding

design; NEMA Type 1 available in

FR11 Freestanding design

■Standard option board conﬁgura-

tion includes an A9 I/O board and an

A2 relay output board installed in

slots A and B

June 2008

40-52

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

Table 40-70. SVX9000 Speciﬁcations

Table 40-71. Standard I/O Speciﬁcations

Description Speciﬁcation

Input Ratings

Input Voltage (Vin) +10% / -15%

Input Frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45 – 66 Hz)

Connection to Power Once per minute or less (typical

operation)

High Withstand Rating 100 kAIC

Output Ratings

Output Voltage 0 to Vin

Continuous Output

Current

IH rated 100% at 122°F (50°C), FR9 and below

IL rated 100% at 104°F (40°C), FR9 and below

IH/IL 100% at 104°F (40°C), FR10 and above

Overload Current (IH/IL) 150% IH, 110% IL for 1 min.

Output Frequency 0 to 320 Hz

Frequency Resolution .01 Hz

Initial Output Current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds

Control Characteristics

Control Method Frequency Control (V/f)

Open Loop: Sensorless Vector Control,

Closed Loop: SPX9000 Drives Only

Switching Frequency

Frame 4 – 6

Frame 7 – 12

Adjustable with Parameter 2.6.9

1 to 16 kHz; default 10 kHz

1 to 10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz

Frequency Reference Analog Input: Resolution .1% (10-bit),

accuracy ± 1% V/Hz

Panel Reference: Resolution .01 Hz

Field Weakening Point 30 to 320 Hz

Acceleration Time 0 to 3000 sec.

Deceleration Time 0 to 3000 sec.

Braking Torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)

Ambient Conditions

Ambient Operating

Temperature

14°F (-10°C), no frost to 122°F (+50°C) IH

(FR4 – FR9)

14°F (-10°C), no frost to 104°F (+40°C) IH

(FR10 and up)

14°F (-10°C), no frost to 104°F (+40°C) IL

(all frames)

Storage Temperature -40°F (-40°C) to 158°F (70°C)

Relative Humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing,

non-corrosive, no dripping water

Air Quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in

operation, class 3C2; Mechanical particles:

IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2

Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 3280

ft. (1000m); 1% derating for each

328 ft. (100m) above 3280 ft. (1000m);

max. 9842 ft. (3000m)

Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz,

Displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at

3 to 15.8 Hz, Max. acceleration amplitude 1G

at 15.8 to 150 Hz

Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test (for

applicable UPS weights) Storage and ship-

ping: max. 15G, 11 ms (in package)

Enclosure Class NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/IP54,

Open Chassis/IP20

Description Speciﬁcation

Standards

Product IEC 61800-2

Safety UL 508C

EMC (at default settings) Immunity: Fulﬁlls all EMC immunity require-

ments; Emissions: EN 61800-3, LEVEL H

Control Connections

Analog Input Voltage 0 to 10V, R = 200 kΩ (-10 to 10V joystick con-

trol) Resolution .1%; accuracy ±1%

Analog Input Current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri - 250Ω differential

Digital Inputs (6) Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30V DC

Auxiliary Voltage +24V ±15%, max. 250 mA

Output Reference Volt-

age

+10V +3%, max. load 10 mA

Analog Output 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500Ω; Resolution

10 bit; Accuracy ±2%

Digital Outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V

Relay Outputs 2 programmable Form C relay outputs

Switching capacity: 24V DC / 8A,

250V AC / 8A, 125V DC / 0.4A

Protections

Overcurrent Protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously

Overvoltage Protection Yes

Undervoltage Protection Yes

Earth Fault Protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor cable,

only the frequency converter is

protected

Input Phase Supervision Trips if any of the input phases are

missing

Motor Phase Supervision Trips if any of the output phases are

missing

Overtemperature

Protection

Yes

Motor Overload

Protection

Yes

Motor Stall Protection Yes

Motor Underload

Protection

Yes

Short Circuit Protection Yes (+24V and +10V Reference Voltages)

Description Speciﬁcation

6 – Digital Input Programmable 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥ 18V,Ri > 5 k

2 – Analog Input Conﬁgurable

w/Jumpers

Voltage: 0 – ±10V, Ri > 200 k

Current: 0 (4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250 k

2 – Digital Output Programmable Form C Relays 250V AC 2 Amp or

30V DC2 Amp resistive

1 – Digital Output Programmable Open collector 48V DC 50 mA

1 – Analog Output Programmable

Conﬁgurable w/Jumper

0 – 20 mA, RL < 500 ohms,

resolution 10 Bits/0.1%

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-53

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-72. Adjustable Frequency Drive Catalog Numbering System

All 230V Drives and 480V Drives up to 200 hp (IH) are only available with Input Option 1 (EMC Level H). 480V Drives 250 hp (IH) or larger are available

with Input Option 2 (EMC Level N). 480V Drives are available with Input Option 4 (EMC Level L). 575V Drives 200 hp (IH) or larger are only available with

Input Option 2. 575V Drives up to 150 hp (IH) are only available with Input Option 4 (EMC Level L).

480V Drives up to 30 hp (IH) are only available with Brake Chopper Option B. 480V Drives 40 hp (IH) or larger come standard with Brake Chopper

Option N. 230V Drives up to 15 hp (IH) are only available with Brake Chopper Option B. 230V Drives 20 hp or larger come standard with Brake Chopper

Option N. All 575V Drives come standard without Brake Chopper Option (N). Note: N = No Brake Chopper.

480V Drives 250 hp (IH) and larger are available with enclosure style 0 (Chassis); 690V Drives 200 hp (IH) and larger are available with enclosure

style 0 (Chassis).

480V and 690V FR10 Freestanding Drives are available with enclosure style 1 (NEMA Type 1) and enclosure style 2 (NEMA Type 12). FR11 Freestanding

Drives only available with enclosure style 1 (NEMA Type 1).

Factory promise delivery. Consult Sales Ofﬁce for availability.

Keypad

A = Alphanumeric

S V X 0 1 0 A 1 –4A 1 B 1

Board Modifications

1 = Standard Boards

2 = Conformal (Varnished) Coating 

Brake Chopper Options 

N = No Brake Chopper Circuit

B = Internal Brake Chopper Circuit

Input Options 

1 = 3-phase, EMC H

2 = 3-phase, EMC N

4 = 3-phase, EMC L

Options

Options appear in alphabetical order.

Extended I/O Card Options

B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT + 24V DC

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

B8 = 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42 – 240V AC Input

Communication Cards

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP

CJ = BACnet

CK = Ethernet IP

C2 = Modbus

C3 = Profibus DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = Profibus DP (D9 Connector)

C6 = CanOpen (Slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

C8 = Modbus (D9 Type Connector)

D3 = RS-232 with D9 Connection

Product Family

SVX = Open Drives

SPX = Open Drives

FR10 & greater

Horsepower Rating

F07 = 3/4 hp

F15 = 1-1/2 hp

007 = 7-1/2 hp

010 = 10 hp

050 = 50 hp

125 = 125 hp

350 = 350 hp

700 = 700 hp

800 = 800 hp

900 = 900 hp

H10 = 1000 hp

H12 = 1200 hp

H13 = 1350 hp

H15 = 1500 hp

H16 = 1600 hp

H20 = 2000 hp

AFD Software Series

A = Standard Software

Enclosure 

0 = Chassis

1 = NEMA Type 1

2 = NEMA Type 12

Voltage Rating

2 = 230 (208 – 240) V

4 = 480 (380 – 500) V

5 = 575 (525 – 690) V

June 2008

40-54

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Product Selection

230V SVX9000 Drives

Table 40-73. 208 – 240V, NEMA Type 1 Drive

Table 40-74. 208 – 240V, NEMA Type 12 Drive

480V SVX9000 Drives

Table 40-75. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 1 Drive

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 W 3/4

1-1/2

3.7

4.8

6.6

7.8

1-1/2

—

4.8

6.6

7.8

12.5

SVXF07A1-2A1B1

SVX001A1-2A1B1

SVXF15A1-2A1B1

SVX002A1-2A1B1

SVX003A1-2A1B1

FR5 W —

7-1/2

12.5

17.5

7-1/2

17.5

SVX004A1-2A1B1

SVX005A1-2A1B1

SVX007A1-2A1B1

FR6 W 10

SVX010A1-2A1B1

SVX015A1-2A1B1

FR7 W 20

114

SVX020A1-2A1N1

SVX025A1-2A1N1

SVX030A1-2A1N1

FR8 W 40

114

140

170

140

170

205

SVX040A1-2A1N1

SVX050A1-2A1N1

SVX060A1-2A1N1

FR9 W 75

100

205

261

100

—

261

—

SVX075A1-2A1N1

SVX100A1-2A1N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 F1 3/4

1-1/2

3.7

4.8

6.6

7.8

1-1/2

—

4.8

6.6

7.8

12.5

SVXF07A2-2A1B1

SVX001A2-2A1B1

SVXF15A2-2A1B1

SVX002A2-2A1B1

SVX003A2-2A1B1

FR5 F1 —

7-1/2

12.5

17.5

7-1/2

17.5

SVX004A2-2A1B1

SVX005A2-2A1B1

SVX007A2-2A1B1

FR6 F1 10

SVX010A2-2A1B1

SVX015A2-2A1B1

FR7 W 20

114

SVX020A2-2A1N1

SVX025A2-2A1N1

SVX030A2-2A1N1

FR8 FP 40

114

140

170

140

170

205

SVX040A2-2A1N1

SVX050A2-2A1N1

SVX060A2-2A1N1

FR9 FP 75

100

205

261

100

—

261

—

SVX075A2-2A1N1

SVX100A2-2A1N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 W 1

1-1/2

—

2.2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

1-1/2

—

7-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

SVX001A1-4A1B1

SVXF15A1-4A1B1

SVX002A1-4A1B1

SVX003A1-4A1B1

SVX005A1-4A1B1

SVX006A1-4A1B1

FR5 W 7-1/2

SVX007A1-4A1B1

SVX010A1-4A1B1

SVX015A1-4A1B1

FR6 W 20

SVX020A1-4A1B1

SVX025A1-4A1B1

SVX030A1-4A1B1

FR7 W 40

105

SVX040A1-4A1N1

SVX050A1-4A1N1

SVX060A1-4A1N1

FR8 W 75

100

125

105

140

170

100

125

150

140

170

205

SVX075A1-4A1N1

SVX100A1-4A1N1

SVX125A1-4A1N1

FR9 W 150

200

205

245

200

250

261

300

SVX150A1-4A1N1

SVX200A1-4A1N1

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-55

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

SVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-76. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 1 Freestanding Drive

Note: Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V Transformer (KB),

Light Kit (L1), HOA (K4), Speed Potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect Switch (P2). See

Enclosed 480V option selection.

Table 40-77. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 12 Drive

Table 40-78. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 12 Freestanding Drive

Note: Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V Transformer (KB),

Light Kit (L1), HOA (K4), Speed Potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect Switch (P2). See

Enclosed 480V option selection.

Table 40-79. 480V 380 – 500, Open Chassis Drive

FR10 – FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 W

250

300

350

330

385

460

300

350

400

385

460

520

SPX250A1-4A4N1

SPX300A1-4A4N1

SPX350A1-4A4N1

FR11 FP

400

500

550

520

590

650

500

550

600

590

650

730

SPX400A1-4A4N1

SPX500A1-4A4N1

SPX550A1-4A4N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 F1 1

1-1/2

—

2.2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

1-1/2

—

7-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

SVX001A2-4A1B1

SVXF15A2-4A1B1

SVX002A2-4A1B1

SVX003A2-4A1B1

SVX005A2-4A1B1

SVX006A2-4A1B1

FR5 F1 7-1/2

SVX007A2-4A1B1

SVX010A2-4A1B1

SVX015A2-4A1B1

FR6 F1 20

SVX020A2-4A1B1

SVX025A2-4A1B1

SVX030A2-4A1B1

FR7 W 40

105

SVX040A2-4A1N1

SVX050A2-4A1N1

SVX060A2-4A1N1

FR8 W 75

100

125

105

140

170

100

125

150

140

170

205

SVX075A2-4A1N1

SVX100A2-4A1N1

SVX125A2-4A1N1

FR9 W 150

200

205

245

200

250

261

300

SVX150A2-4A1N1

SVX200A2-4A1N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 FP

250

300

350

330

385

460

300

350

400

385

460

520

SPX250A2-4A4N1

SPX300A2-4A4N1

SPX350A2-4A4N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 W 250

300

350

330

385

460

300

350

400

385

460

520

SPX250A0-4A2N1

SPX300A0-4A2N1

SPX350A0-4A2N1

FR11 W 400

500

—

520

590

650

500

—

600

590

650

730

SPX400A0-4A2N1

SPX500A0-4A2N1

SPX550A0-4A2N1

FR12 FP

600

—

700

730

820

920

—

700

800

820

920

1030

SPX600A0-4A2N1

SPX650A0-4A2N1

SPX700A0-4A2N1

FR13 FP 800

900

1000

1030

1150

1300

900

1000

1200

1150

1300

1450

SPX800A0-4A2N1

SPX900A0-4A2N1

SPXH10A0-4A2N1

FR14 FP 1200

1600

1900

1600

1940

2300

1500

1800

2200

1770

2150

2700

SPXH12A0-4A2N1

SPXH16A0-4A2N1

SPXH19A0-4A2N1

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-56

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

575V SVX9000 Drives

Table 40-80. 525 – 690V, NEMA Type 1 Drive

Table 40-81. 525 – 690V, NEMA Type 1 Freestanding Drive

Note: Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V Transformer (KB),

Light Kit (L1), HOA (K4), Speed Potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect Switch (P2). See

Enclosed 480V option selection.

Table 40-82. 525 – 690V, NEMA Type 12 Drive

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR6 W 2

—

7-1/2

3.33

4.5

5.5

7.5

13.5

—

7-1/2

4.5

5.5

7.5

13.5

SVX002A1-5A4N1

SVX003A1-5A4N1

SVX004A1-5A4N1

SVX005A1-5A4N1

SVX007A1-5A4N1

SVX010A1-5A4N1

SVX015A1-5A4N1

SVX020A1-5A4N1

SVX025A1-5A4N1

FR7 W 30

SVX030A1-5A4N1

SVX040A1-5A4N1

FR8 W 50

100

SVX050A1-5A4N1

SVX060A1-5A4N1

SVX075A1-5A4N1

FR9 W 100

125

150

—

100

125

144

170

125

150

—

200

125

144

170

208

SVX100A1-5A4N1

SVX125A1-5A4N1

SVX150A1-5A4N1

SVX175A1-5A4N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 FP 200

250

300

208

261

325

250

300

400

261

325

385

SPX200A1-5A4N1

SPX250A1-5A4N1

SPX300A1-5A4N1

FR11 FP 400

450

500

385

460

502

450

500

550

460

502

590

SPX400A1-5A4N1

SPX450A1-5A4N1

SPX500A1-5A4N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR6 F1 2

—

7-1/2

3.33

4.5

5.5

7.5

13.5

—

7-1/2

4.5

5.5

7.5

13.5

SVX002A2-5A4N1

SVX003A2-5A4N1

SVX004A2-5A4N1

SVX005A2-5A4N1

SVX007A2-5A4N1

SVX010A2-5A4N1

SVX015A2-5A4N1

SVX020A2-5A4N1

SVX025A2-5A4N1

FR7 FP 30

SVX030A2-5A4N1

SVX040A2-5A4N1

FR8 FP 50

100

SVX050A2-5A4N1

SVX060A2-5A4N1

SVX075A2-5A4N1

FR9 FP 100

125

150

—

100

125

144

170

125

150

—

200

125

144

170

208

SVX100A2-5A4N1

SVX125A2-5A4N1

SVX150A2-5A4N1

SVX175A2-5A4N1

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-57

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

SVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-83. 525 – 690V, NEMA Type 12 Freestanding Drive

Note: Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V Transformer (KB),

Light Kit (L1), HOA (K4), Speed Potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect Switch (P2). See

Enclosed 480V option selection.

Table 40-84. 525 – 690V, Open Chassis Drive

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 FP 200

250

300

208

261

325

250

300

400

261

325

385

SPX200A2-5A4N1

SPX250A2-5A4N1

SPX300A2-5A4N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 FP 200

250

300

208

261

325

250

300

400

261

325

385

SPX200A0-5A2N1

SPX250A0-5A2N1

SPX300A0-5A2N1

FR11 FP 400

450

500

385

460

502

450

500

—

460

502

590

SPX400A0-5A2N1

SPX450A0-5A2N1

SPX500A0-5A2N1

FR12 FP —

600

700

590

650

750

600

700

800

650

750

820

SPX550A0-5A2N1

SPX600A0-5A2N1

SPX700A0-5A2N1

FR13 FP 800

900

1000

820

920

1030

900

1000

1250

920

1030

1180

SPX800A0-5A2N1

SPX900A0-5A2N1

SPXH10A0-5A2N1

FR14 FP 1350

1500

2000

1300

1500

1900

1500

2000

2300

1500

1900

2250

SPXH13A0-5A2N1

SPXH15A0-5A2N1

SPXH20A0-5A2N1

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-58

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

9000X Series Option Board Kits

The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection

of expander and adapter option boards to customize the

drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit

is designed to accept a total of ﬁve option boards (see

Figure 40-21).

The 9000X Series factory installed standard board conﬁgura-

tion includes an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay output board,

which are installed in slots A and B.

Figure 40-21. 9000X Series Option Boards

Table 40-85. Option Board Kits

Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in Bold is the preferred location.

AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output

OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

SPX9000 Drives only (FR10 and larger).

ABCDE

Option Kit

Description 

Allowed

Slot

Locations



Field Installed Factory Installed SVX Ready Programs

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S. $

Basic Local/

Remote

Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC

Standard I/O Cards (See Figure 40-21)

2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10V DC ref,

2 ext +24V DC/ EXT +24V DC

AOPTA9 — X X X XXXX

Extended I/O Card Options

2 RO, Therm — SPX Only B OPTA3 A3 —X X XXXX

Encoder low volt +5V/15V/24V —

SPX Only

COPTA4 A4 —X X XXXX

Encoder high volt +15V/24V —

SPX Only

COPTA5 A5 —X X XXXX

Double encoder — SPX Only C OPTA7 A7 X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO — SPX Only A OPTA8 A8 —X X XXXX

3 DI (Encoder 10 – 24V), Out +15V/+24V,

2 DO (pulse+direction) — SPX Only

COPTAE AE X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 ext

+24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 —— — ——XX

1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 —— — ——XX

1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 X X X XXXX

3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 —— — ——XX

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — ————

1 RO (NO), 5 DI

42 – 240V AC Input

B,C, D, E OPTB9 B9 —— — ——XX

Communication Cards

Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 X X X XXXX

Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — ————

Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI X X X XXXX

BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ X X X XXXX

Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK X X X XXXX

Proﬁbus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 X X X XXXX

LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 X X X XXXX

Proﬁbus DP (D9 Connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 X X X XXXX

CanOpen (Slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 X X X XXXX

DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 X X X XXXX

Modbus (D9 Type Connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 X X X XXXX

Adapter — SPX Only D, E OPTD1 D1 X X X XXXX

Adapter — SPX Only D, E OPTD2 D2 X X X XXXX

RS-232 with

D9 Connection

D, E OPTD3 D3 X X X XXXX

Keypad

9000X Series Local/ Remote Keypad

(Replacement Keypad)

—KEYPAD-

LOC/

REM

—— — — ————

9000X Series Remote Mount Keypad

Unit (Keypad not included, includes

10 ft. cable, keypad holder, mounting

hardware)

—OPTRMT-

KIT-

9000X

—— — — ————

9000X Series RS-232 Cable, 13 ft. — PP00104 — — — — ————

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-59

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Modbus RTU Network Communications

The Modbus Network Card OPTC2 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive as

a slave on a Modbus network. The

interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB

connector (female) and the baud rate

ranges from 300 to 19200 baud. Other

communication parameters include an

address range from 1 to 247; a parity of

None, Odd or Even; and the stop

bit is 1.

Proﬁbus Network Communications

The Proﬁbus Network Card OPTC3 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive as

a slave on a Proﬁbus-DP network. The

interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB

connector (female). The baud rates

range from 9.6K baud to 12M baud,

and the addresses range from 1 to 127.

LonWorks Network Communications

The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive

on a LonWorks network. This interface

uses Standard Network Variable Types

(SNVT) as data types. The channel

connection is achieved using a

FTT-10A Free Topology transceiver

via a single twisted transfer cable. The

communication speed with LonWorks

is 78 kBits/s.

CanOpen (Slave) Communications

The CanOpen (Slave) Network Card

OPTC6 is used for connecting the

9000X Drive to a host system. Accord-

ing to ISO11898 standard cables to be

chosen for CAN bus should have a

nominal impedance of 120Ω, and

speciﬁc line delay of nominal 5 nS/m.

120Ω line termination resistors

required for installation.

DeviceNet Network Communications

The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a

5.08 mm pluggable connector. Trans-

fer method is via CAN using a 2-wire

twisted shielded cable with 2-wire bus

power cable and drain. The baud rates

used for communication include 125K

baud, 250K baud and 500K baud.

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Network

Communications

The OPTC2 ﬁeldbus board provides

communication between the 9000X

Drive and a Johnson Controls

Metasys™ N2 network. With this con-

nection, the drive can be controlled,

monitored and programmed from the

Metasys system. The N2 ﬁeldbus is

available as a factory installed option

and as a ﬁeld installable kit.

Modbus/TCP Network Communications

The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

to Ethernet networks utilizing Modbus

protocol. It includes an RJ-45 plugga-

ble connector. This interface provides

a selection of standard and custom

drive parameters. The board supports

10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communica-

tion speeds. The IP address of the

board is conﬁgurable over Ethernet

using a supplied software tool.

BACnet Network Communications

The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

to BACnet networks. It includes a

5.08 mm pluggable connector. Data

transfer is Master-Slave/Token

Passing (MS/TP) RS-485. This interface

uses a collection of 30 Binary Value

Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value

Objects (AVOs) to communicate drive

parameters. The card supports 9.6,

19.2 and 38.4 Kbaud communication

speeds and supports network

addresses 1 – 127.

Ethernet/IP Network Communications

The Ethernet/IP Network Card OPTCK

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol net-

works. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable

connector. The interface uses CIP

objects to communicate drive

parameters (CIP is “Common Indus-

trial Protocol”, the same protocol used

by DeviceNet). The board supports 10

Mbps and 100 Mbps communication

speeds. The IP address of the board is

conﬁgurable by Static, BOOTP and

DHCP methods.

June 2008

40-60

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Options

Control Panel Options

Table 40-86. Control Panel Factory Options

Table 40-87. Miscellaneous Options

Consult factory.

Brake Chopper Options

The Brake Chopper Circuit option is used for applications that require dynamic

braking. Dynamic Braking resistors are not included with drive purchase. Consult

the factory for dynamic braking resistors which are supplied separately. Resistors

are not UL Listed.

Table 40-88. Brake Chopper Circuit Adder —

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12, Chassis

Note: Delivery code is FP.

Description Factory Installed Field Installed

NEMA Type 1

Option

Code

Adder

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Local/Remote Keypad SVX9000 Control Panel — This option is standard on all drives and consists

of an RS-232 connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the RUN status

and two indicators for the control source. The nine pushbuttons on the panel are used for panel

programming and monitoring of all SVX9000 parameters. The panel is detachable and isolated

from the input line potential. Include LOC/REM key to choose control location.

A KEYPAD-LOC/REM

Keypad Remote Mounting Kit — This option is used to remote mount the SVX9000 keypad. The

footprint is compatible to the SV9000 remote mount kit. Includes 10 ft. cable, keypad holder and

mounting hardware.

— OPTRMT-KIT-9000X

Description Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

9000XDrive — A PC-based tool for controlling and monitoring of the SVX9000. Features include: loading parameters that

can be saved to a ﬁle or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text

form, and real-time display. To avoid damage to the drive or computer, SVDrivecable must be used.

9000XDRIVE

SVDrivecable — 6 ft. (1.8m) RS-232 cable (22 gauge) with a 7-pin connector on each end. Should be used in conjunction

with the 9000X Drive option to avoid damage to the SVX9000 or computer. The same cable can be used for downloading

specialized applications to the drive.

SVDRIVECABLE

External Dynamic Braking Resistors — Used with the Dynamic Braking Chopper Circuit to absorb motor regenerative energy

for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy ﬂowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into Standard Duty and

Heavy-Duty. Standard Duty is deﬁned as 20% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while Heavy-Duty is deﬁned as 50%

duty or less with 150% braking torque. Consult factory.



(IH)

Adder U.S. $

208 –

240V

380 –

500V

525 –

690V

5vt

5ct

7-1/2vt

7-1/2ct

100

125

150

(IH)

Adder U.S. $

208 –

240V

380 –

500V

525 –

690V

200vt

200ct

250

300

350

400

450

500

550

600vt

600ct

700vt

700ct

800

900

1000

1200

1350

1500

1600

2000

Table 40-89. Conformal (Varnished) Coating

Adder — 208 – 240V, 380 – 500V, 525 – 690V

(See Catalog Number Description to order.)

Table 40-90. Conformal Coated Board Kits 

See Option Catalog Numbers on Page 40-58.

Construct Catalog Numbers for factory

installed per Table 40-72 on Page 40-53.

Replace “__” with the correct Catalog

Number from Page 40-58. Example:

OPTC2V.

Frame Delivery

Code

Adder

U.S. $

FR4

FR5

FR6

FR7

FR8

FR9

FR10

FR11

FR12

FR13

FR14

Field Installed Factory Installed

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S. $

OPT_V 

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-61

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

SVX9000

Open Drives

Accessories

Demo Drive and Power Supply

Table 40-91. Demo Drive and Power Supply

NEMA Type 12 Conversion Kit

The NEMA Type 12 kit option is used to convert a NEMA Type 1 to a NEMA Type

12 drive. The NEMA Type 12 Kit consists of a metal drive shroud, fan kit for some

frames, adaptor plate and plugs.

Table 40-92. NEMA Type 12 Conversion Kit

Flange Kits

Flange Kit Type 12

The ﬂange kit is utilized when the

power section is mounted through the

back panel of an enclosure. Includes

ﬂange mount brackets and NEMA

Type 12 fan components. Metal shroud

not included.

Table 40-93. Flange Kit Type 12 —

Frames 4, 5 and 6 

For installation of an SVX9000 NEMA Type 1

drive into a NEMA Type 12 oversized

enclosure.

Flange Kit Type 1

Flange kits for NEMA 1 enclosure drive

rating are determined by rating of

drive.

Table 40-94. Flange Kit Type 1 —

Frames 4 – 9 

For installation of an SVX9000 NEMA Type 1

drive into a NEMA Type 1 oversized

enclosure.

Flange Kit Type 12

Flange kits for NEMA 12 enclosure

drive rating are determined by rating

of drive.

Table 40-95. Flange Kit Type 12 —

Frames 4 – 9 

For installation of an SVX9000 NEMA Type

12 drive into a NEMA Type 12 oversized

enclosure.

Description Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

9000X Drive Demo

9000XDEMO

Hand Held 24V Auxiliary Power Supply — used to supply power to the

control module in order to perform keypad programming before the

drive is connected to line voltage

9000XAUX24V

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Approximate

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Approximate

Weight in Lb. (kg)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Length Width Height Weight

FR4

FR5

FR6

13 (330)

16 (406)

21 (533)

7 (178)

8 (203)

10 (254)

4 (102)

7 (178)

5 (127)

4 (1.8)

5 (2.3)

7 (3.2)

OPTN12FR4

OPTN12FR5

OPTN12FR6

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4

FR5

FR6

OPTTHRFR4

OPTTHRFR5

OPTTHRFR6

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4

FR5

FR6

OPTTHR4

OPTTHR5

OPTTHR6

FR7

FR8

FR9

OPTTHR7

OPTTHR8

OPTTHR9

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4

FR5

FR6

OPTTHR4

OPTTHR5

OPTTHR6

FR7

FR8

FR9

OPTTHR7

OPTTHR8

OPTTHR9

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-62

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Dimensions

Figure 40-22. NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 9000X Drive Dimensions, FR4, FR5 and FR6

Table 40-96. 9000X Drive Dimensions

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs.

(kg)

Knockouts @ Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 W3 R1 dia. R2 dia. N1 (O.D.)

FR4 230V 3/4 – 3 12.9

(327)

12.3

(313)

11.5

(292)

7.5

(190)

3.0

(77)

5.0

(126)

5.0

(128)

3.9

(100)

— .5

(13)

(7)

11.0

(5)

3 @ 1.1

(28)

480V 1 – 5

FR5 230V 5 – 7-1/2 16.5

(419)

16.0

(406)

15.3

(389)

8.4

(214)

3.9

(100)

5.8

(148)

5.6

(143)

3.9

(100)

— .5

(13)

(7)

17.9

(8)

2 @ 1.5

(37)

1 @ 1.1

(28)

480V 7-1/2 – 15

FR6 230V 10 – 15 22.0

(558)

21.3

(541)

20.4

(519)

9.3

(237)

4.2

(105)

6.5

(165)

7.6

(195)

5.8

(148)

— .6

(15.5)

(9)

40.8

(19)

3 @ 1.5

(37)

480V 20 – 30

575V 2 – 25

EATON

D1 W2

H3 H2

Knockouts

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-63

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-23. 9000X Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6

Table 40-97. Dimensions for 9000X, FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit

Table 40-98. Dimensions for the Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6

Flange Opening

FR4 to FR6

Dia. A

W3W4

Dia. B

H6 H9H8

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia. A

FR4 5.0

(128)

4.5

(113)

13.3

(337)

12.8

(325)

12.9

(327)

1.2

(30)

(22)

7.5

(190)

3.0

(77)

(7)

FR5 5.6

(143)

4.7

(120)

17.0

(434)

16.5

(420)

16.5

(419)

1.4

(36)

(18)

8.4

(214)

3.9

(100)

(7)

FR6 7.7

(195)

6.7

(170)

22.0

(560)

21.6

(549)

22.0

(558)

1.2

(30)

(20)

9.3

(237)

4.2

(106)

(7)

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B

FR4 4.8

(123)

4.5

(113)

— 12.4

(315)

12.8

(325)

—.2

(5)

(7)

FR5 5.3

(135)

4.7

(120)

— 16.2

(410)

16.5

(420)

—.2

(5)

(7)

FR6 7.3

(185)

6.7

(170)

6.2

(157)

21.2

(539)

21.6

(549)

(7)

(5)

(7)

June 2008

40-64

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-24. 9000X Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12, FR7

Table 40-99. 9000X Drive Dimensions, FR7

Knockouts

R2 R2R1

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

Knockouts @ Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 dia. R2 dia. N1 (O.D.)

FR7 230V 20 – 30 24.8

(630)

24.2

(614)

23.2

(590)

10.1

(257)

3.0

(77)

7.3

(184)

9.3

(237)

7.5

(190)

(18)

(9)

77.2

(35)

3 @ 1.5 (37)

480V 40 – 60

575V 30 – 40

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-65

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-25. 9000X Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12, FR8

Table 40-100. 9000X Drive Dimensions, FR8

Frame Size Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

D1 H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 R1 dia. R2 dia.

FR8 230V 40 – 60 13.5 (344) 30.1 (764) 28.8 (732) 28.4 (721) 11.5 (291) 10 (255) .7 (18) .4 (9) 127 (58)

480V 75 – 125

575V 50 – 75

June 2008

40-66

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-26. 9000X Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8

Table 40-101. Dimensions for 9000X, FR7 and FR8 with Flange Kit

Table 40-102. Dimensions for the Flange Opening, FR7/FR8

H9H12

H13

H11H10

H5 Dia. A

Dia. B

H4H4H6

W6W5 W7

Flange Opening

FR7/FR8

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 Dia. A

FR7 9.3

(237)

6.8

(175)

10.6

(270)

10.0

(253)

25.6

(652)

24.8

(632)

24.8

(630)

7.4

(189)

7.4

(189)

(23)

(20)

10.1

(257)

4.6

(117)

(6)

FR8 11.2

(285)

— 14.0

(355)

13.0

(330)

32.8

(832)

— 29.3

(745)

10.2

(258)

10.4

(265)

1.7

(43)

2.2

(57)

13.5

(344)

4.3

(110)

(9)

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 Dia. B

FR7 9.2

(233)

6.9

(175)

10.0

(253)

24.4

(619)

7.4

(189)

7.4

(189)

1.4

(35)

1.3

(32)

1.0

(25)

(6)

FR8 11.9

(301)

— 13.0

(330)

31.9

(810)

10.2

(258)

10.4

(265)

— — 1.3

(33)

(9)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-67

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-27. 9000X Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12, FR9

Table 40-103. 9000X Drive Dimensions, FR9

R2 R1

W2 W1

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 W1 W2 R1 dia. R2 dia.

FR9 230V 75 – 100 45.3

(1150)

44.1

(1120)

42.4

(1076)

13.4

(340)

14.3

(362)

18.9

(480)

15.7

(400)

(20)

(9)

321.9

(146)

480V 150 – 200

575V 100 – 175

June 2008

40-68

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-28. 9000X Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9

Table 40-104. Dimensions for 9000X, FR9

Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered.

Dia.

B- B+ /R+ R-

W5 W1

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 D1 D2 D3 Dia.

FR9 18.9

(480)

15.7

(400)

6.5

(165)

(9)

2.1

(54)

45.3

(1150)

44.1

(1120)

28.3

(721)

8.0

(205)

(16)

7.4

(188)

14.2

(361.5)

13.4

(340)

11.2

(285)

(21)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-69

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-29. 9000X Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9 with Flange Kit

Table 40-105. Dimensions for 9000X, FR9 with Flange Kit

.20 (5)

Dia.

H3 H3 H3 H5H5

H6 H1

Flange Opening

FR9

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia.

FR9 20.9

(530)

20.0

(510)

19.1

(485)

7.9

(200)

(5.5)

51.7

(1312)

45.3

(1150)

16.5

(420)

3.9

(100)

1.4

(35)

(9)

(2)

24.9

(362)

13.4

(340)

4.3

(109)

(21)

June 2008

40-70

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-30. 9000X Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR10 Freestanding Drive

Table 40-106. Dimensions for 9000X, FR10 Freestanding Drive

Dia. 3

Dia. 2

Dia. 1

W4 W4

D3 D6 D7

W3 W3 W3 W3

W1 D1

Operator

(Shown with

Optional

Disconnect)

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3

FR10 23.43

(595)

2.46

(62.5)

4.53

(115)

.79

(20)

5.95

(151)

2.95

(75)

3.11

(79)

79.45

(2018)

74.80

(1900)

20.18

(512.5)

23.70

(602)

17.44

(443)

19.02

(483)

.47

(12)

11.22

(285)

17.60

(447)

20.08

(510)

.83

(21)

1.89

(48)

.43

(11)

857

(389)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-71

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-31. 9000X Dimensions, FR10 Open Chassis

Table 40-107. Dimensions for 9000X, FR10 Open Chassis

Note: 9000X FR12 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions.

H7 H6

D4 D2 D1

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 D4

FR10 480V 250 – 350 19.7

(500)

16.7

(425)

1.2

(30)

2.6

(67)

12.8

(325)

45.9

(1165)

44.1

(1121)

34.6

(879)

33.5

(850)

(17)

24.7

(627)

10.8

(275)

19.9

(506)

17.9

(455)

16.7

(423)

16.6

(421)

518

(235)

575V 200 – 300

June 2008

40-72

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-32. 9000X Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive

Table 40-108. Dimensions for 9000X, NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive

W1 D1

Dia. 3

Dia. 1 Dia. 2

W3 W3 W3 W3

W7W7 W6W6W6W6

Operator

(Shown with

Optional

Disconnect)

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3

FR11 480 400 – 550 31.26

(794)

2.40

(61)

6.50

(165)

.79

(20)

3.43

(87)

2.95

(75)

2.52

(64)

1.18

(30)

79.45

(2018)

74.80

(1900)

20.18

(512.5)

23.70

(602)

11.22

(285)

19.09

(485)

.47

(12)

17.60

(447)

.83

(21)

1.89

(48)

.35 x .43

(9 x 11)

526

(239)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-73

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-33. 9000X Dimensions, FR11 Open Chassis

Table 40-109. Dimensions for 9000X, FR11 Open Chassis

Shown without

terminal cover

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 D1 D2

FR11 480V 400 – 550 27.9

(709)

8.86

(225)

2.6

(67)

45.5

(1155)

33.5

(850)

19.8

(503)

18.4

(468)

833

(378)

575V 400 – 500

June 2008

40-74

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-34. 9000X Dimensions, FR13 Open Chassis Inverter

Table 40-110. Dimensions for 9000X, FR13 Open Chassis Inverter

Note: 9000X FR14 is built of two FR13 modules. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions.

Note: FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions.

W4 W4 W4 W4 W4

Dia. 1 D1 D2 W1

W2W2W2W2

W5 W5 W5

Dia. 3

Dia. 3 D4

H4H1

D5 D6

Dia. 2

Dia. 4

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 Dia.

Dia.

FR13 27.87

(708)

5.91

(150)

26.65

(677)

4.57

(116)

3.35

(85)

41.54

(1055)

2.46

(62.5)

39.86

(1012.5)

41.34

(1050)

.79

(20)

21.77

(553)

.51

(13)

.63

(16)

1.97

(50)

1.06

(27)

1.57

(40)

5.91

(150)

9.64

(244.8)

.35x.59

(9x15)

.18

(4.6)

.51

(13)

.37

(9.5)

683

(310)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-75

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-35. 9000X Dimensions, FR13 Open Chassis Converter

Table 40-111. FR13 — Number of Input Units

Table 40-112. Dimensions for 9000X, FR13 Open Chassis Converter

Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4

D3 W5

D4 D5

D1 D2

Dia. 2

W3 Dia. 3

480V hp Input Modules 690V hp Input Modules

SPX800A0-4A2N1 800 2 SPX800A0-5A2N1

SPX900A0-5A2N1

SPXH10A0-5A2N1

800

900

1000

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3

FR13 18.74

(476)

5.91

(150)

17.52

(445)

4.57

(116)

3.35

(85)

41.54

(1055)

2.46

(62.5)

39.86

(1012.5)

41.34

(1050)

.69

(17.5)

14.69

(373)

.51

(13)

.73

(18.5)

6.42

(163)

2.56

(65)

1.06

(27)

1.57

(40)

5.91

(150)

5.24

(133)

.35x.59

(9x15)

.51

(13)

.37

(9.5)

295

(134)

June 2008

40-76

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-36. 9000X Dimensions, FR13 Open Chassis Converter — 900/1000 hp 480V

Table 40-113. FR13 — Number of Input Units

Table 40-114. Dimensions for 9000X, FR13 Open Chassis Converter — 900/1000 hp 480V

Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4

D3 W5 W5

D4 D5

W2 W2

D1 D2

Dia. 2

Dia. 3

H1 H4

W3 Dia. 4

480V hp Input Modules

SPX900A0-4A2N1

SPXH10A0-4A2N1

900

1000

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia.

Dia.

FR13 27.87

(708)

5.91

(150)

26.65

(677)

4.57

(116)

3.35

(85)

41.54

(1055)

2.46

(62.5)

39.86

(1012.5)

41.34

(1050)

.69

(17.5)

14.69

(373)

.51

(13)

.73

(18.5)

6.42

(163)

2.56

(65)

1.06

(27)

1.57

(40)

5.91

(150)

5.24

(133)

.35x.59

(9x15)

.18

(4.6)

.51

(13)

.37

(9.5)

443

(201)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-77

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-115. Choke Types

Chokes are provided with all FR10 – FR14 drives.

Figure 40-37. Dimensions of AC Choke CHK0520 in Inches (mm)

Catalog

Number

Frame

Size

Choke

Type 

Voltage Range 380 – 500V

SPX 250 4

SPX 300 4

SPX 350 4

FR10

CHK0400

CHK0520

SPX 400 4

SPX 500 4

SPX 550 4

FR11

2 x CHK0400

SPX 600 4

SPX 650 4

SPX 700 4

FR12

2 x CHK0520

SPX 800 4

SPX 900 4

SPX H10 4

FR13

2 x CHK0400

3 x CHK0520

SPX H12 4

SPX H16 4

FR14

4 x CHK0520

6 x CHK0400

Voltage Range 525 – 690V

SPX 200 5

SPX 250 5

SPX 300 5

FR10

CHK0261

CHK0400

SPX 400 5

SPX 450 5

SPX 500 5

FR11

CHK0520

2 x CHK0400

SPX 550 5

SPX 600 5

SPX 700 5

FR12

2 x CHK0400

SPX 800 5

SPX 900 5

SPX H10 5

FR13

2 x CHK0400

SPX H13 5

SPX H15 5

FR14

4 x CHK0400

6 x CHK0400

1.58

(40)

7.88

(200)

6.50

(165)

6.50

(165)

19.57

(497)

.79

(20) 15.71

(399)

17.57

(446)

.79

(20)

.24

(6)

3.03

(77)

.83

(21)

.55 (14)9.61 (244)

8.03 (204)

1.69

(43)

5.70

(145)

June 2008

40-78

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-38. Dimensions of AC Choke CHK0400 in Inches (mm)

Figure 40-39. Dimensions of AC Choke CHK0261 in Inches (mm)

111

10.30 (262)

9.37 (238)

1.54

(39)

1.18

(30)

5.90

(150)

13.79 (350)

4.72

(120)

4.72

(120)

10.83 (275)

.59

(15)

5.51

(140)

13.94

(354)

15.08

(383)

16.58

(421)

2.64

(67)

.75

(19)

.24

(6)

.59

(15)

13.79 (350)

4.72

(120)

4.72

(120)

.24

(6)

1.18

(30)

5.90

(150)

10.83 (275)

.59

(15)

11.30

(287)

12.56

(319)

14.06

(357)

.59

(15)

.39

(10)

.87

(22)

.75 (19)

Min.

9.06 (230)

8.11 (206)

1.54

(39)

4.25

(108)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-79

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Spare Units & Replacement Parts

Table 40-116. 9000X Spare Units – SVX9000, 208 – 690V, Frames 4 – 12

Table 40-117. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — SVX9000 Drives, 208 – 240V

IL only; has no corresponding IH rated hp rating.

PP00061 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

Description Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Control Unit – Includes the control board, blue base housing, installed SVX9000 software program and blue

ﬂip cover. Does not include any OPT boards or keypad. See Figure 40-21 and Table 40-85 (Page 40-58) for stan-

dard and option boards and keypad.

CSBS0000000000

Frame: 4 5 6 7 8 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 35

5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60

Control Board

1 11 111 11 11111111W VB00252

Power Boards

1 FB VB00308-0004-2

1 FB VB00308-0007-2

1 FB VB00308-0008-2

1 FB VB00310-0011-2

1 FB VB00310-0012-2

1 FB VB00313-0017-2

1 FB VB00313-0025-2

1 FB VB00313-0031-2

1 FB VB00316-0048-2

1 FB VB00316-0061-2

1 FB VB00319-0075-2

1 FB VB00319-0088-2

1 FB VB00319-0114-2

1 FB VB00322-0140-2

1FBVB00322-0170-2

1FB VB00322-0205-2

Electrolytic Capacitors

222 WPP01000

22 WPP01001

22 WPP01002

2 W PP01003

22 WPP01004

22244 W PP01005

4W PP01099

Cooling Fans

111 11 WPP01060

111 WPP01061

11 WPP01062

111 WPP01063

111FC PP01123 

111 11 WPP01086

11111 FC PP01088

111 WPP01049

122FC CP01180

111FC PP08037

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-80

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-117. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — SVX9000 Drives, 208 – 240V (Continued)

IL only; has no corresponding IH rated hp rating.

Table 40-118. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR4 – FR9 SVX9000 Drives, 380 – 500V

IL only; has no corresponding IH rated hp rating.

Frame: 4 5 6 7 8 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 35

5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60

IGBT Modules

11 WCP01304

1 W CP01305

111 WCP01306

1 W CP01307

1 W CP01308

1 W PP01022

1 W PP01023

1 W PP01024

1 W PP01025

1 W PP01029

1 W PP01026

11W PP01027

Choppers/Rectiﬁers

1 W CP01367

1 W CP01368

Diode/Thyristor Modules

333 WPP01035

333W CP01268

Rectifying Boards

111 WVB00242

111W VB00227

Frame: 4 5 6 7 8 9 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 1 1-1/2 2 357-1/2 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200

Control Board

11 1111 1 1111111111111W VB00252

Power Boards

1 FB VB00208-0003-5

1FB VB00208-0004-5

1 FB VB00208-0005-5

1 FB VB00208-0007-5

1 FB VB00208-0009-5

1 FB VB00210-0012-5

1 FB VB00213-0016-5

1 FB VB00213-0022-5

1 FB VB00213-0031-5

1 FB VB00216-0038-5

1 FB VB00216-0045-5

1 FB VB00216-0061-5

1 FB VB00219-0072-5

1 FB VB00219-0087-5

1 FB VB00219-0105-5

1 FB VB00236-0140-5

1 FB VB00236-0168-5

1 FB VB00236-0205-5

Electrolytic Capacitors

22 22 WPP01000

22 WPP01001

22 WPP01002

2 W PP01003

222 WPP01004

22244488W PP01005

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-81

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-118. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR4 – FR9 SVX9000 Drives, 380 – 500V (Continued)

IL only; has no corresponding IH rated hp rating.

PP00061 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

PP00011 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

For FR9 NEMA Type 12 you need two PP01068 internal fans.

See Table 40-122 for details.

Frame: 4 5 6 7 8 9 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 1 1-1/2 2 357-1/2 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200

Cooling Fans

11 1111 WPP01060

111 WPP01061

111 WPP01062

111 WPP01063

11 1 FC PP01123 

11FC PP01080 

11 1111 WPP01086

111 FC PP01088

111111 WPP01049

11 1 FC CP01180

1 2W PP01068

11FC PP09051

IGBT Modules

11 1 WCP01304

11 WCP01305

11 WCP01306

1 W CP01307

1 W CP01308

1 W PP01020

1 W PP01022

1 W PP01023

1 W PP01024

1 W PP01025

1 W PP01029

1 W PP01026

11 WPP01027

Chopper/Rectiﬁers

11 WCP01367

1 W CP01368

Diode/Thyristor Modules

333 WPP01035

33 3 WCP01268

33W PP01037

Rectifying Boards

111 WVB00242

11 1 WVB00227

11W VB00459

Rectifying Module Sub-assembly

11W FR09810

Power Module Sub-assemblies

1 W

FR09-150-4-ANS



FR09-200-4-ANS



Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-82

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-119. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR10 – FR12 SVX9000 Drives, 380 – 500V

SPX9000 Drives only (FR10 and larger).

Rectifying board not included.

See Table 40-122 for details.

PP00060 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

Frame: 10 11 12 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 250 300 350 400 500 550 600 650 700

Control Board

111111111WVB00561 

Shunt Boards

6 FC VB00537

6 FC VB00497

6 12 12 12 FC VB00498

9 FC VB00538

9 FC VB00513

9 FC VB00514

Driver Boards

333 FC VB00489

111 222FCVB00487

Driver Adapter Board

111 222FCVB00330

ASIC Board

111111222FCVB00451

Feedback Interface Board

222FCVB00448

Star Coupler Board

111FCVB00336

Power Modules

111222222FCFR10820 

222 FC FR10828

1FC FR10-250-4-ANS 

1 FC FR10-300-4-ANS 

1222FCFR10-350-4-ANS 

3 FC FR11-400-4-ANS 

3 FC FR11-500-4-ANS 

3 FC FR11-550-4-ANS 

Electrolytic Capacitors

222333444FCPP00060

12 12 12 18 18 18 24 24 24 FC PP01005

Fuses

111111222FCPP01094

222222444FCPP01095

Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers

222333444FCVB00299

222333444FCPP01080 

222 444FCPP01068

111111222FCPP01096

111 222FCFR10844

111333222FCFR10845

111 222FCFR10846

111333222FCFR10847

Rectifying Board

111222222FCVB00459

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-83

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-120. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR6 – FR9 SVX9000 Drives, 525 – 690V

ILonly; has no corresponding IH rated hp rating.

See Table 40-122 for details.

For NEMA Type 12, two PP01068 internal fans are needed.

Frame: 6 7 8 9 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 2 35

5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 

Control Board

111 11 111111 111 W VB00252

Driver Board

1 FB VB00404-0004-6

1FB VB00404-0005-6

1 FB VB00404-0007-6

1 FB VB00404-0010-6

1 FB VB00404-0013-6

1 FB VB00404-0018-6

1 FB VB00404-0022-6

1 FB VB00404-0027-6

1 FB VB00404-0034-6

Power Boards

1 FB VB00419-0041-6

1 FB VB00419-0052-6

1 FB VB00422-0062-6

1 FB VB00422-0080-6

1 FB VB00422-0100-6

Power Modules

1 FC FR09-100-5-ANS 

1 FC FR09-125-5-ANS 

1 FC FR09-150-5-ANS 

1FCFR09-175-5-ANS 

Electrolytic Capacitors

222 22 2222 FC PP01093

2244 8888 FC PP01041

4 FC PP01040

Fuses

11111 1 1 W PP01094

22222 2 2 W PP01095

Cooling Fans

111 11 WPP01061

1111 WPP01062

11 WPP01063

111 FC PP01123

111 11 111111 WPP01049

111 FC CP01180

1111

WPP01068

1111 FC PP01080

Fan Power Supply

111 FC VB00299

IGBT Modules

333 33 3333 FC PP01091

11 FC PP01089

111 FC PP01127

IGBT/Diode (Brake)

111 11 11111122222 2 2 FC PP01040

Diode Module

111 11 1111 FC PP01092

Diode/Thyristor Modules

33 FC PP01071

3333 FC PP01072

Rectifying Boards

11 FC VB00442

1111 FC VB00460

Rectifying Module Sub-assemblies

111 W FR09810

111 FC FR09811

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-84

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-121. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR10 – FR12 SVX9000 Drives, 525 – 690V

SPX9000 Drives only (FR10 and larger).

Rectifying board not included.

See Table 40-122 for details.

PP00060 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

Table 40-122. Power Module Catalog Number Matrix

Frame: 10 11 12 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 200 250 300 400 450 500 550 600 700

Component Boards

111111111WVB00561 

111111222FCVB00451

6 FC VB00545

6 FC VB00510

6 12 12 12 FC VB00511

111 222FCVB00330

111 222FCVB00487

333 FC VB00489

9 FC VB00546

9 FC VB00547

9 FC VB00512

222FCVB00448

111FCVB00336

Power Modules

111222222FCFR10821 

222 FC FR10829

1FC FR10-200-5-ANS 

1 FC FR10-250-5-ANS 

1222FCFR10-300-5-ANS 

3 FC FR11-400-5-ANS 

3 FC FR11-450-5-ANS 

3 FC FR11-500-5-ANS 

Electrolytic Capacitors

222333444FCPP00060

12 12 12 18 18 18 24 24 24 FC PP01099

Fuses

111111222FCPP01094

222222444FCPP01095

Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers

222333444FCVB00299

222333444FCPP01080 

222 444FCPP01068

111111222FCPP01096

111 222FCFR10844

111333222FCFR10845

111 222FCFR10846

111333222FCFR10847

Fan Power Supply

111FCVB00299

Rectifying Boards

111222222FCVB00460

F R 1 0 – 0 0 0 –4–AN S

Cooling Type

A = Air

Varnishing

S = Standard V = Varnished

Brake Option

N = No Brake Chopper

B = Brake Chopper

Frame Code

Horsepower

Example: 150 = 150 hp

(See Table 40-72 on Page

40-53.)

Voltage

4 = 380 – 500V

5 = 525 – 690V

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-85

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

SVX9000 Enclosed Drives

Product Description

■Standard Enclosed — covers a

wide range of the most commonly

ordered options. Pre-engineering

eliminates the lead time normally

associated with customer speciﬁc

options.

■Modiﬁed Standard Enclosed —

applies to speciﬁc customer require-

ments that vary from the Standard

Enclosed offering, such as the need

for an additional indicating light or

minor modiﬁcations to drawings.

Consult your Eaton representative

for assistance in pricing and lead

time.

■Custom Engineered — for those

applications with more unique or

complex requirements, these are

individually engineered to the

customer’s needs. Consult your

Eaton representative for assistance

in pricing and lead time.

Features

■NEMA Type 1 or Type 12 enclosures

■Input Voltage: 208V, 230V, 480V and

575V (Consult Factory)

■Complete range of control, network

and power options

■Horsepower range:

❑208V — 3/4 to 100 hp IH;

1 to 100 hp IL

❑230V — 3/4 to 100 hp IH;

1 to 100 hp IL

❑480V — 1 to 700 hp IH;

1-1/2 to 800 hp IL

■HMCP padlockable

Bypass Pilot Lights and

Selector Switches

• Option RB

• Option RA

• Option L2

• Option KF

Customer Control and

Signal Connection

Terminal Block

Control Relay

Input Contactor

(Included as Standard

with Bypass Option)

115V Control

Transformer

• Option KB

Overload Relay

• Option PH

• Option PI

Bypass Contactor

• Option RB

• Option RA

Output Contactor

• Option PE

(Included as Standard

with Bypass Option)

Input Line Fuses

• Option P3

Door Mounted Keypad

(Included as Standard

with Bypass Option) SVX9000 Variable

Frequency Drive

Input Disconnect

(HMCP)

• Option P1

Enclosed 9000X Series Drive

Standards and Certiﬁcations

■UL Listed

■cUL Listed

Figure 40-40. Power Diagram for Bypass

Options RB and RA

HVX9000

Drive

HMCP

Input

Power

Output

Contactor

Bypass

Contactor

Mechanical

Interlock

Motor

Inverter

Input

Contactor

June 2008

40-86

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

Table 40-123. Speciﬁcations

Some horsepower units include dynamic braking chopper as

standard — refer to individual drive sections.

Table 40-124. Standard I/O Speciﬁcations

Feature Description 9000X Enclosed Products —

NEMA Type 1 or NEMA Type 12

Primary Design Features

45 – 66 Hz Input Frequency Standard

Output: AC Volts Maximum Input Voltage Base

Output Frequency Range: Hz 0 – 320

Initial Output Current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds

Overload: 1 Minute (IH/IL) 150%/110%

Enclosure Space Heater Optional

Oversize Enclosure Standard

Output Contactor Optional

Bypass Motor Starter Optional

Listings UL, cUL

Protection Features

Incoming Line Fuses Optional

AC Input Circuit Disconnect Optional

Line Reactors Standard

Phase Rotation Insensitive Standard

EMI Filter Standard

Input Phase Loss Protection Standard

Input Overvoltage Protection Standard

Line Surge Protection Standard

Output Short Circuit Protection Standard

Output Ground Fault Protection Standard

Output Phase Protection Standard

Overtemperature Protection Standard

DC Overvoltage Protection Standard

Drive Overload Protection Standard

Motor Overload Protection Standard

Programmer Software Optional

Local/Remote Keypad Standard

Keypad Lockout Standard

Fault Alarm Output Standard

Built-In Diagnostics Standard

Input/Output Interface Features

Setup Adjustment Provisions:

Remote Keypad/Display

Personal Computer

Standard

Operator Control Provisions:

Drive Mounted Keypad/Display

Remote Keypad/Display

Conventional Control Elements

Serial Communications

115V AC Control Circuit

Standard

Optional

Speed Setting Inputs:

Keypad

0 – 10V DC Potentiometer/Voltage Signal

4 – 20 mA Isolated

4 – 20 mA Differential

3 – 15 psig

Standard

Conﬁgurable

Optional

Analog Outputs:

Speed/Frequency

Torque/Load/Current

Motor Voltage

Kilowatts

0 – 10V DC Signals

4 – 20 mA DC Signals

Isolated Signals

Standard

Programmable

Conﬁgurable w/Jumpers

Standard

Optional

Feature Description 9000X Enclosed Products —

NEMA Type 1 or NEMA Type 12

Input/Output Interface Features (Continued)

Discrete Outputs:

Fault Alarm

Drive Running

Drive at Set Speed

Optional Parameters

Dry Contacts

Open Collector Outputs

Additional Discrete Outputs

Standard

Programmable

1 (2 Relays Form C)

Optional

Communications:

RS-232

RS-422/485

DeviceNet™

Modbus RTU

CanOpen (Slave)

Proﬁbus-DP

Lonworks®

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2

Standard

Optional

Performance Features

Sensorless Vector Control Standard

Volts/Hertz Control Standard

IR and Slip Compensation Standard

Electronic Reversing Standard

Dynamic Braking Optional 

DC Braking Standard

PID Setpoint Controller Programmable

Critical Speed Lockout Standard

Current (Torque) Limit Standard

Adjustable Acceleration/Deceleration Standard

Linear or S Curve Accel/Decel Standard

Jog at Preset Speed Standard

Thread/Preset Speeds 7

Automatic Restart Selectable

Coasting Motor Start Standard

Coast or Ramp Stop Selection Standard

Elapsed Time Meter Optional

Carrier Frequency Adjustment 1 – 16 kHz

Standard Conditions for Application and Service

Operating Ambient Temperature 0 – 40°C

Storage Temperature -40 – 60°C

Humidity (Maximum),

Non-condensing

95%

Altitude (Maximum without Derate) 3300 ft. (1000m)

Line Voltage Variation +10/-15%

Line Frequency Variation 45 – 66 Hz

Efﬁciency >96%

Power Factor (Displacement) >.94

Description Speciﬁcation

6 – Digital Input Programmable 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥ 18V,Ri > 5 k

2 – Analog Input Conﬁgurable

w/Jumpers

Voltage: 0 – ±10V, Ri > 200 k

Current: 0 (4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250 k

2 – Digital Output Programmable Form C Relays 250V AC 2 Amp or

30V DC2 Amp resistive

1 – Digital Output Programmable Open collector 48V DC 50 mA

1 – Analog Output Programmable

Conﬁgurable w/Jumper

0 – 20 mA, impedance 500 ohms,

resolution 106 ±3%

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-87

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-125. SVX9000 Enclosed NEMA Type 1/12 Drive Catalog Numbering System

Local/Remote keypad is included as the standard Control Panel.

Brake Chopper is a factory installed option only, see drive option tables on Pages 40-92 – 40-100. Note: External dynamic braking resistors not

included. Consult factory.

Includes local/remote speed reference switch.

Some options are voltage and/or horsepower speciﬁc. Consult your Eaton representative for details.

See Pages 40-88 and 40-89 for descriptions.

See Pages 40-90 and 40-91 for complete descriptions.

Applicable only with FR10 and FR11 Freestanding designs.

Consult Eaton for availability.

S V X F 0 7 1 4 A A

Enclosed Options  Type

Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer 

Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with

HOA Selector Switch 

3 – 15 psig Follower

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch (22 mm)

MANUAL/AUTO Ref Switch (22 mm)

START/STOP Pushbuttons (22 mm)

115V Control Transformer – 550 VA

Bypass Test Switch for RA and RB

Standard Elapsed Time Meter

Control

Addl. Bypass

Control

Power On and Fault Pilot Lights

Bypass Pilot Lights for RA, RB Bypass Options

Green RUN Light (22 mm)

Green STOP Light (22 mm)

Red RUN Light

Red STOP Light (22 mm)

White Power On Light (22 mm)

Misc. Light (22 mm)

Light

Addl. Bypass

Light

Input Disconnect (HMCP) 100 kAIC

Disconnect Switch 

Input Line Fuses (200 kAIC)

Input Power Surge Protection

Output Contactor

Output Filter

MotoRx (Up to 600 Ft.) 1000 V/µS DV/DT Filter

Single Overload Relay

Dual Overload Relays

Dual Overloads for Bypass

Input

Output

Addl. Bypass

Manual HOA Bypass Controller

Manual IOB Bypass Controller

Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller

Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller

Bypass

Floor Stand 22"

Floor Stand 12"

10" Expansion

20" Expansion

Space Heater

Enclosure

Voltage Rating

1 = 208V

2 = 230V

4 = 480V

Product Family

SVX = Enclosed Drives

Horsepower Rating

F07 = 3/4 hp

001 = 1 hp

F15 = 1-1/2 hp

002 = 2 hp

003 = 3 hp

005 = 5 hp

007 = 7-1/2 hp

010 = 10 hp

015 = 15 hp

020 = 20 hp

025 = 25 hp

030 = 30 hp

040 = 40 hp

050 = 50 hp

060 = 60 hp

075 = 75 hp

100 = 100 hp

125 = 125 hp

150 = 150 hp

200 = 200 hp

250 = 250 hp

300 = 300 hp

350 = 350 hp

400 = 400 hp

500 = 500 hp

550 = 550 hp

600 = 600 hp

650 = 650 hp

700 = 700 hp

800 = 800 hp

Enclosure Rating

1 = NEMA Type 1

2 = NEMA Type 12

6 = NEMA 12 Filtered

Communication Options 

C2 = Modbus

C3 = Profibus DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = Profibus DP (D9

Connector)

C6 = CanOpen

(Slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

C8 = Modbus (D9

Type

Connector)

CA = Johnson

Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP

CJ = BACnet

CK = Ethernet IP

D3 = RS-232 with D9

Connection

Application — Torque/Braking 

A = IL/No Brake Chopper

B = IL/Internal Brake Chopper

D = IH/No Brake Chopper

E = IH/Internal Brake Chopper

Enclosed Style

A = Enclosed Drive

Control Options

B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24V DC/EXT

+24V DC

B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO),

1 Therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO

(mA isolated), 1 ext +24V

DC/EXT +24V DC

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

B8 = 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V

DC, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42 – 240V

AC Input

Build Alphabetically and Numerically

Engineered Options

VB High Temperature rating for 50°C (FR10 and above) 

Varnished Boards

June 2008

40-88

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Control/Communication Option Descriptions

Table 40-126. Available Control/Communications Options

Option Description Option

Type

K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer — Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-

mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10V DC reference to generate a 0 – 10V signal at the analog voltage input signal

terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the hand position. Without

the HOA bypass option, a 2-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the Speed

Potentiometer or a remote speed signal.

Control

K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch — Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust

the speed reference from door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive

will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position.

When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and 4 – 20 mA signal.

Control

K3 3 – 15 psig Follower — Provides a pneumatic transducer which converts a 3 – 15 psig pneumatic signal to either 0 – 8V DC or a

1 – 9V DC signal interface with the SVX9000. The circuit board is mounted on the inside of the front enclosure panel and con-

nects to the user’s pneumatic control system via 6 ft. (1.8m) of ﬂexible tubing and a 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) brass tube union.

Control

K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-bypass Conﬁgurations — Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to

select either a Hand or Auto mode of operation. Hand mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and Auto mode is defaulted to

control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be conﬁgured via programming to allow for alternate

combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and FieldBus.

Control

K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch — Provides a door-mounted selector switch for Manual/Auto speed reference. Control

K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons — Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass

conﬁgurations.

Control

KB 115V Control Transformer – 550 VA — Provides a fused control power transformer with additional 550 VA at 115V for customer use. Control

KF Bypass Test Switch for RB and RA — Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the

bypass controller. The Test Switch is mounted on the inside of the enclosure door.

Addl. Bypass

KO Standard Elapsed Time Meter — Provides a door-mounted elapsed run time meter. Control

L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights — Provides a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault

light indicates a drive fault has occurred.

Light

L2 Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options — A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an

amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the

switches.

Addl. Bypass

LA Green RUN Light (22 mm) — Provides a green run light that indicates the drive is running. Light

LD Green STOP Light (22 mm) — Provides a green stop light that indicates the drive is stopped. Light

LE Red Run Pilot Light (22 mm) — Provides a red run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light

LF Red STOP Light (22 mm) — Provides a red stop light that indicates the drive is stopped. Light

LJ White Power On Light (22 mm) — The 22 mm white light that illuminates when the drive assembly is powered. Light

LU Misc. Light (22 mm) — Provides a misc. “user deﬁned” pilot light. User to deﬁne light function and color. Light

P1 Input Disconnect Assembly Rated to 100 kAIC — High Interrupting Motor Circuit Protector (HMCP) that provides a means of

short circuit protection for the power cables between it and the SVX9000, and protection from high-level ground faults on the

power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the SVX9000 from the line and the operating mechanism can be padlocked

in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Input

P2 Disconnect Switch — Disconnect switch option is applicable only with NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Freestanding drives.

Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the SVX9000 from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the

OFF position. This is factory-mounted in the enclosure.

Input

P3 Input Line Fuses Rated to 200 kAIC — Provides high-level fault protection of the SVX9000 input power circuit from the load side

of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors. This option consists of three 200 kA fuses, which are factory mounted in

the enclosure.

Input

P7 MOV Surge Suppressor — Provides a Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip

line side transients.

Input

PE Output Contactor — Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor

coil is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600V AC are provided for cus-

tomer use. Bypass Options RB and RA include an Output Contactor as standard. This option includes a low VA 115V AC fused

Control Power Transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Output

PF Output Filter — Used to reduce the transient voltage (DV/DT) at the motor terminals. The Output Filter is recommended for cable

lengths exceeding 100 ft. (30m) with a drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft. (10m) with a drive of 2 hp and below, or

for a drive rated at 525 – 690V. This option is mounted in the enclosure, and may be used in conjunction with a Brake Chopper Circuit.

Output

PG MotoRx (300 – 600 Ft.) 1000 V/µS DV/DT Filter — Used to reduce transient voltage (DV/DT) and peak voltages at the motor

terminals. This option is comprised of a .5% line reactor, followed by capacitive ﬁltering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit.

Unlike the Output Filter (See option PF), the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the voltage peaks, resulting in a lower volt-

age drop to the motor, and therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the

drive is 300 – 600 feet (91 – 183m). This option can not be used with the Brake Chopper Circuit. The Output Filter (option PF)

should be investigated as an alternative.

Output

PH Single Overload Relay — Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on con-

ﬁgurations without bypass options. It is included with the Bypass Conﬁgurations for overload current protection in the bypass

mode. The Overload Relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually resettable. Heater pack included.

Output

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-89

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-126. Available Control/Communications Options (Continued)

Note: For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required.

Option Description Option Type

PI Dual Overload Relays — This option is recommended when a single drive is operating 2 motors and overload current protection

is needed for each of the motors. The standard conﬁguration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a

motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp

motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included.

Output

PN Dual Overloads for Bypass — This option is recommended when a single drive is operating 2 motors in the bypass mode and

overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. The standard conﬁguration includes two bimetallic overload

relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload

relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable.

Addl. Bypass

RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller — The Manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means of

bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists

of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector

switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter mode.

For applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom

Series IEC starter with a bimetallic overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an

Advantage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are

mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 40-85).

Bypass

RB Manual IOB Bypass Controller — The Manual INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means of

bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists

of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted IOB selector

switch. For applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Free-

dom Series IEC starter with a bimetallic overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor,

an Advantage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are

mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 40-85).

Bypass

RC Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller – The Manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means

of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry pro-

vides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the line” operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input discon-

nect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector switch and an

INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in either mode. For applications up to

100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series IEC starter with a bimetal-

lic overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contactor and an

Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked

(see power diagram on Page 40-85). Door-mounted pilot lights are provided which indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green

light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass

mode.

WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch

is turned to the OFF position.

Bypass

RD Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller — The Auto INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means

of bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry pro-

vides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the line” operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input discon-

nect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted IOB selector switch. For

applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom Series

IEC starter with a bimetallic overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advan-

tage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically

and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 40-85). Door-mounted pilot lights are provided which indicate bypass or

inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the

motor is running in bypass mode.

WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch

is turned to the OFF position.

Bypass

S5 Floor Stand 22" — Converts a Size 1 or 2, normally wall mounted enclosure to a ﬂoor standing enclosure with a height of

22" (558.8 mm).

Enclosure

S6 Floor Stand 12" — Converts a Size 2, normally wall mounted enclosure to a ﬂoor standing enclosure with a height of 12" (304.8 mm). Enclosure

S7 10" Expansion — In a Size 5 enclosure, the extension allows for bottom cable entry and additional space for customer mounted

components.

NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated NEMA Type 1 only.

Enclosure

S8 20" Expansion — In a Size 5 enclosure, the extension allows for bottom cable entry and additional space for customer mounted

components. When the Output Filter (option PF) is selected for a drive using a Size 5 enclosure, this expansion box is required

and included in the option pricing.

NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated NEMA Type 1 only.

Enclosure

S9 Space Heater — Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a thermo-

stat for variable temperature control. A 200W heater is installed in enclosures 0 and 1, and a 400W heater is installed in enclo-

sures 2 – 5. Requires a customer supplied 115V remote supply source.

Enclosure

June 2008

40-90

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

9000X Series Option Board Kits

The 9000X Series drives can accom-

modate a wide selection of expander

and adapter option boards to custom-

ize the drive for your application

needs. The drive’s control unit is

designed to accept a total of ﬁve

option boards (see Figure 40-41).

The 9000X Series factory installed

standard board conﬁguration includes

an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay output

board, which are installed in slots A

and B. Figure 40-41. 9000X Series Option Boards

Table 40-127. Option Board Kits

Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in Bold is the preferred location.

AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output

OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

ABCDE

Option Kit

Description Allowed

Slot

Locations



Field Installed Factory Installed SVX Ready Programs

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S. $

Basic Local/

Remote

Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC

Standard I/O Cards (See Figure 40-41)

2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10V DC ref,

2 ext +24V DC/ EXT +24V DC

AOPTA9 — X X X XXXX

Extended I/O Card Options

2 RO, Therm — SPX Only B OPTA3 A3 —X X XXXX

Encoder low volt +5V/15V/24V —

SPX Only

COPTA4 A4 —X X XXXX

Encoder high volt +15V/24V —

SPX Only

COPTA5 A5 —X X XXXX

Double encoder — SPX Only C OPTA7 A7 X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO — SPX Only A OPTA8 A8 —X X XXXX

3 DI (Encoder 10 – 24V), Out +15V/+24V,

2 DO (pulse+direction) — SPX Only

COPTAE AE X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 ext

+24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 —— — ——XX

1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 —— — ——XX

1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 X X X XXXX

3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 —— — ——XX

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — ————

1 RO (NO), 5 DI

42 – 240V AC Input

B,C, D, E OPTB9 B9 —— — ——XX

Communication Cards 

Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 X X X XXXX

Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI X X X XXXX

BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ X X X XXXX

Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK X X X XXXX

Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — ————

Proﬁbus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 X X X XXXX

LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 X X X XXXX

Proﬁbus DP

(D9 Connector)

D, E OPTC5 C5 X X X XXXX

CanOpen (Slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 X X X XXXX

DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 X X X XXXX

Modbus

(D9 Type Connector)

D, E OPTC8 C8 X X X XXXX

Adapter — SPX Only D, E OPTD1 D1 X X X XXXX

Adapter — SPX Only D, E OPTD2 D2 X X X XXXX

RS-232 with

D9 Connection

D, E OPTD3 D3 X X X XXXX

Keypad

9000X Series Local Remote Keypad — KEYPAD-

LOC/

REM

—— — — ————

9000X Series Remote Mount Keypad

Kit (Keypad not included)

—OPTRMT

-KIT-

9000X

—— — — ————

9000X Series RS-232 Cable, 13 ft. — PP00104 — — — — ————

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-91

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Modbus RTU Network Communications

The Modbus Network Card OPTC2 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive as

a slave on a Modbus network. The

interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB

connector (female) and the baud rate

ranges from 300 to 19200 baud. Other

communication parameters include an

address range from 1 to 247; a parity of

None, Odd or Even; and the stop

bit is 1.

Proﬁbus Network Communications

The Proﬁbus Network Card OPTC3 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive as

a slave on a Proﬁbus-DP network. The

interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB

connector (female). The baud rates

range from 9.6K baud to 12M baud,

and the addresses range from 1 to 127.

LonWorks Network Communications

The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive

on a LonWorks network. This interface

uses Standard Network Variable Types

(SNVT) as data types. The channel

connection is achieved using a

FTT-10A Free Topology transceiver

via a single twisted transfer cable. The

communication speed with LonWorks

is 78 kBits/s.

CanOpen (Slave) Communications

The CanOpen (Slave) Network Card

OPTC6 is used for connecting the

9000X Drive to a host system. Accord-

ing to ISO11898 standard cables to be

chosen for CAN bus should have a

nominal impedance of 120Ω, and

speciﬁc line delay of nominal 5 nS/m.

120Ω line termination resistors

required for installation.

DeviceNet Network Communications

The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a

5.08 mm pluggable connector. Trans-

fer method is via CAN using a 2-wire

twisted shielded cable with 2-wire bus

power cable and drain. The baud rates

used for communication include 125K

baud, 250K baud and 500K baud.

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Network

Communications

The OPTC2 ﬁeldbus board provides

communication between the 9000X

Drive and a Johnson Controls

Metasys™ N2 network. With this con-

nection, the drive can be controlled,

monitored and programmed from the

Metasys system. The N2 ﬁeldbus is

available as a factory installed option

and as a ﬁeld installable kit.

Modbus/TCP Network Communications

The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

to Ethernet networks utilizing Modbus

protocol. It includes an RJ-45 plugga-

ble connector. This interface provides

a selection of standard and custom

drive parameters. The board supports

10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communica-

tion speeds. The IP address of the

board is conﬁgurable over Ethernet

using a supplied software tool.

BACnet Network Communications

The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

to BACnet networks. It includes a

5.08 mm pluggable connector. Data

transfer is Master-Slave/Token

Passing (MS/TP) RS-485. This interface

uses a collection of 30 Binary Value

Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value

Objects (AVOs) to communicate drive

parameters. The card supports 9.6,

19.2 and 38.4 Kbaud communication

speeds and supports network

addresses 1 – 127.

Ethernet/IP Network Communications

The Ethernet/IP Network Card OPTCK

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol net-

works. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable

connector. The interface uses CIP

objects to communicate drive

parameters (CIP is “Common Indus-

trial Protocol”, the same protocol used

by DeviceNet). The board supports 10

Mbps and 100 Mbps communication

speeds. The IP address of the board is

conﬁgurable by Static, BOOTP and

DHCP methods.

Table 40-128. I/O Speciﬁcations for the Control/Communication Options

SVX Conversion Kit

Table 40-129. SVX Conversion Kit Frame 4 – 7

Note: The kit consists of a ﬂange kit, adapter plate(s), hardware, remote keypad kit and

SVX9000 decal.

Table 40-130. Conformal (Varnished) Coating

Adder — 208 – 240V, 380 – 500V 

See catalog number description to order.

Description Speciﬁcations

Analog voltage, input 0 – ±10V, Ri ≥ 200 k

Analog current, input 0 (4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250 

Digital Input 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥ 18V, Ri > 5 k

Aux. voltage 24V (±20%), max. 50 mA

Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 mA

Analog current, output

Analog voltage, output

0 (4) – 20 mA, RL = 500 k, resolution 10 bit, accuracy ≤ ±2%

0 (2) – 10V, RL ≥ 1 k, resolution 10 bit, accuracy ≤ ±2%

Relay output

Max. switching voltage

Max. switching load

Max. continuous load

300V DC, 250V AC

8A/24V DC, .4A/300V DC, 2 kVA/250V AC

2A rms

Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 k

Encoder input 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥18V, Ri = 2.2 k

5V: “0” ≤ 2V, “1” ≥ 3V, Ri = 330 

Frame Size Enclosure

Size

Catalog Number Delivery

Code

Price

U.S. $

FR4 0 OPTCON-SVXFR4-SZ00 FB10

FR4 1 OPTCON-SVXFR4-SZ01 FB10

FR5 0 OPTCON-SVXFR5-SZ00 FB10

FR5 1 OPTCON-SVXFR5-SZ01 FB10

FR6 1 OPTCON-SVXFR6-SZ01 FB10

FR6 2 OPTCON-SVXFR6-SZ02 FB10

FR7 2 OPTCON-SVXFR7-SZ02 FB10

Frame Delivery

Code

Adder

U.S. $

FR4

FR5

FR6

FR7

FR8

FR9

FR10

FR11

FR12

FR13

FR14

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-92

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Product Selection

When Ordering

■Select a Base Catalog Number that

meets the application requirements

— nominal horsepower, voltage and

enclosure rating (the enclosed

drive’s continuous output amp rating

should be equal to or greater than

the motor’s full load amp rating).

The base enclosed package includes

a standard drive, door mounted

Local/Remote Keypad and

enclosure.

■If Dynamic Brake Chopper or

Control/Communication option is

desired, change the appropriate

code in the Base Catalog Number.

■Select Enclosed Options. Add the

codes as sufﬁxes to the Base Catalog

Number in alphabetical and numeric

order.

■Read all Footnotes.

208V Drives

Table 40-131. 208V AC Input Base Drive

Enclosure dimensions listed on Pages 40-101 – 40-108.

Includes drive, Local/Remote Keypad and enclosure.

These units are current rated (75 IL hp 205 Amps, 100 IL hp 261 Amps). They are not hp rated.

Table 40-132. 208V Brake Chopper Adder 

External dynamic braking resistors not

included. Consult factory.

Enclosure

Size 

hp Current

(A)

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12

Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

208V High Overload Drive and Enclosure

3/4

1-1/2

3.7

4.8

6.6

7.8

SVXF0711EA

SVX00111EA

SVXF1511EA

SVX00211EA

SVXF0721EA

SVX00121EA

SVXF1521EA

SVX00221EA

7-1/2

17.5

SVX00311EA

SVX00511EA

SVX00711EA

SVX01011EA

SVX00321EA

SVX00521EA

SVX00721EA

SVX01021EA

SVX01511EA

SVX02011DA

SVX02511DA

SVX03011DA

SVX01521EA

SVX02021DA

SVX02521DA

SVX03021DA

114

143

170

SVX04011DA

SVX05011DA

SVX06011DA

SVX04021DA

SVX05021DA

SVX06021DA

100

211

273

SVX07511DA

SVX10011DA

SVX07521DA

SVX10021DA

208V Low Overload Drive and Enclosure

1-1/2

4.8

6.6

7.8

SVX00111BA

SVXF1511BA

SVX00211BA

SVX00311BA

SVX00121BA

SVXF1521BA

SVX00221BA

SVX00321BA

7-1/2

17.5

SVX00511BA

SVX00711BA

SVX01011BA

SVX01511BA

SVX00521BA

SVX00721BA

SVX01021BA

SVX01521BA

114

SVX02011BA

SVX02511AA

SVX03011AA

SVX04011AA

SVX02021BA

SVX02521AA

SVX03021AA

SVX04021AA



—

170

205 

SVX05011AA

SVX06011AA

SVX07511AA

SVX05021AA

SVX06021AA

SVX07521AA

5261 9SVX10011AA 9SVX10021AA

IH hp Adder U.S. $ IL hp Adder U.S. $

NEMA

Type 1/12

NEMA

Type 1/12

3/4

1-1/2

—

1-1/2

7-1/2

100

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-93

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-133. 208V Control Options

Table 40-134. 208V Light Options

Table 40-135. 208V Bypass Options

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

with HOA

Selector Switch

3 – 15 psig

Follower

HAND/OFF/

AUTO Switch

(22 mm)

MANUAL/AUTO

Ref Switch

(22 mm)

START/STOP

Pushbuttons

(22 mm)

115 Volt

Control

Transformer

550 VA

Standard

Elapsed

Time Meter

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 KB KO

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 100

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Power On/Fault

Pilot Lights (22 mm)

Green RUN

Light (22 mm)

Green STOP

Light (22 mm)

Red RUN

Light (22 mm)

Red STOP Light

(22 mm)

Power On

Light (22 mm)

Misc Light

(22 mm)

L1 LA LD LE LF LJ LU

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 100

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Bypass Test

Switch for

RA, RB

Bypass Pilot

Lights for RA, RB

Options

Dual Overloads

for Bypass

Manual HOA

Bypass

Controller

Manual IOB

Bypass

Controller

Auto Transfer

HOA Bypass

Controller

Auto Transfer

IOB Bypass

Controller

KF L2 PN RA RB RC RD

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 7-1/2

100

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-94

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-136. 208V Enclosure Options

Requires customer supplied 115V AC supply.

Table 40-137. 208V Power Options

Not required for 208V applications.

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Floor Stand

22" (558.8 mm)

Floor Stand

12" (304.8 mm)

10" (254 mm)

Expansion

20" (508 mm)

Expansion

Space Heater 

S5 S6 S7 S8 S9

Enclosure

Size

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Input Output

Input

Disconnect

(HMCP)

100 kAIC

Input Line

Fuses

200 kAIC

Input Power

Surge

Protection

Output

Contactor

Output

Filter 

MotoRx (300 –

600 Ft.)

1000 V/μS

DV/DT Filter



Single

Overload

Relay

Dual

Overload

Relays

P1 P3 P7 PE PF PG PH PI

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 5

7-1/2

100

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-95

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

230V Drives

Table 40-138. 230V AC Input Base Drive

Enclosure dimensions listed on Pages 40-101 – 40-108.

Includes drive, Local/Remote Keypad and enclosure.

This unit is current rated (100 IL hp 261 Amps). It is not hp rated.

Table 40-139. 230V Brake Chopper Adder 

External dynamic braking resistors not

included. Consult factory.

Enclosure

Size 

hp Current

(A)

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12

Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

230V High Overload Drive and Enclosure

3/4

1-1/2

3.7

4.8

6.6

7.8

SVXF0712EA

SVX00112EA

SVXF1512EA

SVX00212EA

SVXF0722EA

SVX00122EA

SVXF1522EA

SVX00222EA

7-1/2

17.5

SVX00312EA

SVX00512EA

SVX00712EA

SVX01012EA

SVX00322EA

SVX00522EA

SVX00722EA

SVX01022EA

SVX01512EA

SVX02012DA

SVX02512DA

SVX03012DA

SVX01522EA

SVX02022DA

SVX02522DA

SVX03022DA

114

140

170

SVX04012DA

SVX05012DA

SVX06012DA

SVX04022DA

SVX05022DA

SVX06022DA

100

205

261

SVX07512DA

SVX10012DA

SVX07522DA

SVX10022DA

230V Low Overload Drive and Enclosure

1-1/2

4.8

6.6

7.8

SVX00112BA

SVXF1512BA

SVX00212BA

SVX00312BA

SVX00122BA

SVXF1522BA

SVX00222BA

SVX00322BA

7-1/2

17.5

SVX00512BA

SVX00712BA

SVX01012BA

SVX01512BA

SVX00522BA

SVX00722BA

SVX01022BA

SVX01522BA

114

SVX02012BA

SVX02512AA

SVX03012AA

SVX04012AA

SVX02022BA

SVX02522AA

SVX03022AA

SVX04022AA

140

170

205

SVX05012AA

SVX06012AA

SVX07512AA

SVX05022AA

SVX06022AA

SVX07522AA

5261 9SVX10012AA 9SVX10022AA

IH hp Adder U.S. $ IL hp Adder U.S. $

NEMA

Type 1/12

NEMA

Type 1/12

3/4

1-1/2

—

1-1/2

7-1/2

100

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-96

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-140. 230V Control Options

Table 40-141. 230V Light Options

Table 40-142. 230V Bypass Options 

See Pages 40-88 and 40-89 for details.

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

with HOA

Selector Switch

3 – 15 psig

Follower

HAND/OFF/

AUTO Switch

(22 mm)

MANUAL/AUTO

Ref Switch

(22 mm)

START/STOP

Pushbuttons

(22 mm)

115 Volt

Control

Transformer

550 VA

Standard

Elapsed

Time Meter

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 KB KO

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 100

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Power On/Fault

Pilot Lights (22 mm)

Green RUN

Light (22 mm)

Green STOP

Light (22 mm)

Red RUN

Light (22 mm)

Red STOP Light

(22 mm)

Power On

Light (22 mm)

Misc Light

(22 mm)

L1 LA LD LE LF LJ LU

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 100

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Bypass Test

Switch for RA,

RB, RC, RD

Bypass Pilot

Lights for RA, RB

Options

Dual Overloads

for Bypass

Manual HOA

Bypass

Controller

Manual IOB

Bypass

Controller

Auto Transfer

HOA Bypass

Controller

Auto Transfer

IOB Bypass

Controller

KF L2 PN RA RB RC RD

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 10

100

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-97

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-143. 230V Enclosure Options

Requires customer supplied 115V AC supply.

Table 40-144. 230V Power Options

Not required for 230V applications.

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Floor Stand

22" (558.8 mm)

Floor Stand

12" (304.8 mm)

10" (254 mm)

Expansion

20" (508 mm)

Expansion

Space Heater 

S5 S6 S7 S8 S9

Enclosure

Size

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Input Output

Input

Disconnect

(HMCP)

100 kAIC

Input Line

Fuses

200 kAIC

Input Power

Surge

Protection

Output

Contactor

Output

Filter 

MotoRx (300 –

600 Ft.)

1000 V/μS

DV/DT Filter

Single

Overload

Relay

Dual

Overload

Relays

P1 P3 P7 PE PF PG PH PI

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 5

7-1/2

100

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-98

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

480V Drives

Table 40-145. 480V AC Input Base Drive

Enclosure dimensions listed on Pages 40-101 – 40-111.

Includes drive, Local/Remote keypad and enclosure.

Consult Eaton.

The smaller Enclosure Size 6 accommodates only power options, Input Disconnect (P1) and

Input Line Fuses (P3). Bypass and other options require Size 8. Adding any standard control

option will not require the larger enclosure.

The smaller Enclosure Size 8 accommodates only power options, Input Disconnect (P1) and

Input Line Fuses (P3). Bypass and other options require Size 9. Adding any standard control

option will not require the larger enclosure.

For other options, consult factory.

Enclosure

Size 

hp Current

(A)

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12

Frame

Size

Base Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

Frame

Size

Base Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

High Overload Drive and Enclosure

1-1/2

2.2

3.3

4.3

5.6

SVX00114EA

SVXF1514EA

SVX00214EA

SVX00314EA

SVX00124EA

SVXF1524EA

SVX00224EA

SVX00324EA

7-1/2

7.6

SVX00514EA

SVX00714EA

SVX01014EA

SVX01514EA

SVX00524EA

SVX00724EA

SVX01024EA

SVX01524EA

SVX02014EA

SVX02514EA

SVX03014EA

SVX04014DA

SVX02024EA

SVX02524EA

SVX03024EA

SVX04024DA

100

125

105

140

170

SVX05014DA

SVX06014DA

SVX07514DA

SVX10014DA

SVX12514DA

SVX05024DA

SVX06024DA

SVX07524DA

SVX10024DA

SVX12524DA

150

200

205

245

SVX15014DA

SVX20014DA

SVX15024DA

SVX20024DA

6, 8 

250

300

350

300

385

460

SVX25014DA

SVX30014DA

SVX35014DA

SVX25064DA

SVX30064DA

SVX35064DA

8, 9 

400

500

550

520

590

650

SVX40014DA

SVX50014DA

SVX55014DA

SVX40064DA

SVX50064DA

SVX55064DA



600

650

700

730

820

920

SVX60014DA

SVX65014DA

SVX70014DA

SVX60064DA

SVX65064DA

SVX70064DA

Low Overload Drive and Enclosure

1-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

SVXF1514BA

SVX00214BA

SVX00314BA

SVX00514BA

SVXF1524BA

SVX00224BA

SVX00324BA

SVX00524BA

7-1/2

SVX00714BA

SVX01014BA

SVX01514BA

SVX02014BA

SVX00724BA

SVX01024BA

SVX01524BA

SVX02024BA

SVX02514BA

SVX03014BA

SVX04014BA

SVX05014AA

SVX02524BA

SVX03024BA

SVX04024BA

SVX05024AA

100

125

150

105

140

170

205

SVX06014AA

SVX07514AA

SVX10014AA

SVX12514AA

SVX15014AA

SVX06024AA

SVX07524AA

SVX10024AA

SVX12524AA

SVX15024AA

200

250

261

300

SVX20014AA

SVX25014AA

SVX20024AA

SVX25024AA

6, 8 

300

350

400

385

460

520

SVX30014AA

SVX35014AA

SVX40014AA

SVX30064AA

SVX35064AA

SVX40064AA

8, 9 

500

550

600

590

650

730

SVX50014AA

SVX55014AA

SVX60014AA

SVX50064AA

SVX55064AA

SVX60064AA



650

700

800

820

920

1030

SVX65014AA

SVX70014AA

SVX80014AA

SVX65064AA

SVX70064AA

SVX80064AA

Table 40-146. 480V Brake Chopper Adder 

External dynamic braking resistors not

included. Consult factory.

IH hp Adder U.S. $ IL hp Adder U.S. $

NEMA

Type 1/12

NEMA

Type 1/12

1-1/2

—

1-1/2

7-1/2

100

125

150

200

250

100

125

150

200

250

300

350

400

500

550

300

350

400

500

550

600

650

700

600

650

700

800

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-99

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-147. 480V Light Options

Table 40-148. 480V Control Options

Table 40-149. 480V Bypass Options 

See Pages 40-88 and 40-89 for details.

Table 40-150. 480V Enclosure Options

Requires customer supplied 115V AC supply.

See Enclosure 5-1P on Page 40-107 for dimensions.

See Enclosure 5-2P on Page 40-108 for dimensions.

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Power On/Fault

Pilot Lights (22 mm)

Green RUN

Light (22 mm)

Green STOP

Light (22 mm)

Red RUN

Light (22 mm)

Red STOP Light

(22 mm)

Power On

Light (22 mm)

Misc Light

(22 mm)

L1 LA LD LE LF LJ LU

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

1 – 800

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

with HOA

Selector Switch

3 – 15 psig

Follower

HAND/OFF/

AUTO Switch

(22 mm)

MANUAL/AUTO

Ref Switch

(22 mm)

START/STOP

Pushbuttons

(22 mm)

115 Volt

Control

Transformer

550 VA

Standard

Elapsed

Time Meter

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 KB KO

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

1 – 800

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Bypass Test

Switch for

RA, RB, RC, RD

Bypass Pilot

Lights for RA, RB

Options

Dual Overloads

for Bypass

Manual HOA

Bypass

Controller

Manual IOB

Bypass

Controller

Auto Transfer

HOA Bypass

Controller

Auto Transfer

IOB Bypass

Controller

KF L2 PN RA RB RC RD

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

1 – 20

100

125

150

200

250

300

350

400

500

550

600

650

700

800

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Floor Stand

22" (558.8 mm)

Floor Stand

12" (304.8 mm)

10" (254 mm)

Expansion 

20" (508 mm)

Expansion 

Space Heater 

S5 S6 S7 S8 S9

Enclosure

Size

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-100

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-151. 480V Power Options

Output ﬁlter may be required whenever the distance from the drive to the motor exceeds 100 feet (30m). Refer to Application Notes for further details.

Heater packs not included.

Table 40-152. Input Options

Applicable with FR10 and FR11 Freestanding

designs only.

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Input Output

Input Disconnect

(HMCP)

100 kAIC

Input Line

Fuses

200 kAIC

Input Power

Surge

Protection

Output

Contactor

Output

Filter 

MotoRx (300 – 600 Ft.)

1000 V/μS

DV/DT Filter



Single

Overload

Relay 

Dual

Overload

Relays 

P1 P3 P7 PE PF PG PH PI

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

1 – 2

3 – 5

7-1/2

100

125

150

200

250

300

350

400

500

550

600

650

700

800

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Load Switch

P2 

hp Adder

U.S. $

250

300

350

400

500

550

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-101

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Dimensions

Enclosure Size 0

Table 40-153. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-153. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 40-42. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Min. Air Space

D D1 E E1 F G G1 J K

0 19.9

(504)

29.0

(737)

16.4

(416)

18.3

(465)

— — — 27.4

(695)

— — 25.4

(644)

4.0

(102)

3.0

(76)

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max. Approx.

Ship. Wt.

lbs. (kg)

Cable Entry Door Clearance

TU V W

LMNPR

0 5.0

(127)

— — 6.0

(152)

9.6

(245)

26.4

(669)

1.5

(38)

6.3

(160)

4.3

(108)

5.3

(134)

200 (91)

.44 (11.2)

Mounting Holes

4 Places

C D

1.50 (38.1)

Lifting Holes

4 Places

K K

Top View

Bottom View

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12

NEMA Type 12 Includes Cover Plates Over Louvers

For Reference Only,

Dimensions Subject

to Change.

For Cable

Entry

For Cable

Entry

June 2008

40-102

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 1

Table 40-154. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-154. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 40-43. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Min. Air Space

D D1 E E1 F G G1 J K

1 26.4

(669)

(914)

16.3

(414)

24.8

(630)

— — — 34.0

(864)

— — 32.4

(822)

4.0

(102)

3.0

(76)

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Cable Entry Door Clearance

T U V W Floor Stand

L M N P R X Y Z AA BB CC

1 11.0

(279)

6.0

(152)

9.0

(229)

10.0

(254)

6.5

(165)

26.4

(669)

1.5

(38)

4.3

(108)

— — 56.0

(1422)

4.3

(108)

11.1

(281)

1.8

(46)

0.8

(19)

55.2

(1402)

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

lbs. (kg)

Floor Stand RR SS TT UU VV

DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP

1 26.0

(660)

3.5

(90)

5.5

(141)

3.0

(76)

6.0

(152)

2.0

(51)

5.4

(136)

1.1

(28)

8.8

(224)

5.4

(137)

— — — — — — 230 (104)

Bottom View

2.50 (63.5)

Lifting Holes

4 Places

.44 (11.2)

Mounting Holes

4 Places

.44 (11.2)

Mounting Holes

6 Places

K K

M N

Top View

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12

with Floor Stand

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12

NEMA Type 12 Includes Cover Plates Over Louvers

2.50 (63.5)

Lifting Holes

4 Places

Bottom View

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12

with Floor Stand

For Reference Only,

Dimensions Subject

to Change.

For Cable

Entry

For Cable

Entry

For Cable

Entry

For Cable

Entry

For Cable

Entry

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-103

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 2

Table 40-155. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-155. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 40-44. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Min. Air Space

D D1 E E1 F G G1 J K

2 26.4

(669)

59.0

(1499)

19.4

(492)

24.8

(630)

— — — 57.0

(1448)

— — 55.4

(1406)

4.0

(102)

3.0

(76)

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Cable Entry Door Clearance

T U V W Floor Stand

L M N P R X Y Z AA BB CC

2 5.9

(149)

— — 12.4

(315)

9.5

(241)

26.4

(669)

1.5

(38)

4.8

(121)

5.9

(151)

— 69.0

(1753)

4.8

(121)

13.6

(344)

1.8

(46)

(19)

68.2

(1732)

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

lbs. (kg)

Floor Stand RR SS TT UU VV

DD EE FF GG HH JJ KK LL MM NN PP

2 26.0

(660)

4.8

(121)

6.8

(172)

3.0

(76)

6.0

(152)

2.0

(51)

5.0

(127)

1.1

(28)

11.3

(288)

79.0

(2007)

78.2

(1986)

— — — — — 380 (173)

.44 (11.2)

Mounting Holes

4 Places

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12

NEMA Type 12 Includes

Cover Plates Over Louvers

Bottom View

Top View

2.50 (63.5)

Lifting Holes

2 Places

2.50 (63.5)

Lifting Holes

2 Places

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12

with 22" Floor Stand

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12

with 12" Floor Stand

.44 (11.2) Mounting

Holes 6 Places

Bottom View

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12

with Floor Stand

2.50 (63.5)

Lifting Holes

2 Places

For Reference Only,

Dimensions Subject

to Change.

For Cable

Entry

For Cable

Entry For Cable

Entry

For Cable

Entry

June 2008

40-104

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 3

Table 40-156. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-156. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 40-45. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Min. Air Space

D D1 E E1 F G G1 J K

3 26.4

(671)

77.0

(1956)

19.4

(493)

19.5

(495)

3.3

(83)

23.0

(584)

1.5

(38)

11.7

(298)

5.5

(140.)

(24)

76.4

(1939)

4.0

(102)

3.0

(76)

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

lbs. (kg)

Cable Entry Door Clearance

T U V W RR SS TT UU VV

LMNPR

3 5.3

(133)

23.4

(594)

10.0

(254)

1.3

(32)

12.9

(328)

26.4

(669)

1.5

(38)

8.0

(203)

4.8

(121)

6.8

(173)

79.5

(2018)

13.4

(340)

(19)

1.3

(32)

26.0

(660)

690 (313)

.44 (11.2)

Mounting Holes

6 Places

E1 E

.50 (12.7)

Lifting Eyes

2 Places

C A

Top View

Bottom View

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12

NEMA Type 12 Includes Cover Plates Over Louvers

For Reference Only,

Dimensions Subject

to Change.

For Cable

Entry

For Cable

Entry

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-105

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 4

Table 40-157. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-157. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 40-46. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Min. Air Space

D D1 E E1 F G G1 J K

4 26.4

(671)

90.0

(2286)

19.4

(493)

19.5

(495)

3.3

(83)

23.0

(584)

1.5

(38)

11.7

(298)

5.5

(140)

(24)

89.4

(2270)

4.0

(102)

3.0

(76)

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

lbs. (kg)

Cable Entry Door Clearance

T U V W RR SS TT UU VV

LMNPR

4 5.3

(133)

23.4

(594)

13.8

(351)

1.0

(25)

11.2

(286)

26.4

(669)

1.5

(38)

8.0

(204)

4.8

(121)

— 92.5

(2349)

(19)

1.3

(32)

— — 825 (375)

.44 (11.2)

Mounting Holes

6 Places

.50 (12.7)

Lifting Eyes

2 Places

C A

Top View

Bottom View

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12

NEMA Type 12 Includes Cover Plates Over Louvers

For Reference Only,

Dimensions Subject

to Change.

For Cable

Entry

For Cable

Entry

June 2008

40-106

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 5

Table 40-158. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-158. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 40-47. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Min. Air Space

D D1 E E1 F G G1 J K

5 40.0

(1016)

90.0

(2286)

21.3

(541)

36.0

(914)

2.0

(51)

— — 8.0

(203)

10.8

(273)

— 84.4

(2143)

4.0

(102)

—

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

lbs. (kg)

Cable Entry Door Clearance

T U V W RR SS TT UU VV

LMNPR

5 15.0

(381)

10.0

(254)

4.8

(122)

2.0

(51)

— 36.3

(921)

20.0

(508)

— — — 94.0

(2387)

15.5

(394)

— — — 1275 (579)

Lifting Eyes

(2 Places)

Side View

Front View

NEMA Type 1

Front View

NEMA Type 12

.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

D1 D

For Cable

Entry

Top View

Bottom View

For Reference Only,

Dimensions Subject to Change.

IL hp

100

200

250

208/230V

480V

Note: No bottom entry/exit. S7 option

required, see 5-1P or 5-2P Enclosure

Option S8 on Pages 40-107 and 40-108.

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-107

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 5-1P

Table 40-159. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-159. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 40-48. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Min. Air Space

D D1 E E1 F G G1 J K

5-1P 50.0

(1270)

90.0

(2286)

21.3

(541)

36.0

(914)

2.0

(51)

— — 8.0

(203)

10.8

(273)

— 84.4

(2143)

4.0

(102)

—

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

lbs. (kg)

Cable Entry Door Clearance

T U V W RR SS TT UU VV

LMNPR

5-1P 17.1

(435)

8.0

(203)

1.3

(33)

1.0

(25)

— 36.3

(921)

20.0

(508)

18.4

(466)

1.3

(32)

— 94.0

(2387)

15.5

(394)

— — — 1375 (624)

Lifting Eyes

(2 Places)

D1 D

Door Clearance M

For Cable

Entry

For Cable

Entry

Top View

Bottom View

.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Holes

(4 Places)

Front View

NEMA Type 1

Front View

NEMA Type 12

For Reference Only,

Dimensions Subject to Change.

IL hp

100

200

250

208/230V

480V

June 2008

40-108

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 5-2P

Table 40-160. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-160. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 40-49. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Min. Air Space

D D1 E E1 F G G1 J K

5-2P 60.0

(1524)

90.0

(2286)

21.3

(541)

36.0

(914)

2.0

(51)

— — 8.0

(203)

10.8

(273)

— 84.4

(2143)

4.0

(102)

—

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

lbs. (kg)

Cable Entry Door Clearance

T U V W RR SS TT UU VV

LMNPR

5-2P 17.0

(432)

18.0

(457)

1.5

(38)

1.0

(25)

(23)

36.3

(921)

20.0

(508)

18.4

(466)

1.3

(32)

— 94.0

(2387)

15.5

(394)

— — — 1585 (720)

Lifting Eyes

(2 Places)

SDoor Clearance MP

For Cable

Entry N

Top View

D1 D

For Cable

Entry

Bottom View

.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Holes

(4 Places)

Front View

NEMA Type 1

Front View

NEMA Type 12

For Reference Only,

Dimensions Subject to Change.

IL hp

100

200

250

208/230V

480V

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-109

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 6

Table 40-161. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-161. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 40-50. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Min. Air Space

D D1D2E F G G1 J K

6 30.0

(762)

90.0

(2286)

26.0

(660)

26.5

(673)

1.8

(46)

— — 17.3

(438)

5.5

(140)

— 84.4

(2143)

4.0

(102)

—

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

lbs. (kg)

Cable Entry Door Clearance

T U V W RR SS TT UU VV

LMNPR

6 23.5

(597)

3.3

(84)

4.5

(114)

19.3

(490)

— 26.2

(667)

24.8

(629)

— — — 93.9

(2386)

————1500 (681)

Keypad

Operator Elements When Specified,

Mounted on These Panels

Ventilating Slots

Key-Locking Handle

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Flanged Disconnect Supplied

with Circuit Breaker When Specified

Side View

Bottom View

Top View

Door Clearance

DD1

For Cable Entry

.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Hole –

(4 Places)

Front View

IL hp

300

350

400

480V

Note: See Page 40-98

notes 4 and 5 for enclosure

and option selection.

June 2008

40-110

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 8

Table 40-162. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-162. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 40-51. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Min. Air Space

D D1D2E F G G1 J K

8 48.0

(1219)

90.0

(2286)

24.0

(610)

42.2

(1072)

3.0

(77)

———5.5

(139)

— 84.4

(2143)

4.0

(102)

—

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

lbs. (kg)

Cable Entry U V W RR SS TT UU VV

LMNPRST

8 9.5

(241)

37.5

(952)

12.5

(318)

7.7

(196)

8.3

(210)

1.3

(32)

31.0

(787)

21.5

(545)

21.3

(541)

— 93.5

(2375)

————2000 (908)

.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Hole –

(4 Places)

For Top Cable Entry –

(2 Places)

Bottom View

Top View

Front View

Side View

For Bottom

Cable Entry

IL hp

300

350

400

480V

Note: See Page 40-98

notes 4 and 5 for enclosure

and option selection.

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-111

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 9

Table 40-163. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products

Table 40-163. Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weight — Enclosed Products (Continued)

Figure 40-52. Approximate Dimensions

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Wide

High

Deep

Mounting H Min. Air Space

D D1D2E F G G1 J K

9 60.0

(1524)

90.0

(2286)

26.1

(664)

22.9

(582)

2.0

(51)

30.0

(762)

44.3

(1125)

10.6

(270)

10.6

(270)

8.2

(208)

— 4.0

(102)

—

Enclosure

Size

Dimensions in Inches (mm) Max.

Approx.

Ship. Wt.

lbs. (kg)

Cable Entry W RR SS TT UU VV

L MNP R ST UV

9 8.5

(216)

32.7

(831)

12.0

(305)

11.9

(303)

9.8

(249)

1.5

(38)

43.5

(1105)

15.0

(381)

7.5

(191)

25.0

(635)

93.5

(2375)

27.4

(696)

29.1

(738)

27.1

(687)

— 2500 (1135)

Top View

STU

AC Front View

Bottom View

Side View

Access in Top –

(2 Places)

Bottom Access

.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Hole –

(5 Places)

90° Max.

Door

Opening

D1 D

Key-Locking Handle

Access

Plate –

4 Places

90° Max.

Door

Opening

Drive Circuit Breaker

IL hp

500

550

600

IH hp

400

500

550

480V

Openings Filtered

for NEMA 12 Design

Note: See Page 40-98

notes 4 and 5 for enclosure

and option selection.

June 2008

40-112

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

SVX9000 Pump Application

Product Description

■Standard Enclosed — covers a

wide range of the most commonly

ordered options. Pre-engineering

eliminates the lead time normally

associated with customer speciﬁc

options.

■Modiﬁed Standard Enclosed —

applies to speciﬁc customer require-

ments that vary from the Standard

Enclosed offering, such as the need

for an additional indicating light or

minor modiﬁcations to drawings.

Consult your Eaton representative

for assistance in pricing and lead

time.

■Custom Engineered — for those

applications with more unique or

complex requirements, these are

individually engineered to the

customer’s needs. Consult your

Eaton representative for assistance

in pricing and lead time.

Features

■

NEMA Type 12 or Type 3R enclosures

■Input Voltage: 208V, 230V, 480V and

575V (Consult Factory)

■Complete range of control, network

and power options

■Horsepower range:

❑208V — 3/4 to 100 hp IH;

1 to 100 hp IL

❑230V — 3/4 to 100 hp IH;

1 to 100 hp IL

❑480V — 1 to 350 hp IH;

1-1/2 to 400 hp IL

■HMCP padlockable

■Single Phase input available —

Consult factory

Input Contactor

(Included as Standard

with Bypass Option)

Bypass Contactor

• Option RA/RB

SVX9000 Variable

Frequency Drive

Input Disconnect

(HMCP)

• Option P1

NEMA 3R Enclosed 9000X Series Drive

Space Heater

• Option S9

Door-Mounted

Keypad (included

as standard)

Standards and Certiﬁcations

■UL Listed

■cUL Listed

Figure 40-53. Power Diagram for Bypass

Option RA

HVX9000

Drive

HMCP

Input

Power

Output

Contactor

Bypass

Contactor

Mechanical

Interlock

Motor

Inverter

Input

Contactor

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-113

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

Table 40-164. Speciﬁcations

Some horsepower units include dynamic braking chopper as

standard — refer to individual drive sections.

Table 40-165. Standard I/O Speciﬁcations

Feature Description 9000X Enclosed Products —

NEMA Type 12 or NEMA Type 3R

Primary Design Features

45 – 66 Hz Input Frequency Standard

Output: AC Volts Maximum Input Voltage Base

Output Frequency Range: Hz 0 – 320

Initial Output Current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds

Overload: 1 Minute (IH/IL) 150%/110%

Enclosure Space Heater Optional

Oversize Enclosure Standard

Output Contactor Optional

Bypass Motor Starter Optional

Listings UL, cUL

Protection Features

Incoming Line Fuses Optional

AC Input Circuit Disconnect Optional

Line Reactors Standard

Phase Rotation Insensitive Standard

EMI Filter Standard — Thru Frame 9

Input Phase Loss Protection Standard

Input Overvoltage Protection Standard

Line Surge Protection Standard

Output Short Circuit Protection Standard

Output Ground Fault Protection Standard

Output Phase Protection Standard

Overtemperature Protection Standard

DC Overvoltage Protection Standard

Drive Overload Protection Standard

Motor Overload Protection Standard

Programmer Software Optional

Local/Remote Keypad Standard

Keypad Lockout Standard

Fault Alarm Output Standard

Built-In Diagnostics Standard

Input/Output Interface Features

Setup Adjustment Provisions:

Remote Keypad/Display

Personal Computer

Standard

Operator Control Provisions:

Drive Mounted Keypad/Display

Remote Keypad/Display

Conventional Control Elements

Serial Communications

115V AC Control Circuit

Standard

Optional

Speed Setting Inputs:

Keypad

0 – 10V DC Potentiometer/

Voltage Signal

4 – 20 mA Isolated

4 – 20 mA Differential

Standard

Conﬁgurable

Analog Outputs:

Speed/Frequency

Torque/Load/Current

Motor Voltage

Kilowatts

0 – 10V DC Signals

4 – 20 mA DC Signals

Isolated Signals

Standard

Programmable

Conﬁgurable w/Jumpers

Standard

Optional

Feature Description 9000X Enclosed Products —

NEMA Type 12 or NEMA Type 3R

Input/Output Interface Features (Continued)

Discrete Outputs:

Fault Alarm

Drive Running

Drive at Set Speed

Optional Parameters

Dry Contacts

Open Collector Outputs

Additional Discrete Outputs

Standard

Programmable

1 (2 Relays Form C)

Optional

Communications:

RS-232

RS-422/485

DeviceNet™

Modbus RTU

CanOpen (Slave)

Proﬁbus-DP

Lonworks®

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2

Standard

Optional

Performance Features

Sensorless Vector Control Standard

Volts/Hertz Control Standard

IR and Slip Compensation Standard

Electronic Reversing Standard

Dynamic Braking Optional 

DC Braking Standard

PID Setpoint Controller Programmable

Critical Speed Lockout Standard

Current (Torque) Limit Standard

Adjustable Acceleration/Deceleration Standard

Linear or S Curve Accel/Decel Standard

Jog at Preset Speed Standard

Thread/Preset Speeds 7

Automatic Restart Selectable

Coasting Motor Start Standard

Coast or Ramp Stop Selection Standard

Elapsed Time Meter Optional

Carrier Frequency Adjustment 1 – 16 kHz

Standard Conditions for Application and Service

Operating Ambient Temperature 0 – 40°C

Storage Temperature -40 – 60°C

Humidity (Maximum),

Non-condensing

95%

Altitude (Maximum without Derate) 3300 ft. (1000m)

Line Voltage Variation +10/-15%

Line Frequency Variation 45 – 66 Hz

Efﬁciency >96%

Power Factor (Displacement) .96

Description Speciﬁcation

6 – Digital Input Programmable 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥ 18V,Ri > 5 k

2 – Analog Input Conﬁgurable

w/Jumpers

Voltage: 0 – ±10V, Ri > 200 k

Current: 0 (4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250 k

2 – Digital Output Programmable Form C Relays 250V AC 2 Amp or

30V DC2 Amp resistive

1 – Digital Output Programmable Open collector 48V DC 50 mA

1 – Analog Output Programmable

Conﬁgurable w/Jumper

0 – 20 mA, impedance 500 ohms,

resolution 106 ±3%

June 2008

40-114

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-166. SVX9000 Enclosed NEMA Type 12/3R Drive Catalog Numbering System

Consult factory.

Local/Remote keypad is included as the standard Control Panel.

Brake Chopper is a factory installed option only, see drive option tables on Pages 40-118 – 40-123. Note: External dynamic braking resistors not

included. Consult factory.

Includes local/remote speed reference switch.

Some options are voltage and/or horsepower speciﬁc. Consult your Eaton representative for details.

See Page 40-115 for descriptions.

See Pages 40-116 and 40-117 for complete descriptions.

Bypass options applicable only in the Pump Panel three-phase design.

S V X 0 1 0 2 4 E P

Enclosed Options  Type

Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer 

Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with

HOA Selector Switch 

Manual/Auto Reference Switch (22 mm)

Start & Stop Pushbuttons (22 mm)

(2) Factory Installed Auxiliary Contacts

Control

Power

Power On and Fault Pilot Lights

Bypass Pilot Lights for RA Bypass Option 

Green Stop Light

Red Run Light

Light (22 mm)

PTT Light (22 mm)

Adder for LED Each

Light

Addl. Bypass

Light

Input Disconnect (HMCP) 100 kAIC

Input Line Fuses (200 kAIC)

Input Power Surge Protection

TVSS Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor

Output Contactor

Input

Output

RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller Bypass

Floor Stand 22"

Space Heater w/out CPT

Space Heater w/CPT

Socket Type Control Relay

On-Delay Timer

Off-Delay Timer

Enclosure

Voltage Rating

Three-Phase

1 = 208V

2 = 230V

4 = 480V

Single-Phase

J = 230V

K = 480V

Product Family

SVX = Enclosed Drives

Horsepower Rating

F07 = 3/4 hp

001 = 1 hp

F15 = 1-1/2 hp

002 = 2 hp

003 = 3 hp

005 = 5 hp

007 = 7-1/2 hp

010 = 10 hp

015 = 15 hp

020 = 20 hp

025 = 25 hp

030 = 30 hp

040 = 40 hp

050 = 50 hp

060 = 60 hp

075 = 75 hp

100 = 100 hp

125 = 125 hp

150 = 150 hp

200 = 200 hp

Consult Factory 

250 = 250 hp

300 = 300 hp

350 = 350 hp

400 = 400 hp

Enclosure Rating

2 = NEMA Type 12

3 = NEMA Type 3R

Application — Torque/Braking 

A = IL/No Brake Chopper

B = IL/Internal Brake Chopper

D = IH/No Brake Chopper

E = IH/Internal Brake Chopper

Enclosed Style

P = Pumping Application

Control Options

B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

B8 = 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42 – 240V AC Input

Build Alphabetically and Numerically

Communication Options 

C2 = Modbus

C3 = Profibus DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = Profibus DP (D9 Connector)

C6 = CanOpen (Slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

C8 = Modbus (D9 Type Connector)

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP

CJ = BACnet

CK = Ethernet IP

D3 = RS-232 with D9 Connection

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-115

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Control/Communication Option Descriptions

Table 40-167. Available Control/Communications Options

Note: For availability, see Product Selection for base drive voltage required.

Option Description Option

Type

K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer — Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-

mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10V DC reference to generate a 0 – 10V signal at the analog voltage input signal

terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the hand position. Without

the HOA bypass option, a 2-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the Speed

Potentiometer or a remote speed signal.

Control

K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch — Provides the SVX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust

the speed reference from door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive

will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position.

When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and 4 – 20 mA signal.

Control

K5 Manual/Auto Speed Reference Switch — Provides a door-mounted selector switch for Manual/Auto speed reference. Control

K6 Start & Stop Pushbuttons (22 mm) — Start (green) and Stop (red). Provides door-mounted Start and Stop pushbuttons for either

bypass or non-bypass conﬁgurations.

Control

K9 (2) Factory Installed Auxiliary Contacts — Provides two NO/NC auxiliary contacts. Power

L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights — Provides a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault

light indicates a drive fault has occurred.

Light

L2 Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options — A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an

amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the

switches.

Addl. Bypass

LD Green Stop Light (22 mm) — Provides a green light that indicates the drive is stopped. Light

LE Run Pilot Light (22 mm) — Provides a red run light that indicates the drive is running. Light

LU Misc. Light (22 mm) — Provides misc. “user deﬁned” pilot light. User to deﬁne light function and color. Light

LW PTT (Push-To-Test) Light (22 mm) — Provides misc. “user deﬁned” PTT pilot light. User to deﬁne light function and color. Light

LY Adder for LED Each — Changes light packages from standard incandescent bulb to LED style bulb. Light

P1 Input Disconnect Assembly Rated to 100 kAIC — High Interrupting Motor Circuit Protector (HMCP) that provides a means of

short circuit protection for the power cables between it and the SVX9000, and protection from high-level ground faults on the

power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the SVX9000 from the line and the operating mechanism can be padlocked

in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Input

P3 Input Line Fuses Rated to 200 kAIC — Provides high-level fault protection of the SVX9000 input power circuit from the load side

of the fuses to the input side of the power transistors. This option consists of three 200 kA fuses, which are factory mounted in

the enclosure.

Input

P7 MOV Surge Suppressor — Provides a Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip

line side transients.

Input

P8 TVSS Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor — Provides transient voltage surge suppression of the unit. Consult factory for

ratings.

Input

PE Output Contactor — Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor

coil is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600V AC are provided for

customer use. Bypass Option RA includes an Output Contactor as standard. This option includes a low VA 115V AC fused Control

Power Transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Output

RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller — The Manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means of

bypassing the SVX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists

of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector

switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter mode.

For applications up to 100 hp, a Freedom Series IEC input contactor, a Freedom Series IEC output contactor, and a Freedom

Series IEC starter with a bimetallic overload relay is included. For applications above 100 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an

Advantage output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are

mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 40-112).

Bypass

S5 Floor Stand 22" — Converts a Size A or B, normally wall mounted enclosure to a ﬂoor standing enclosure with a height of

22" (558.8 mm).

Enclosure

S9 Space Heater without CPT — Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage.

Includes a thermostat for variable temperature control. A 200W heater is installed in enclosures A and B, and 400W heater is

installed in enclosures C – D. Requires a customer supplied 115V remote supply source.

Enclosure

SA Space Heater with CPT— Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes

a thermostat for variable temperature control. A 200W heater is installed in enclosures A and B, and 400W heater is installed in

enclosures C – D. Provided with CPT connected to load side of input disconnect.

Enclosure

SB Ice Cube Style Control Relay — Provides misc. “user deﬁned” 4PDT control relay. Requires user to deﬁne functionality. Enclosure

SE On-Delay Timer (Delay on Make) — Provides misc. “user deﬁned” time delay relay. Requires user to deﬁne functionality and

time setting requirement.

Enclosure

SF Off-Delay Timer (Delay on Break) — Provides misc. “user deﬁned” time delay relay. Requires user to deﬁne functionality and

time setting requirement.

Enclosure

June 2008

40-116

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

9000X Series Option Board Kits

The 9000X Series drives can accom-

modate a wide selection of expander

and adapter option boards to custom-

ize the drive for your application

needs. The drive’s control unit is

designed to accept a total of ﬁve

option boards (see Figure 40-54).

The 9000X Series factory installed

standard board conﬁguration includes

an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay output

board, which are installed in slots A

and B.

Figure 40-54. 9000X Series Option Boards

Table 40-168. Option Board Kits

Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in Bold is the preferred location.

AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output

OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

ABCDE

Option Kit

Description 

Allowed

Slot

Locations



Field Installed Factory Installed SVX Ready Programs

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S. $

Basic Local/

Remote

Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC

Standard I/O Cards (See Figure 40-54)

2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10V DC ref,

2 ext +24V DC/ EXT +24V DC

AOPTA9 — X X X XXXX

Extended I/O Card Options

6 DI, 1 ext

+24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 —— — ——XX

1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 —— — ——XX

1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 X X X XXXX

3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 —— — ——XX

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — ————

1 RO (NO), 5 DI

42 – 240V AC Input

B, C, D, E OPTB9 B9 —— — ——XX

Communication Cards 

Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 X X X XXXX

Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI X X X XXXX

BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ X X X XXXX

Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK X X X XXXX

Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — ————

Proﬁbus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 X X X XXXX

LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 X X X XXXX

Proﬁbus DP

(D9 Connector)

D, E OPTC5 C5 X X X XXXX

CanOpen (Slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 X X X XXXX

DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 X X X XXXX

Modbus

(D9 Type Connector)

D, E OPTC8 C8 X X X XXXX

RS-232 with

D9 Connection

D, E OPTD3 D3 X X X XXXX

Keypad

9000X Series Local Remote Keypad — KEYPAD-

LOC/

REM

—— — — ————

9000X Series Remote Mount Keypad

Kit (Keypad not included)

—OPTRMT

-KIT-

9000X

—— — — ————

9000X Series RS-232 Cable, 13 ft. — PP00104 — — — — ————

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-117

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Modbus RTU Network Communications

The Modbus Network Card OPTC2 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive as

a slave on a Modbus network. The

interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB

connector (female) and the baud rate

ranges from 300 to 19200 baud. Other

communication parameters include an

address range from 1 to 247; a parity of

None, Odd or Even; and the stop

bit is 1.

Proﬁbus Network Communications

The Proﬁbus Network Card OPTC3 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive as

a slave on a Proﬁbus-DP network. The

interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB

connector (female). The baud rates

range from 9.6K baud to 12M baud,

and the addresses range from 1 to 127.

LonWorks Network Communications

The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive

on a LonWorks network. This interface

uses Standard Network Variable Types

(SNVT) as data types. The channel

connection is achieved using a

FTT-10A Free Topology transceiver

via a single twisted transfer cable. The

communication speed with LonWorks

is 78 kBits/s.

CanOpen (Slave) Communications

The CanOpen (Slave) Network Card

OPTC6 is used for connecting the

9000X Drive to a host system. Accord-

ing to ISO11898 standard cables to be

chosen for CAN bus should have a

nominal impedance of 120Ω, and

speciﬁc line delay of nominal 5 nS/m.

120Ω line termination resistors

required for installation.

DeviceNet Network Communications

The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a

5.08 mm pluggable connector. Trans-

fer method is via CAN using a 2-wire

twisted shielded cable with 2-wire bus

power cable and drain. The baud rates

used for communication include 125K

baud, 250K baud and 500K baud.

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Network

Communications

The OPTC2 ﬁeldbus board provides

communication between the 9000X

Drive and a Johnson Controls

Metasys™ N2 network. With this con-

nection, the drive can be controlled,

monitored and programmed from the

Metasys system. The N2 ﬁeldbus is

available as a factory installed option

and as a ﬁeld installable kit.

Modbus/TCP Network Communications

The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

to Ethernet networks utilizing Modbus

protocol. It includes an RJ-45 plugga-

ble connector. This interface provides

a selection of standard and custom

drive parameters. The board supports

10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communica-

tion speeds. The IP address of the

board is conﬁgurable over Ethernet

using a supplied software tool.

BACnet Network Communications

The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

to BACnet networks. It includes a

5.08 mm pluggable connector. Data

transfer is Master-Slave/Token

Passing (MS/TP) RS-485. This interface

uses a collection of 30 Binary Value

Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value

Objects (AVOs) to communicate drive

parameters. The card supports 9.6,

19.2 and 38.4 Kbaud communication

speeds and supports network

addresses 1 – 127.

Ethernet/IP Network Communications

The Ethernet/IP Network Card OPTCK

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol net-

works. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable

connector. The interface uses CIP

objects to communicate drive

parameters (CIP is “Common Indus-

trial Protocol”, the same protocol used

by DeviceNet). The board supports 10

Mbps and 100 Mbps communication

speeds. The IP address of the board is

conﬁgurable by Static, BOOTP and

DHCP methods.

Table 40-169. I/O Speciﬁcations for the Control/Communication Options

Description Speciﬁcations

Analog voltage, input 0 – ±10V, Ri ≥ 200 k

Analog current, input 0 (4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250 

Digital Input 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥ 18V, Ri > 5 k

Aux. voltage 24V (±20%), max. 50 mA

Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 mA

Analog current, output

Analog voltage, output

0 (4) – 20 mA, RL = 500 k, resolution 10 bit, accuracy ≤ ±2%

0 (2) – 10V, RL ≥ 1 k, resolution 10 bit, accuracy ≤ ±2%

Relay output

Max. switching voltage

Max. switching load

Max. continuous load

300V DC, 250V AC

8A/24V DC, .4A/300V DC, 2 kVA/250V AC

2A rms

Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 k

June 2008

40-118

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Product Selection

When Ordering

■Select a Base Catalog Number that

meets the application requirements

— nominal horsepower, voltage and

enclosure rating (the enclosed

drive’s continuous output amp rating

should be equal to or greater than

the motor’s full load amp rating).

The base enclosed package includes

a standard drive, door mounted

Local/Remote Keypad and

enclosure.

■If Dynamic Brake Chopper or

Control/Communication option is

desired, change the appropriate

code in the Base Catalog Number.

■Select Enclosed Options. Add the

codes as sufﬁxes to the Base Catalog

Number in alphabetical and numeric

order.

■Read all Footnotes.

208V Drives

Table 40-170. 208V Pump Panel Style (Three-Phase)

Enclosure dimensions listed on Pages 40-124 – 40-129.

Includes drive, Local/Remote Keypad and enclosure.

Enclosure

Size 

hp NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

208V High Overload Drive and Enclosure

3/4

1-1/2

4SVXF0721EP

SVX00121EP

SVXF1521EP

SVX00221EP

4SVXF0731EP

SVX00131EP

SVXF1531EP

SVX00231EP

7-1/2

5SVX00321EP

SVX00521EP

SVX00721EP

5SVX00331EP

SVX00531EP

SVX00731EP

6SVX01021EP

SVX01521EP

6SVX01031EP

SVX01531EP

7SVX02021DP

SVX02521DP

SVX03021DP

7SVX02031DP

SVX02531DP

SVX03031DP

8SVX04021DP

SVX05021DP

SVX06021DP

8SVX04031DP

SVX05031DP

SVX06031DP

100

9SVX07521DP

SVX10021DP

9SVX07531DP

SVX10031DP

208V Low Overload Drive and Enclosure

1-1/2

4SVX00121BP

SVXF1521BP

SVX00221BP

SVX00321BP

4SVX00131BP

SVXF1531BP

SVX00231BP

SVX00331BP

7-1/2

5SVX00521BP

SVX00721BP

SVX01021BP

5SVX00531BP

SVX00731BP

SVX01031BP

6SVX01521BP

SVX02021BP

6SVX01531BP

SVX02031BP

7SVX02521AP

SVX03021AP

SVX04021AP

7SVX02531AP

SVX03031AP

SVX04031AP

8SVX05021AP

SVX06021AP

SVX07521AP

8SVX05031AP

SVX06031AP

SVX07531AP

D 100 9 SVX10021AP 9SVX10031AP

Table 40-171. 208V Brake Chopper Adder 

External dynamic braking resistors not

included. Consult factory.

IH hp Adder

U.S. $

IL hp Adder

U.S. $

NEMA

Type 12/3R

NEMA

Type 12/3R

3/4

1-1/2

—

1-1/2

7-1/2

100

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-119

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Table 40-172. 208V Control Options

Table 40-173. 208V Light Options

Table 40-174. 208V Enclosure Options

Table 40-175. 208V Power Options

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

with HOA

Selector Switch

Manual/Auto

Reference

Switch

(22 mm)

Start & Stop

Pushbuttons

(22 mm)

K1 K2 K5 K6

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 100

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Power On/

Fault Pilot

Lights (22 mm)

Green

Stop Light

(22 mm)

Red

Run Light

(22 mm)

Misc. Light

(22 mm)

PTT Light

(22 mm)

Adder for

LED Each

L1 LD LE LU LW LY

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 100

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Floor Stand

22" (558.8 mm)

Space

Heater

w/out CPT

Space

Heater

w/CPT

Socket

Type

Control

Relay

On-Delay

Timer

Off-Delay

Timer

S5 S9 SA SB SE SF

Enclosure

Size

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Input Output

Two

Auxiliary

Contacts

Installed

Input

Disconnect

(HMCP)

100 kAIC

Input Line

Fuses

200 kAIC

Input

Power

Surge

Protection

TVSS

Transient

Voltage

Surge

Suppressor

Output

Contactor

K9 P1 P3 P7 P8 PE

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 5

7-1/2

25 – 30

50 – 60

100

Table 40-176. 208V Bypass Options

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Bypass Pilot

Lights for RA

Option

Manual HOA

Bypass

Controller

L2 RA

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 7-1/2

15 – 20

25 – 30

50 – 60

100

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-120

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

230V Drives

Table 40-177. 230V Pump Panel Style (Three-Phase)

Enclosure dimensions listed on Pages 40-124 – 40-129.

Includes drive, Local/Remote Keypad and enclosure.

Table 40-178. 230V Pump Panel Style (Single-Phase)

Enclosure dimensions listed on Pages 40-124 – 40-129.

Includes drive, Local/Remote Keypad and enclosure.

Enclosure

Size 

hp NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

230V High Overload Drive and Enclosure

3/4

1-1/2

4SVXF0722EP

SVX00122EP

SVXF1522EP

SVX00222EP

4SVXF0732EP

SVX00132EP

SVXF1532EP

SVX00232EP

7-1/2

5SVX00322EP

SVX00522EP

SVX00722EP

5SVX00332EP

SVX00532EP

SVX00732EP

6SVX01022EP

SVX01522EP

6SVX01032EP

SVX01532EP

7SVX02022DP

SVX02522DP

SVX03022DP

7SVX02032DP

SVX02532DP

SVX03032DP

8SVX04022DP

SVX05022DP

SVX06022DP

8SVX04032DP

SVX05032DP

SVX06032DP

100

9SVX07522DP

SVX10022DP

9SVX07532DP

SVX10032DP

230V Low Overload Drive and Enclosure

1-1/2

4SVX00122BP

SVXF1522BP

SVX00222BP

SVX00322BP

4SVX00132BP

SVXF1532BP

SVX00232BP

SVX00332BP

7-1/2

5SVX00522BP

SVX00722BP

SVX01022BP

5SVX00532BP

SVX00732BP

SVX01032BP

6SVX01522BP

SVX02022BP

6SVX01532BP

SVX02032BP

7SVX02522AP

SVX03022AP

SVX04022AP

7SVX02532AP

SVX03032AP

SVX04032AP

8SVX05022AP

SVX06022AP

SVX07522AP

8SVX05032AP

SVX06032AP

SVX07532AP

D 100 9 SVX10022AP 9SVX10032AP

Enclosure

Size 

hp NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

230V Low Overload Drive and Enclosure

3/4

4SVXF072JBP

SVX0012JBP

4SVXF073JBP

SVX0013JBP

5SVX0022JBP

SVX0032JBP

SVX0052JBP

5SVX0023JBP

SVX0033JBP

SVX0053JBP

7-1/2

6SVX0072JBP

SVX0102JBP

6SVX0073JBP

SVX0103JBP

7SVX0152JBP

SVX0202JAP

7SVX0153JBP

SVX0203JAP

8SVX0252JAP

SVX0302JAP

SVX0402JAP

8SVX0253JAP

SVX0303JAP

SVX0403JAP

Table 40-179. 230V Brake Chopper Adder 

External dynamic braking resistors not

included. Consult factory.

IH hp Adder

U.S. $

IL hp Adder

U.S. $

NEMA

Type 12/3R

NEMA

Type 12/3R

3/4

1-1/2

—

1-1/2

7-1/2

100

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-121

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Table 40-180. 230V Control Options

Table 40-181. 230V Light Options

Table 40-182. 230V Enclosure Options

Table 40-183. 230V Power Options

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

with HOA

Selector Switch

Manual/Auto

Reference

Switch

(22 mm)

Start & Stop

Pushbuttons

(22 mm)

K1 K2 K5 K6

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 100

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Power On/

Fault Pilot

Lights (22 mm)

Green

Stop Light

(22 mm)

Red

Run Light

(22 mm)

Misc. Light

(22 mm)

PTT Light

(22 mm)

Adder for

LED Each

L1 LD LE LU LW LY

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 100

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Floor Stand

22" (558.8 mm)

Space

Heater

w/out CPT

Space

Heater

w/CPT

Socket

Type

Control

Relay

On-Delay

Timer

Off-Delay

Timer

S5 S9 SA SB SE SF

Enclosure

Size

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Input Output

Two

Auxiliary

Contacts

Installed

Input

Disconnect

(HMCP)

100 kAIC

Input Line

Fuses

200 kAIC

Input

Power

Surge

Protection

TVSS

Transient

Voltage

Surge

Suppressor

Output

Contactor

K9 P1 P3 P7 P8 PE

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 5

7-1/2 – 10

20 – 25

30 – 40

60 – 75

100

Table 40-184. 230V Bypass Options 

See Page 40-115 for details.

Bypass options applicable only in the Pump

Panel three-phase design.

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Bypass Pilot

Lights for RA

Option

Manual HOA

Bypass

Controller

L2 RA 

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 10

20 – 25

30 – 40

60 – 75

100

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-122

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

480V Drives

Table 40-185. 480V Pump Panel Style (Three-Phase)

Enclosure dimensions listed on Pages 40-124 – 40-129.

Includes drive, Local/Remote keypad and enclosure.

Table 40-186. 480V Pump Panel Style (Single-Phase)

Enclosure dimensions listed on Pages 40-124 – 40-129.

Includes drive, Local/Remote keypad and enclosure.

Enclosure

Size hp NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

480V High Overload Drive and Enclosure

1-1/2

4SVX00124EP

SVXF1524EP

SVX00224EP

SVX00324EP

SVX00524EP

4SVX00134EP

SVXF1534EP

SVX00234EP

SVX00334EP

SVX00534EP

7-1/2

5SVX00724EP

SVX01024EP

SVX01524EP

5SVX00734EP

SVX01034EP

SVX01534EP

6SVX02024EP

SVX02524EP

SVX03024EP

6SVX02034EP

SVX02534EP

SVX03034EP

7SVX04024DP

SVX05024DP

SVX06024DP

7SVX04034DP

SVX05034DP

SVX06034DP

100

125

8SVX07524DP

SVX10024DP

SVX12524DP

8SVX07534DP

SVX10034DP

SVX12534DP

150

200

9SVX15024DP

SVX20024DP

9SVX15034DP

SVX20034DP

TBD

250

300

350

10 SVX25024DP

SVX30024DP

SVX35024DP

10 SVX25034DP

SVX30034DP

SVX35034DP

480V Low Overload Drive and Enclosure

1-1/2

7-1/2

4SVXF1524BP

SVX00224BP

SVX00324BP

SVX00524BP

SVX00724BP

4SVXF1534BP

SVX00234BP

SVX00334BP

SVX00534BP

SVX00734BP

5SVX01024BP

SVX01524BP

SVX02024BP

5SVX01034BP

SVX01534BP

SVX02034BP

6SVX02524BP

SVX03024BP

SVX04024BP

6SVX02534BP

SVX03034BP

SVX04034BP

7SVX05024AP

SVX06024AP

SVX07524AP

7SVX05034AP

SVX06034AP

SVX07534AP

100

125

150

8SVX10024AP

SVX12524AP

SVX15024AP

8SVX10034AP

SVX12534AP

SVX15034AP

200

250

9SVX20024AP

SVX25024AP

9SVX20034AP

SVX25034AP

TBD

300

400

10 SVX30024AP

SVX40024AP

10 SVX30034AP

SVX40034AP

Enclosure

Size hp NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ Frame

Size

Base

Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $ 

480V Low Overload Drive and Enclosure

3/4

4SVXF072KBP

SVX0012KBP

SVX0022KBP

SVX0032KBP

4SVXF073KBP

SVX0013KBP

SVX0023KBP

SVX0033KBP

7-1/2

5SVX0052KBP

SVX0072KBP

SVX0102KBP

5SVX0053KBP

SVX0073KBP

SVX0103KBP

6SVX0152KBP

SVX0202KBP

6SVX0153KBP

SVX0203KBP

7SVX0252KAP

SVX0302KAP

7SVX0253KAP

SVX0303KAP

8SVX0402KAP

SVX0502KAP

SVX0602KAP

8SVX0403KAP

SVX0503KAP

SVX0603KAP

Table 40-187. 480V Brake Chopper Adder 

External dynamic braking resistors not

included. Consult factory.

IH hp Adder

U.S. $

IL hp Adder

U.S. $

NEMA

Type 12/3R

NEMA

Type 12/3R

1-1/2

—

1-1/2

7-1/2

100

125

150

200

250

100

125

150

200

250

300

350

400

300

350

400

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-123

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Table 40-188. 480V Control Options

Table 40-189. 480V Light Options

Table 40-190. 480V Enclosure Options

Table 40-191. 480V Power Options

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

with HOA

Selector Switch

Manual/Auto

Reference

Switch

(22 mm)

Start & Stop

Pushbuttons

(22 mm)

K1 K2 K5 K6

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 100

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Power On/

Fault Pilot

Lights (22 mm)

Green

Stop Light

(22 mm)

Red

Run Light

(22 mm)

Misc. Light

(22 mm)

PTT Light

(22 mm)

Adder for

LED Each

L1 LD LE LU LW LY

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

3/4 – 100

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Floor Stand

22" (558.8 mm)

Space

Heater

w/out CPT

Space

Heater

w/CPT

Socket

Type

Control

Relay

On-Delay

Timer

Off-Delay

Timer

S5 S9 SA SB SE SF

Enclosure

Size

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Input Output

Two

Auxiliary

Contacts

Installed

Input

Disconnect

(HMCP)

100 kAIC

Input Line

Fuses

200 kAIC

Input

Power

Surge

Protection

TVSS

Transient

Voltage

Surge

Suppressor

Output

Contactor

K9 P1 P3 P7 P8 PE

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

1 – 10

15 – 20

25 – 30

40 – 50

60 – 75

100

125 – 150

200

250

300 – 350

400

Table 40-192. 480V Bypass Options 

See Page 40-115 for details.

Bypass options applicable only in the Pump

Panel three-phase design.

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Bypass Pilot

Lights for RA

Option

Manual HOA

Bypass

Controller

L2 RA 

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

1 – 20

40 – 50

60 – 75

100

125 – 150

200

250 – 350

400

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-124

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Dimensions

Enclosure Box A NEMA Type 12

Figure 40-55. NEMA Type 12 SVX9000 Pump Application Drive Dimensions

Table 40-193. NEMA Type 12 SVX9000 Pump Application Drive Dimensions

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx.

Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1H2W W1D D1

Three-Phase

208V 3/4 – 10 1 – 15 29.00

(736.6)

27.00

(685.8)

25.35

(643.9)

16.92

(429.8)

15.30

(388.6)

16.26

(413.0)

2.34

(59.4)

120

(54)

160

(73)

230V 3/4 – 10 1 – 15

480V 1 – 25 1 – 30

Single-Phase

230V — 3/4 – 10 29.00

(736.6)

27.00

(685.8)

25.35

(643.9)

16.92

(429.8)

15.30

(388.6)

16.26

(413.0)

2.34

(59.4)

120

(54)

160

(73)

480V — 3/4 – 20

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum Air

Space

Required

Both Sides

4.00 (101.6)

Minimum Free Air

Space Required

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

H1 H

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-125

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Enclosure Box B NEMA Type 12

Figure 40-56. NEMA Type 12 SVX9000 Pump Application Drive Dimensions

Table 40-194. NEMA Type 12 SVX9000 Pump Application Drive Dimensions

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx.

Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1H2W W1D D1

Three-Phase

208V 15 – 25 20 – 30 40.00

(1016.0)

38.00

(965.2)

36.35

(923.3)

20.92

(531.4)

19.30

(490.2)

16.76

(425.7)

2.34

(59.4)

185

(84)

229

(104)

230V 15 – 25 20 – 30

480V 30 – 60 40 – 75

Single-Phase

230V — 15 – 20 40.00

(1016.0)

38.00

(965.2)

36.35

(923.3)

20.92

(531.4)

19.30

(490.2)

16.76

(425.7)

2.34

(59.4)

185

(84)

229

(104)

480V — 25 – 30

4.00 (101.6)

Minimum Free Air

Space Required

H2H1 H

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum Air

Space

Required

Both Sides

DD1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

40-126

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Enclosure Box C NEMA Type 12

Figure 40-57. NEMA Type 12 SVX9000 Pump Application Drive Dimensions

Table 40-195. NEMA Type 12 SVX9000 Pump Application Drive Dimensions

Consult factory.

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1H2H3H4W W1D D1

Three-Phase

208V 30 – 50 40 – 60 52.00

(1320.8)

50.00

(1270.0)

48.35

(1228.1)

72.00

(1828.8)

71.19

(1808.2)

30.92

(785.4)

29.30

(744.2)

16.78

(426.2)

2.34

(59.4)



230V 30 – 50 40 – 60

480V 75 – 125 100 – 150

Single-Phase

230V — 25 – 40 52.00

(1320.8)

50.00

(1270.0)

48.35

(1228.1)

72.00

(1828.8)

71.19

(1808.2)

30.92

(785.4)

29.30

(744.2)

16.78

(426.2)

2.34

(59.4)



480V — 40 – 60

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum Air Space

Required Both Sides

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

WD1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum Air Space

Required Both Sides

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

H2H1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-127

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Enclosure Box A NEMA Type 3R

Figure 40-58. NEMA Type 3R SVX9000 Pump Application Drive Dimensions

Table 40-196. NEMA Type 3R SVX9000 Pump Application Drive Dimensions

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx.

Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2

Three-Phase

208V 3/4 – 10 1 – 15 33.00

(838.2)

31.36

(796.5)

29.67

(753.6)

25.35

(643.9)

21.05

(534.7)

16.92

(429.8)

15.30

(388.6)

2.07

(52.6)

17.24

(437.9)

16.26

(413.0)

3.31

(84.1)

170

(77)

215

(98)

230V 3/4 – 10 1 – 15

480V 1 – 25 1 – 30

Single-Phase

230V — 3/4 – 10 33.00

(838.2)

31.36

(796.5)

29.67

(753.6)

25.35

(643.9)

21.05

(534.7)

16.92

(429.8)

15.30

(388.6)

2.07

(52.6)

17.24

(437.9)

16.26

(413.0)

3.31

(84.1)

170

(77)

215

(98)

480V — 3/4 – 20

H3H2H1

W1 D2

3 D1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

40-128

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Enclosure Box B NEMA Type 3R

Figure 40-59. NEMA Type 3R SVX9000 Pump Application Drive Dimensions

Table 40-197. NEMA Type 3R SVX9000 Pump Application Drive Dimensions

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx. Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2

Three-Phase

208V 15 – 25 20 – 30 46.09

(1170.7)

44.45

(1129.0)

42.77

(1086.4)

36.35

(923.3)

26.31

(668.3)

20.92

(531.4)

19.30

(490.2)

2.69

(68.3)

17.74

(450.6)

16.76

(425.7)

3.31

(84.1)

235

(107)

290

(132)

230V 15 – 25 20 – 30

480V 30 – 60 40 – 75

Single-Phase

230V — 15 – 20 46.09

(1170.7)

44.45

(1129.0)

42.77

(1086.4)

36.35

(923.3)

26.31

(668.3)

20.92

(531.4)

19.30

(490.2)

2.69

(68.3)

17.74

(450.6)

16.76

(425.7)

3.31

(84.1)

235

(107)

290

(132)

480V — 25 – 30

H1 H

W1 D2

3D1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-129

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Enclosure Type C NEMA Type 3R

Figure 40-60. NEMA Type 3R SVX9000 Pump Application Drive Dimensions

Table 40-198. NEMA Type 3R SVX9000 Pump Application Drive Dimensions

Consult factory.

Voltage

(IH)

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs.

(kg)

H H1H2H3H4H5WW1W2W3DD1D2

Three-Phase

208 30 – 50 40 – 60 58.09

(1475.5)

56.45

(1433.8)

54.77

(1391.2)

48.35

(1228.1)

78.09

(1983.5)

77.64

(1972.1)

37.73

(958.3)

30.92

(785.4)

29.30

(744.2)

3.34

(84.8)

17.74

(450.6)

16.77

(426.0)

3.31

(84.1)



230 30 – 50 40 – 60

480 75 – 125 100 – 150

Single-Phase

230V — 25 – 40 58.09

(1475.5)

56.45

(1433.8)

54.77

(1391.2)

48.35

(1228.1)

78.09

(1983.5)

77.64

(1972.1)

37.73

(958.3)

30.92

(785.4)

29.30

(744.2)

3.34

(84.8)

17.74

(450.6)

16.77

(426.0)

3.31

(84.1)



480V — 40 – 60

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting Holes

(4 Places)

H3 H

W3 D2 D1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

40-130

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 40-61. A2 Board Control Wiring

Figure 40-62. A9 Board Control Wiring

RO1/1

RO1/2

RO1/3

RO2/1

RO2/2

RO2/3

Max. Current/Voltage

Switching:

<8A / 24V DC

<0.4A / 300V DC

<2 kVA / 250V AC

Continuously <2 Arms

AC / DC

Basic Relay

Board A2

24V

GND

24V

GND

0 (4)/20 mA

RL<500

V<+48V

I<50 mA

Input Reference

(Voltage)

Input Reference

(Current)

Indicates Connections for Inverted Signals

Control Voltage Output

Basic I/O

Board A9 AI1+

+10Vref

24Vout

GND

AI2+

AI2-

GND

DIN1

DIN2

DIN3

CMA

DIN4

GND

DIN5

DIN6

CMB

AO1+

DO1

AO1-

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-131

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SVX9000

VFD Pump Panels

Figure 40-63. SVX9000 Pump Panel Bypass Power Wiring

Figure 40-64. SVX9000 Pump Panel Disconnect Power Wiring

Bypass

Incoming Power

L1 L2 L3

Circuit

Breaker

To Drive Input

To Drive Output

U(T1)

L2 L3

Output

Contactor

V(T2)W(T3)

Motor

Bypass

Contactor

Overload

Relay

U(T1)

V(T2)

W(T3)

Optional Fuse

Incoming Power

L1 L2 L3

Circuit

Breaker

Optional Fuse

To Drive Input

To Drive Output

Motor

U(T1)

V(T2)

W(T3)

U(T1)

Optional

Output

Contactor

V(T2)W(T3)

June 2008

40-132

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Contents

Description Page

SPX9000 Drives

Product Description. . . . . . . 40-132

Features and Beneﬁts . . . . . 40-132

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . 40-133

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-134

Product Selection . . . . . . . . 40-135

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-140

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-142

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-144

Spare Units &

Replacement Parts . . . . . . 40-161

Product Description

The Cutler-Hammer® SPX9000 Series

Adjustable Frequency Drives from

Eaton’s electrical business are speciﬁ-

cally designed for high performance

applications. Equipped with high pro-

cessing power, the SPX9000 can use

information from an encoder or a

resolver in order to provide very pre-

cise motor control. Sensorless vector

and simple frequency control are

also supported. Typical applications

requiring high performance are:

master-slave drives, positioning

applications, winder tension control

and synchronization.

The core of the SPX9000 is a fast micro-

processor, providing high dynamic

performance for applications where

good motor handling and reliability

are required. It can be used both in

open loop applications as well as in

applications requiring encoder

feedback.

The SPX9000 supports fast drive-to-

drive communication. It also offers an

integrated data logger functionality for

analysis of dynamic events without the

need of additional hardware. Simulta-

neous fast monitoring of several

drives can be done by using the

9000Xdrive tool and CAN communica-

tion. In applications where reliability

and quality are essential for high-

performance, the Cutler-Hammer

SPX9000 is the logical choice.

The 9000X Family of Drives includes

HVX9000, SVX9000, SLX9000 and

SPX9000. 9000X Series drive ratings

are rated for either high overload (IH)

or low overload (IL). IL indicates 110%

overload capacity for 1 minute out

of 10 minutes. IH indicates 150%

overload capacity for 1 minute out

of 10 minutes.

Features and Beneﬁts

■Speed error < 0.01%, depending on

the encoder

■Incremental or absolute encoder

support

■Encoder voltages of 5V (RS-422),

15V or 24V, depending on the option

card

■Full torque control at all speeds,

including zero

■Torque accuracy < 2%; < 5% down to

zero speed

■Starting torque > 200%, depending

on motor and drive sizing

■Integrated datalogger for system

analysis

■Fast multiple drive monitoring with PC

■Full capability for master/slave

conﬁgurations

■High-speed bus (12 Mbit/s) for fast

inter-drive communication

■High-speed applications (up to

7200 Hz) possible

■Robust design — proven 500,000

hours MTBF

■Integrated 3% line reactors standard

on drives from FR4 through FR9

■Line reactor is included but is

separated from chassis

■EMI/RFI Filters H standard up to

200 hp IH 480V, 100 hp IH 230V

■Simpliﬁed operating menu allows

for typical programming changes,

while programming mode provides

control of everything

■Quick Start Wizard built into the

programming of the drive ensures

a smooth start-up

■Keypad can display up to three moni-

tored parameters simultaneously

■LOCAL/REMOTE operation from

keypad

■Copy/Paste function allows transfer

of parameter settings from one

drive to the next

■Standard NEMA Type 12 keypad on

all drives

■Hand-Held Auxiliary 240 Power

Supply allows programming/moni-

toring of control module without

applying full power to the drive

■The SPX can be ﬂexibly adapted to a

variety of needs using our pre-

installed “Seven in One” Precision

application programs consisting of:

❑Basic

❑Standard

❑Local/Remote

❑Multi Step Speed Control

❑PID Control

❑Multi-Purpose Control

❑Pump and Fan Control with Auto

Change

■Additional I/O and communication

cards provide plug and play

functionality

■I/O connections with simple quick

connection terminals

■UL Listed

■Control logic can be powered from

an external auxiliary control panel,

internal drive functions and ﬁeldbus

if necessary

■Brake Chopper standard from:

1 – 30 hp/380 – 500V

3/4 – 15 hp/208 – 230V

■NEMA Type 1 enclosures available

Frame Sizes FR4 – FR11, NEMA Type

12 enclosures available Frame Sizes

FR4 – FR10 (FR10 and FR11 Free-

standing Drives)

■Open Chassis FR10 and greater

■Standard option board conﬁgura-

tion includes an A9 I/O board and an

A2 relay output board installed in

slots A and B

SPX9000 Drives

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-133

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

Table 40-199. SPX9000 Speciﬁcations

Description Speciﬁcation

Input Ratings

Input Voltage (Vin) +10% / -15%

Input Frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45 – 66 Hz)

Connection to Power Once per minute or less (typical

operation)

High Withstand Rating 100 kAIC

Output Ratings

Output Voltage 0 to Vin

Continuous Output

Current

rated 100% at 122°F (50°C), FR9 and below

rated 100% at 104°F (40°C), FR9 and below

100% at 104°F (40°C), FR10 and above

Overload Current (

) 150%

, 110%

for 1 min.

Output Frequency 0 to 320 Hz

Frequency Resolution .01 Hz

Initial Output Current (

) 250% for 2 seconds

Control Characteristics

Control Method Frequency Control (V/f)

Open Loop Sensorless Vector Control

Closed Loop Frequency Control

Closed Loop Vector Control

Switching Frequency

Frame 4 – 6

Frame 7 – 12

Adjustable with Parameter 2.6.9

1 to 16 kHz; default 10 kHz

1 to 10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz

Frequency Reference Analog Input: Resolution .1% (10-bit),

accuracy ± 1% V/Hz

Panel Reference: Resolution .01 Hz

Field Weakening Point 30 to 320 Hz

Acceleration Time 0 to 3000 sec.

Deceleration Time 0 to 3000 sec.

Braking Torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)

Ambient Conditions

Ambient Operating

Temperature

14°F (-10°C), no frost to 122°F (+50°C)

(FR4 – FR9)

14°F (-10°C), no frost to 104°F (+40°C)

(FR10 and up)

14°F (-10°C), no frost to 104°F (+40°C)

(All Frames)

Storage Temperature -40°F (-40°C) to 158°F (70°C)

Relative Humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing,

non-corrosive, no dripping water

Air Quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in

operation, class 3C2; Mechanical particles:

IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2

Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to

3280 ft. (1000m); 1% derating for each

328 ft. (100m) above 3280 ft. (1000m);

max. 9842 ft. (3000m)

Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz,

Displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at

3 to 15.8 Hz, Max. acceleration amplitude

1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz

Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test

(for applicable UPS weights) Storage and

shipping: max. 15G, 11 ms (in package)

Enclosure Class NEMA 1/IP21 or NEMA 12/IP54,

Open Chassis/IP20

Description Speciﬁcation

Standards

Product IEC 61800-2

Safety UL 508C

EMC (at default settings) Immunity: Fulﬁlls all EMC immunity

requirements; Emissions: EN 61800-3,

LEVEL H

Control Connections

Analog Input Voltage 0 to 10V, R = 200 kΩ (-10 to 10V joystick

control) Resolution .1%; accuracy ±1%

Analog Input Current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri - 250Ω differential

Digital Inputs (6) Positive or negative logic; 18 to 30V DC

Auxiliary Voltage +24V ±15%, max. 250 mA

Output Reference Voltage +10V +3%, max. load 10 mA

Analog Output 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500Ω; Resolution

10 bit; Accuracy ±2%

Digital Outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V

Relay Outputs 2 programmable Form C relay outputs

Switching capacity: 24V DC / 8A,

250V AC / 8A, 125V DC / .4A

Protections

Overcurrent Protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously

Overvoltage Protection Yes

Undervoltage Protection Yes

Earth Fault Protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor

cable, only the frequency converter is

protected

Input Phase Supervision Trips if any of the input phases are

missing

Motor Phase Supervision Trips if any of the output phases are

missing

Overtemperature

Protection

Yes

Motor Overload

Protection

Yes

Motor Stall Protection Yes

Motor Underload

Protection

Yes

Short Circuit Protection Yes (+24V and +10V Reference Voltages)

High Performance Features

Speed Error <0.01%, depending on the encoder

Encoder Support Incremental or absolute

Encoder Voltages 5V (RS-422), 15V or 24V, depending on the

option card

Torque Control Full torque control at all speeds, including

zero

Torque Accuracy <2%; <5% down to zero speed

Starting Torque >200%, depending on motor and

drive sizing

Master/Slave

Conﬁgurations

Full capability

System Analysis Integrated data logger

PC Communication Fast multiple drive monitoring with PC

Inter-Drive Communication High-speed bus (12 Mbits/s)

High-Speed Applications Up to 7200 Hz

June 2008

40-134

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-200. Adjustable Frequency Drive Catalog Numbering System

All 230V Drives and 480V Drives up to 200 hp (

) are only available with Input Option 1 (EMC level H). 480V Drives 250 hp (

) or larger are available

with Input Option 2 (EMC level N). 575V Drives 200 hp (

) or larger are available with Input Option 2. 575V Drives up to 150 hp (

) are available with

Input Option 4 (EMC level L). 480V and 690V Freestanding Drives are available with Input Option 4 (EMC level L).

480V Drives up to 30 hp (

) are only available with Brake Chopper Option B. 480V Drives 40 hp (

) or larger come standard with Brake Chopper Option

N. 230V Drives up to 15 hp (

) are only available with Brake Chopper Option B. 230V Drives 20 hp and larger come standard with Brake Chopper

Option N. All 575V Drives come standard without Brake Chopper Option (N). Note: N = No Brake Chopper.

480V Drives 250 – 350 hp (

) and 690V Drives 200 – 300 hp (

) are available with enclosure style 0 (Chassis). 480V and 690V FR10 Freestanding Drives

are available with 1 (NEMA Type 1) or 2 (NEMA Type 12). FR11 Freestanding Drives are only available with enclosure style 1 (NEMA Type 1).

Factory promise delivery. Consult Sales Ofﬁce for availability.

Keypad

A = Alphanumeric

S P X 0 1 0 A 1 –4A 1 B 1

Board Modifications

1 = Standard Boards

2 = Conformal (Varnished) Coating 

Brake Chopper Options 

N = No Brake Chopper Circuit

B = Internal Brake Chopper Circuit

Input Options 

1 = 3-phase, EMC H

2 = 3-phase, EMC N

4 = 3-phase, EMC L

Options

Options appear in alphabetical order.

Extended I/O Card Options

A3 = 2 RO, Therm

A4 = Encoder low volt +5V/15V24V

A5 = Encoder high volt +15V/24V

A7 = Double Encoder

A8 = 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO

AE = 3 DI (Encoder 10 – 24V), Out +15V/+24V

2 DO (pulse + direction)

B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT + 24V DC

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

B8 = 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42 – 240V AC Input

BB = SPI, Absolute Encoder

Communication Cards

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP

CJ = BACnet

CK = Ethernet IP

C2 = Modbus

C3 = Profibus DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = Profibus DP (D9 Connector)

C6 = CANopen (Slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

C8 = Modbus (D9 Type Connector)

D1 = Adapter — SPX Only

D2 = Adapter — SPX Only

D3 = RS-232 with D9 Connection

Product Family

SPX = Open Drives

Horsepower Rating

F07 = 3/4

001 =1

F15 = 1-1/2

002 =2

003 =3

004 = 5 (IL)

005 =5

006 = 7-1/2 (IL)

007 = 7-1/2

010 =10

015 =15

020 =20

025 =25

030 =30

040 =40

050 =50

060 =60

075 =75

100 = 100

125 = 125

150 = 150

250 = 250

300 = 300

350 = 350

400 = 400

500 = 500

550 = 550

600 = 600

650 = 650

700 = 700

800 = 800

900 = 900

H10 = 1000

H12 = 1200

H13 = 1350

H15 = 1500

H16 = 1600

H20 = 2000

AFD Software Series

A = Standard Software

Enclosure 

0 = Chassis

1 = NEMA Type 1

2 = NEMA Type 12

Voltage Rating

2 = 230 (208 – 240) V

4 = 480 (380 – 500) V

5 = 575 (525 – 690) V

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-135

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Product Selection

230V SPX9000 Drives

Table 40-201. 208 – 240V, NEMA Type 1 Drive

Table 40-202. 208 – 240V, NEMA Type 12 Drive

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 FP 3/4

1-1/2

3.7

4.8

6.6

7.8

1-1/2

—

4.8

6.6

7.8

12.5

SPXF07A1-2A1B1

SPX001A1-2A1B1

SPXF15A1-2A1B1

SPX002A1-2A1B1

SPX003A1-2A1B1

FR5 FP —

7-1/2

12.5

17.5

7-1/2

17.5

SPX004A1-2A1B1

SPX005A1-2A1B1

SPX007A1-2A1B1

FR6 FP 10

SPX010A1-2A1B1

SPX015A1-2A1B1

FR7 FP 20

114

SPX020A1-2A1N1

SPX025A1-2A1N1

SPX030A1-2A1N1

FR8 FP 40

114

140

170

140

170

205

SPX040A1-2A1N1

SPX050A1-2A1N1

SPX060A1-2A1N1

FR9 FP 75

100

205

261

100

—

261

—

SPX075A1-2A1N1

SPX100A1-2A1N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 FP 3/4

1-1/2

3.7

4.8

6.6

7.8

1-1/2

—

4.8

6.6

7.8

12.5

SPXF07A2-2A1B1

SPX001A2-2A1B1

SPXF15A2-2A1B1

SPX002A2-2A1B1

SPX003A2-2A1B1

FR5 FP —

7-1/2

12.5

17.5

7-1/2

17.5

SPX004A2-2A1B1

SPX005A2-2A1B1

SPX007A2-2A1B1

FR6 FP 10

SPX010A2-2A1B1

SPX015A2-2A1B1

FR7 FP 20

114

SPX020A2-2A1N1

SPX025A2-2A1N1

SPX030A2-2A1N1

FR8 FP 40

114

140

170

140

170

205

SPX040A2-2A1N1

SPX050A2-2A1N1

SPX060A2-2A1N1

FR9 FP 75

100

205

261

100

—

261

—

SPX075A2-2A1N1

SPX100A2-2A1N1

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-136

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

480V SPX9000 Drives

Table 40-203. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 1 Drive

Table 40-204. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 1 Freestanding Drive

Note: Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V Transformer (KB),

Light Kit (L1), HOA (K4), Speed Potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect Switch (P2). See Free-

standing Option selection on Page 40-143.

Table 40-205. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 12 Drive

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 W

1-1/2

—

2.2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

1-1/2

—

7-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

SPX001A1-4A1B1

SPXF15A1-4A1B1

SPX002A1-4A1B1

SPX003A1-4A1B1

SPX005A1-4A1B1

SPX006A1-4A1B1

FR5 W 7-1/2

SPX007A1-4A1B1

SPX010A1-4A1B1

SPX015A1-4A1B1

FR6 W 20

SPX020A1-4A1B1

SPX025A1-4A1B1

SPX030A1-4A1B1

FR7 FP

105

SPX040A1-4A1N1

SPX050A1-4A1N1

SPX060A1-4A1N1

FR8 FP

100

125

105

140

170

100

125

150

140

170

205

SPX075A1-4A1N1

SPX100A1-4A1N1

SPX125A1-4A1N1

FR9 W 150

200

205

245

200

250

261

300

SPX150A1-4A1N1

SPX200A1-4A1N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 W

250

300

350

330

385

460

300

350

400

385

460

520

SPX250A1-4A4N1

SPX300A1-4A4N1

SPX350A1-4A4N1

FR11 FP

400

500

550

520

590

650

500

550

600

590

650

730

SPX400A1-4A4N1

SPX500A1-4A4N1

SPX550A1-4A4N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 W

1-1/2

—

2.2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

1-1/2

—

7-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

SPX001A2-4A1B1

SPXF15A2-4A1B1

SPX002A2-4A1B1

SPX003A2-4A1B1

SPX005A2-4A1B1

SPX006A2-4A1B1

FR5 W 7-1/2

SPX007A2-4A1B1

SPX010A2-4A1B1

SPX015A2-4A1B1

FR6 W 20

SPX020A2-4A1B1

SPX025A2-4A1B1

SPX030A2-4A1B1

FR7 FP 40

105

SPX040A2-4A1N1

SPX050A2-4A1N1

SPX060A2-4A1N1

FR8 FP 75

100

125

105

140

170

100

125

150

140

170

205

SPX075A2-4A2N1

SPX100A2-4A1N1

SPX125A2-4A1N1

FR9 FP 150

200

205

245

200

250

261

300

SPX150A2-4A1N1

SPX200A2-4A1N1

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-137

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

SPX9000

Table 40-206. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 12 Freestanding Drive

Note: Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V Transformer (KB),

Light Kit (L1), HOA (K4), Speed Potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect Switch (P2). See Free-

standing Option selection on Page 40-143.

Table 40-207. 480V 380 – 500, Open Chassis Drive

FR10 – FR14 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integral to chassis.

575V SPX9000 Drives

Table 40-208. 525 – 690V, NEMA Type 1 Drive

Table 40-209. 525 – 690V, NEMA Type 1 Freestanding Drive

Note: Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V Transformer (KB),

Light Kit (L1), HOA (K4), Speed Potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect Switch (P2). See Free-

standing Option selection on Page 40-143.

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 FP

250

300

350

330

385

460

300

350

400

385

460

520

SPX250A2-4A4N1

SPX300A2-4A4N1

SPX350A2-4A4N1

Frame

Size 

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 W 250

300

350

330

385

460

300

—

400

385

460

520

SPX250A0-4A2N1

SPX300A0-4A2N1

SPX350A0-4A2N1

FR11 FP 400

500

—

520

590

650

500

—

600

590

650

730

SPX400A0-4A2N1

SPX500A0-4A2N1

SPX550A0-4A2N1

FR12 FP 600

—

700

730

820

920

—

700

800

820

920

1030

SPX600A0-4A2N1

SPX650A0-4A2N1

SPX700A0-4A2N1

FR13 FP 800

900

1000

1030

1150

1300

900

1000

1200

1150

1300

1450

SPX800A0-4A2N1

SPX900A0-4A2N1

SPXH10A0-4A2N1

FR14 FP 1200

1600

1940

1500

1800

1770

2150

SPXH12A0-4A2N1

SPXH16A0-4A2N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR6 W 2

—

7-1/2

3.33

4.5

5.5

7.5

13.5

—

7-1/2

4.5

5.5

7.5

13.5

SPX002A1-5A4N1

SPX003A1-5A4N1

SPX004A1-5A4N1

SPX005A1-5A4N1

SPX007A1-5A4N1

SPX010A1-5A4N1

SPX015A1-5A4N1

SPX020A1-5A4N1

SPX025A1-5A4N1

FR7 W 30

SPX030A1-5A4N1

SPX040A1-5A4N1

FR8 W 50

100

SPX050A1-5A4N1

SPX060A1-5A4N1

SPX075A1-5A4N1

FR9 W 100

125

150

—

100

125

144

170

125

150

—

200

125

144

170

208

SPX100A1-5A4N1

SPX125A1-5A4N1

SPX150A1-5A4N1

SPX175A1-5A4N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 FP 200

250

300

208

261

325

250

300

400

261

325

385

SPX200A1-5A4N1

SPX250A1-5A4N1

SPX300A1-5A4N1

FR11 FP 400

450

500

385

460

502

450

500

550

460

502

590

SPX400A1-5A4N1

SPX450A1-5A4N1

SPX500A1-5A4N1

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-138

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Table 40-210. 525 – 690V, NEMA Type 12 Drive

Table 40-211. 525 – 690V, NEMA Type 12 Freestanding Drive

Note: Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V Transformer (KB),

Light Kit (L1), HOA (K4), Speed Potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect Switch (P2). See Free-

standing Option selection on Page 40-143.

Table 40-212. 525 – 690V, Open Chassis Drive

FR10 – FR14 includes a 3% line reactor but it is not integral to chassis.

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR6 F1 2

—

7-1/2

3.33

4.5

5.5

7.5

13.5

—

7-1/2

4.5

5.5

7.5

13.5

SPX002A2-5A4N1

SPX003A2-5A4N1

SPX004A2-5A4N1

SPX005A2-5A4N1

SPX007A2-5A4N1

SPX010A2-5A4N1

SPX015A2-5A4N1

SPX020A2-5A4N1

SPX025A2-5A4N1

FR7 FP 30

SPX030A2-5A4N1

SPX040A2-5A4N1

FR8 FP 50

100

SPX050A2-5A4N1

SPX060A2-5A4N1

SPX075A2-5A4N1

FR9 FP 100

125

150

—

100

125

144

170

125

150

—

200

125

144

170

208

SPX100A2-5A4N1

SPX125A2-5A4N1

SPX150A2-5A4N1

SPX175A2-5A4N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 FP 200

250

300

208

261

325

250

300

400

261

325

385

SPX200A2-5A4N1

SPX250A2-5A4N1

SPX300A2-5A4N1

Frame

Size 

Delivery

Code

hp (IH) Current

(IH)

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 FP 200

250

300

208

261

325

250

300

400

261

325

385

SPX200A0-5A2N1

SPX250A0-5A2N1

SPX300A0-5A2N1

FR11 FP 400

450

500

385

460

502

450

500

—

460

502

590

SPX400A0-5A2N1

SPX450A0-5A2N1

SPX500A0-5A2N1

FR12 FP —

600

700

590

650

750

600

700

800

650

750

820

SPX550A0-5A2N1

SPX600A0-5A2N1

SPX700A0-5A2N1

FR13 FP 800

900

1000

820

920

1030

900

1000

1250

920

1030

1180

SPX800A0-5A2N1

SPX900A0-5A2N1

SPXH10A0-5A2N1

FR14 FP 1350

1500

2000

1300

1500

1900

1500

2000

2300

1500

1900

2250

SPXH13A0-5A2N1

SPXH15A0-5A2N1

SPXH20A0-5A2N1

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-139

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Series Option Board Kits

The 9000X Series drives can accom-

modate a wide selection of expander

and adapter option boards to custom-

ize the drive for your application

needs. The drive’s control unit is

designed to accept a total of ﬁve

option boards (see Figure 40-65).

The 9000X Series factory installed

standard board conﬁguration includes

an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay output

board, which are installed in slots A

and B.

Figure 40-65. 9000X Series Option Boards

Table 40-213. Option Board Kits

Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in Bold is the preferred location.

AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output

OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

ABCDE

Option Kit

Description 

Allowed

Slot

Locations



Field Installed Factory Installed SVX Ready Programs

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S.$

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S.$

Basic Local/

Remote

Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC

Standard I/O Cards (See Figure 40-65)

2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10V DC ref,

2 ext +24V DC/ EXT +24V DC

AOPTA9 — X X X XXXX

Extended I/O Card Options

2 RO, Therm B OPTA3 A3 —X X XXXX

Encoder low volt +5V/15V24V C OPTA4 A4 —X X XXXX

Encoder high volt +15V/24V C OPTA5 A5 —X X XXXX

Double encoder — SPX Only C OPTA7 A7 X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 —X X XXXX

3 DI (Encoder 10 – 24V), Out +15V/+24V,

2 DO (pulse+direction) — SPX Only

COPTAE AE X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 —— — ——XX

1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 —— — ——XX

1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 —X X XXXX

3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 —— — ——XX

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — ————

1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42 – 240V AC Input B,C, D, E OPTB9 B9 —— — ——XX

SPI, Absolute Encoder C OPTBB BB — — — ————

Communication Cards 

Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 X X X XXXX

Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — ————

Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI X X X XXXX

BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ X X X XXXX

Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK X X X XXXX

Proﬁbus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 X X X XXXX

LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 X X X XXXX

Proﬁbus DP (D9 Connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 X X X XXXX

CanOpen (Slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 X X X XXXX

DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 X X X XXXX

Modbus (D9 Type Connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 X X X XXXX

Adapter — SPX Only D, E OPTD1 D1 X X X XXXX

Adapter — SPX Only D, E OPTD2 D2 X X X XXXX

RS-232 with D9 Connection D, E OPTD3 D3 X X X XXXX

Keypad

9000X Series Local/ Remote Keypad

(Replacement Keypad)

—KEYPAD-

LOC/

REM

——— — ———X

9000X Series Remote Mount Keypad Unit

(Keypad not included, includes 10 ft. cable,

keypad holder, mounting hardware)

—OPTRMT-

KIT-

9000X

—— — — ————

9000X Series RS-232 Cable, 13 ft. — PP00104 — — — — ————

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-140

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Network

Communications

The OPTC2 ﬁeldbus board provides

communication between the 9000X

Drive and a Johnson Controls

Metasys™ N2 network. With this con-

nection, the drive can be controlled,

monitored and programmed from the

Metasys system. The N2 ﬁeldbus is

available as a factory installed option

and as a ﬁeld installable kit.

Modbus/TCP Network Communications

The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

to Ethernet networks utilizing Modbus

protocol. It includes an RJ-45 plugga-

ble connector. This interface provides

a selection of standard and custom

drive parameters. The board supports

10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communica-

tion speeds. The IP address of the

board is conﬁgurable over Ethernet

using a supplied software tool.

BACnet Network Communications

The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

to BACnet networks. It includes a

5.08 mm pluggable connector. Data

transfer is Master-Slave/Token

Passing (MS/TP) RS-485. This interface

uses a collection of 30 Binary Value

Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value

Objects (AVOs) to communicate drive

parameters. The card supports 9.6,

19.2 and 38.4 Kbaud communication

speeds and supports network

addresses 1 – 127.

Ethernet/IP Network Communications

The Ethernet/IP Network Card OPTCK

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol net-

works. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable

connector. The interface uses CIP

objects to communicate drive parame-

ters (CIP is “Common Industrial Proto-

col”, the same protocol used by

DeviceNet). The board supports 10

Mbps and 100 Mbps communication

speeds. The IP address of the board is

conﬁgurable by Static, BOOTP and

DHCP methods.

Modbus RTU Network Communications

The Modbus Network Card OPTC2 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive

as a slave on a Modbus network. The

interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB

connector (female) and the baud rate

ranges from 300 to 19200 baud. Other

communication parameters include an

address range from 1 to 247; a parity

of None, Odd or Even; and the stop

bit is 1.

Proﬁbus Network Communications

The Proﬁbus Network Card OPTC3 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive as

a slave on a Proﬁbus-DP network. The

interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB

connector (female). The baud rates

range from 9.6K baud to 12M baud,

and the addresses range from 1 to 127.

LonWorks Network Communications

The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive

on a LonWorks network. This interface

uses Standard Network Variable Types

(SNVT) as data types. The channel

connection is achieved using a

FTT-10A Free Topology transceiver

via a single twisted transfer cable. The

communication speed with LonWorks

is 78 kBits/s.

CanOpen (Slave) Communications

The CanOpen (Slave) Network Card

OPTC6 is used for connecting the

9000X Drive to a host system. Accord-

ing to ISO11898 standard cables to be

chosen for CAN bus should have a

nominal impedance of 120Ω, and

speciﬁc line delay of nominal 5 nS/m.

120Ω line termination resistors

required for installation.

DeviceNet Network Communications

The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7

is used for connecting the 9000X Drive

on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a

5.08 mm pluggable connector. Trans-

fer method is via CAN using a 2-wire

twisted shielded cable with 2-wire bus

power cable and drain. The baud rates

used for communication include 125K

baud, 250K baud and 500K baud.

Options

Control Panel Options

Table 40-214. Control Panel Factory Options

Description Factory Installed Field Installed

NEMA Type 1

Option

Code

Adder

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Local/Remote Keypad SVX9000 Control Panel — This option is standard on all drives and con-

sists of an RS-232 connection, backlit alphanumeric LCD display with nine indicators for the RUN

status and two indicators for the control source. The nine pushbuttons on the panel are used for

panel programming and monitoring of all SPX9000 parameters. The panel is detachable and iso-

lated from the input line potential. Include LOC/REM key to choose control location.

A KEYPAD-LOC/REM

Keypad Remote Mounting Kit — This option is used to remote mount the SPX9000 keypad. The

footprint is compatible to the SV9000 remote mount kit. Includes 10 ft. cable, keypad holder and

mounting hardware.

— OPTRMT-KIT-9000X

Keypad Blank — 9000X Series select keypad for use with special and custom applications. — KEYPAD-BLANK

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-141

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Table 40-215. Miscellaneous Options

Consult factory.

Brake Chopper Options

The Brake Chopper Circuit option is

used for applications that require

dynamic braking. Dynamic Braking

resistors not included with drive pur-

chase. Consult the factory for dynamic

braking resistors which are supplied

separately. Resistors not UL Listed.

Table 40-216. Brake Chopper Circuit Adder —

NEMA Type 1, NEMA Type 12, Chassis

Note: Delivery code is FP.

Description Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

9000XDrive — A PC-based tool for controlling and monitoring of the SPX9000. Features include: loading parameters that

can be saved to a ﬁle or printed, setting references, starting and stopping the motor, monitoring signals in graphical or text

form, and real-time display. To avoid damage to the drive or computer, SVDrivecable must be used.

9000XDRIVE

SVDrivecable — 6 ft. (1.8m) RS-232 cable (22 gauge) with a 7-pin connector on each end. Should be used in conjunction

with the 9000X Drive option to avoid damage to the SPX9000 or computer. The same cable can be used for downloading

specialized applications to the drive.

SVDRIVECABLE

External Dynamic Braking Resistors — Used with the Dynamic Braking Chopper Circuit to absorb motor regenerative energy

for stopping the load and to dissipate the energy ﬂowing back into the drive. Resistors are separated into Standard Duty and

Heavy-Duty. Standard Duty is deﬁned as 20% duty or less with 100% braking torque, while Heavy-Duty is deﬁned as 50%

duty or less with 150% braking torque. Consult factory.



(IH)

Adder U.S. $

208 –

240V

380 –

500V

525 –

690V

5vt

5ct

7-1/2vt

7-1/2ct

100

125

150

200vt

200ct

250

300

350

400

(IH)

Adder U.S. $

208 –

240V

380 –

500V

525 –

690V

450

500

550

600vt

600ct

700vt

700ct

800

900

1000

1200

1350

1500

1600

1900

2000

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-142

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Table 40-217. Conformal (Varnished) Coating

Adder — 208 – 240V, 380 – 500V, 525 – 690V

(See Catalog Number Description to order.)

Table 40-218. Conformal Coated Board Kits 

See Option Catalog Numbers on Page 40-

139.

Construct Catalog Numbers for factory

installed per Table 40-200 on Page 40-134.

Replace “__” with the correct Catalog

Number from Page 40-139. Example: OPTC2V.

Frame Delivery

Code

Adder

U.S. $

FR4

FR5

FR6

FR7

FR8

FR9

FR10

FR11

FR12

FR13

FR14

Field Installed Factory Installed

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S. $

OPT_V 

Accessories

Demo Drive and Power Supply

Table 40-219. Demo Drive and Power Supply

NEMA Type 12 Conversion Kit

The NEMA Type 12 kit option is used to convert a NEMA Type 1 to a NEMA Type

12 drive. The NEMA Type 12 Kit consists of a metal drive shroud, fan kit for some

frames, adaptor plate and plugs.

Table 40-220. NEMA Type 12 Conversion Kit

Flange Kits

Flange Kit Type 12

The ﬂange kit is utilized when the

power section is mounted through the

back panel of an enclosure. Includes

ﬂange mount brackets and NEMA

Type 12 fan components. Metal shroud

not included.

Table 40-221. Flange Kit Type 12 —

Frames 4, 5 and 6 

For installation of an SPX9000 NEMA Type 1

drive into a NEMA Type 12 oversized

enclosure.

Flange Kit Type 1

Flange kits for NEMA 1 enclosure drive

rating determined by rating of drive.

Table 40-222. Flange Kit Type 1 —

Frames 4 – 9 

For installation of an SPX9000 NEMA Type 1

drive into a NEMA Type 1 oversized

enclosure.

Flange Kit Type 12

Flange kits for NEMA 12 enclosure

drive rating determined by rating of

drive.

Table 40-223. Flange Kit Type 12 —

Frames 4 – 9 

For installation of an SPX9000 NEMA Type

12 drive into a NEMA Type 12 oversized

enclosure.

Description Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

9000X Drive Demo

9000XDEMO

Hand Held 24V Auxiliary Power Supply — used to supply power to the

control module in order to perform keypad programming before the

drive is connected to line voltage

9000XAUX24V

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Approximate

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Approximate

Weight in Lb. (kg)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Length Width Height Weight

FR4

FR5

FR6

13 (330)

16 (406)

21 (533)

7 (178)

8 (203)

10 (254)

4 (102)

7 (178)

5 (127)

4 (1.8)

5 (2.3)

7 (3.2)

OPTN12FR4

OPTN12FR5

OPTN12FR6

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4

FR5

FR6

OPTTHRFR4

OPTTHRFR5

OPTTHRFR6

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4

FR5

FR6

OPTTHR4

OPTTHR5

OPTTHR6

FR7

FR8

FR9

OPTTHR7

OPTTHR8

OPTTHR9

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4

FR5

FR6

OPTTHR4

OPTTHR5

OPTTHR6

FR7

FR8

FR9

OPTTHR7

OPTTHR8

OPTTHR9

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-143

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Control/Communication Option Descriptions

Table 40-224. Available Control/Communications Options

SPX Freestanding Options

Table 40-225. 480V and 690V Control Options

Table 40-226. 480V and 690V Light Options Table 40-227. Input Options

Applicable with FR10 and FR11 Freestanding

designs only.

Option Description Option

Type

K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch — Provides the SPX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust

the speed reference from door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive

will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position.

When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and 4 – 20 mA signal.

Control

K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-bypass Conﬁgurations — Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to

select either a Hand or Auto mode of operation. Hand mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and Auto mode is defaulted to

control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be conﬁgured via programming to allow for alternate

combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and FieldBus.

Control

KB 115V Control Transformer – 550 VA — Provides a fused control power transformer with additional 550 VA at 115V for customer use. Control

L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights — Provides a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault

light indicates a drive fault has occurred.

Light

P2 Disconnect Switch — Disconnect switch option is applicable only with NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Freestanding drives.

Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the SPX9000 from the line, and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the

OFF position. This is factory-mounted in the enclosure.

Input

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Door-Mounted

Speed Potentiometer

with HOA Selector Switch

HAND/OFF/AUTO

Switch (22 mm)

115 Volt Control

Transformer

550 VA

K2 K4 KB

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

200 – 550

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Power On/

Fault Pilot

Lights

hp Adder

U.S. $

200 – 550

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Disconnect Switch

P2 

hp Adder

U.S. $

200

250

300

350

400

500

550

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-144

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Dimensions

Figure 40-66. NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 SPX9000 Drive Dimensions, FR4, FR5 and FR6

Table 40-228. SPX9000 Drive Dimensions

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs.

(kg)

Knockouts @ Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 W3 R1 dia. R2 dia. N1 (O.D.)

FR4 230V 3/4 – 3 12.9

(327)

12.3

(313)

11.5

(292)

7.5

(190)

3.0

(77)

5.0

(126)

5.0

(128)

3.9

(100)

— .5

(13)

(7)

11.0

(5)

3 @ 1.1

(28)

480V 1 – 5

FR5 230V 5 – 7-1/2 16.5

(419)

16.0

(406)

15.3

(389)

8.4

(214)

3.9

(100)

5.8

(148)

5.7

(144)

3.9

(100)

— .5

(13)

(7)

17.9

(8)

2 @ 1.5

(37)

1 @ 1.1

(28)

480V 7-1/2 – 15

FR6 230V 10 – 15 22.0

(558)

21.3

(541)

20.4

(519)

9.3

(237)

4.2

(105)

6.5

(165)

7.6

(195)

5.8

(148)

—.6

(15.5)

(9)

40.8

(19)

3 @ 1.5

(37)

480V 20 – 30

575V 2 – 25

EATON

D1 W2

H3 H2

Knockouts

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-145

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-67. SPX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6

Table 40-229. Dimensions for SPX9000, FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit

Table 40-230. Dimensions for the Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6

Flange Opening

FR4 to FR6

Dia. A

W3W4

Dia. B

H6 H9H8

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia. A

FR4 5.0

(128)

4.5

(113)

13.3

(337)

12.8

(325)

12.9

(327)

1.2

(30)

(22)

7.5

(190)

3.0

(77)

(7)

FR5 5.6

(143)

4.7

(120)

17.0

(434)

16.5

(420)

16.5

(419)

1.4

(36)

(18)

8.4

(214)

3.9

(100)

(7)

FR6 7.7

(195)

6.7

(170)

22.0

(560)

21.6

(549)

22.0

(558)

1.2

(30)

(20)

9.3

(237)

4.2

(106)

(7)

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B

FR4 4.8

(123)

4.5

(113)

— 12.4

(315)

12.8

(325)

—.2

(5)

(7)

FR5 5.3

(135)

4.7

(120)

— 16.2

(410)

16.5

(420)

—.2

(5)

(7)

FR6 7.3

(185)

6.7

(170)

6.2

(157)

21.2

(539)

21.6

(549)

(7)

(5)

(7)

June 2008

40-146

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-68. SPX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12, FR7

Table 40-231. SPX9000 Drive Dimensions, FR7

Knockouts

R2 R2R1

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Knockouts @ Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 dia. R2 dia. N1 (O.D.)

FR7 230V 20 – 30 24.8

(630)

24.2

(614)

23.2

(590)

10.1

(257)

3.0

(77)

7.3

(184)

9.3

(237)

7.5

(190)

(18)

(9)

77.2

(35)

3 @ 1.5 (37)

480V 40 – 60

575V 30 – 40

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-147

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-69. SPX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12, FR8

Table 40-232. SPX9000 Drive Dimensions, FR8

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

D1 H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 R1 dia. R2 dia.

FR8 230V 40 – 60 13.5 (344) 30.1 (764) 28.8 (732) 28.4 (721) 11.5 (291) 10 (255) .7 (18) .4 (9) 127 (58)

480V 75 – 125

575V 50 – 75

June 2008

40-148

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-70. SPX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8

Table 40-233. Dimensions for SPX9000, FR7 and FR8 with Flange Kit

Table 40-234. Dimensions for the Flange Opening, FR7/FR8

H9H12

H13

H11H10

H5 Dia. A

Dia. B

H4H4H6

W6W5 W7

Flange Opening

FR7/FR8

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 Dia. A

FR7 9.3

(237)

6.8

(175)

10.6

(270)

10.0

(253)

25.6

(652)

24.8

(632)

24.8

(630)

7.4

(189)

7.4

(189)

(23)

(20)

10.1

(257)

4.6

(117)

(6)

FR8 11.2

(285)

— 14.0

(355)

13.0

(330)

32.8

(832)

— 29.3

(745)

10.2

(258)

10.4

(265)

1.7

(43)

2.2

(57)

13.5

(344)

4.3

(110)

(9)

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 Dia. B

FR7 9.2

(233)

6.9

(175)

10.0

(253)

24.4

(619)

7.4

(189)

7.4

(189)

1.4

(35)

1.3

(32)

1.0

(25)

(6)

FR8 11.9

(301)

— 13.0

(330)

31.9

(810)

10.2

(258)

10.4

(265)

— — 1.3

(33)

(9)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-149

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-71. SPX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12, FR9

Table 40-235. SPX9000 Drive Dimensions, FR9

R2 R1

W2 W1

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 W1 W2 R1 dia. R2 dia.

FR9 230V 75 – 100 45.3

(1150)

44.1

(1120)

42.4

(1076)

13.4

(340)

14.3

(362)

18.9

(480)

15.7

(400)

(20)

(9)

322

(146)

480V 150 – 200

575V 100 – 175

June 2008

40-150

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-72. SPX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9

Table 40-236. Dimensions for SPX9000, FR9

Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered.

Dia.

B- B+ /R+ R-

W5 W1

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 D1 D2 D3 Dia.

FR9 18.9

(480)

15.7

(400)

6.5

(165)

(9)

2.1

(54)

45.3

(1150)

44.1

(1120)

28.3

(721)

8.0

(205)

(16)

7.4

(188)

14.2

(361.5)

13.4

(340)

11.2

(285)

(21)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-151

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-73. SPX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9 with Flange Kit

Table 40-237. Dimensions for SPX9000, FR9 with Flange Kit

.20 (5)

Dia.

H3 H3 H3 H5H5

H6 H1

Flange Opening

FR9

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia.

FR9 20.9

(530)

20.0

(510)

19.1

(485)

7.9

(200)

(5.5)

51.7

(1312)

45.3

(1150)

16.5

(420)

3.9

(100)

1.4

(35)

(9)

(2)

24.9

(362)

13.4

(340)

4.3

(109)

(21)

June 2008

40-152

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-74. SPX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR10 Freestanding Drive

Table 40-238. Dimensions for SPX9000, FR10 Freestanding Drive

Dia. 3

Dia. 2

Dia. 1

W4 W4

D3 D6 D7

W3 W3 W3 W3

W1 D1

Operator

(Shown with

Optional

Disconnect)

Frame

Size

Volt. hp

(IH)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Wt.

Lbs.

(kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3

FR10 480V 250 –

350

23.43

(595)

2.46

(62.5)

4.53

(115)

.79

(20)

5.95

(151)

2.95

(75)

3.11

(79)

79.45

(2018)

74.80

(1900)

20.18

(512.5)

23.70

(602)

17.44

(443)

19.02

(483)

.47

(12)

11.22

(285)

17.60

(447)

20.08

(510)

.83

(21)

1.89

(48)

.43

(11)

857

(389)

690V 200 –

300

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-153

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-75. SPX9000 Dimensions, FR10 Open Chassis

Table 40-239. Dimensions for SPX9000, FR10 Open Chassis

Note: SPX9000 FR12 is built of two FR10 modules. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions.

H7 H6

D4 D2 D1

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 D4

FR10 480V 250 – 350 19.7

(500)

16.7

(425)

1.2

(30)

2.6

(67)

12.8

(325)

45.9

(1165)

44.1

(1121)

34.6

(879)

33.5

(850)

(17)

24.7

(627)

10.8

(275)

19.9

(506)

17.9

(455)

16.7

(423)

16.6

(421)

518

(235)

575V 200 – 300

June 2008

40-154

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-76. SPX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive

Table 40-240. Dimensions for SPX9000, NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive

W1 D1

Dia. 3

Dia. 1 Dia. 2

W3 W3 W3 W3

W7W7 W6W6W6W6

Operator

(Shown with

Optional

Disconnect)

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3

FR11 480V 400 – 550 31.26

(794)

2.40

(61)

6.50

(165)

.79

(20)

3.43

(87)

2.95

(75)

2.52

(64)

1.18

(30)

79.45

(2018)

74.80

(1900)

20.18

(512.5)

23.70

(602)

11.22

(285)

19.09

(485)

.47

(12)

17.60

(447)

.83

(21)

1.89

(48)

.35 x .43

(9 x 11)

526

(239)

690V 400 – 500

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-155

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-77. SPX9000 Dimensions, FR11 Open Chassis

Table 40-241. Dimensions for SPX9000, FR11 Open Chassis

Shown without

terminal cover

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IH) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 D1 D2

FR11 480V 400 – 550 27.9

(709)

8.6

(225)

2.6

(67)

45.5

(1155)

33.5

(850)

19.8

(503)

18.4

(468)

833

(378)

575V 400 – 500

June 2008

40-156

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-78. SPX9000 Dimensions, FR13 Open Chassis Inverter

Table 40-242. Dimensions for SPX9000, FR13 Open Chassis Inverter

Note: 9000X FR14 is built of two FR13 modules. Please refer to SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions.

Note: FR13 is built from an inverter module and a converter module. Please refer to the SPX9000 installation manual for mounting instructions.

W4 W4 W4 W4 W4

Dia. 1 D1 D2 W1

W2W2W2W2

W5 W5 W5

Dia. 3

Dia. 3 D4

H4H1

D5 D6

Dia. 2

Dia. 4

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 Dia.

Dia.

FR13 27.87

(708)

5.91

(150)

26.65

(677)

4.57

(116)

3.35

(85)

41.54

(1055)

2.46

(62.5)

39.86

(1012.5)

41.34

(1050)

.79

(20)

21.77

(553)

.51

(13)

.63

(16)

1.97

(50)

1.06

(27)

1.57

(40)

5.91

(150)

9.64

(244.8)

.35x.59

(9x15)

.18

(4.6)

.51

(13)

.37

(9.5)

683

(310)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-157

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-79. SPX9000 Dimensions, FR13 Open Chassis Converter

Table 40-243. FR13 — Number of Input Units

Table 40-244. Dimensions for SPX9000, FR13 Open Chassis Converter

Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4

D3 W5

D4 D5

D1 D2

Dia. 2

W3 Dia. 3

480V hp Input Modules 690V hp Input Modules

SPX800A0-4A2N1 800 2 SPX800A0-5A2N1

SPX900A0-5A2N1

SPXH10A0-5A2N1

800

900

1000

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3

FR13 18.74

(476)

5.91

(150)

17.52

(445)

4.57

(116)

3.35

(85)

41.54

(1055)

2.46

(62.5)

39.86

(1012.5)

41.34

(1050)

.69

(17.5)

14.69

(373)

.51

(13)

.73

(18.5)

6.42

(163)

2.56

(65)

1.06

(27)

1.57

(40)

5.91

(150)

5.24

(133)

.35x.59

(9x15)

.51

(13)

.37

(9.5)

295

(134)

June 2008

40-158

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-80. SPX9000 Dimensions, FR13 Open Chassis Converter — 900/1000 hp 480V

Table 40-245. FR13 — Number of Input Units

Table 40-246. Dimensions for SPX9000, FR13 Open Chassis Converter — 900/1000 hp 480V

Dia. 1 W4 W4 W4 W4 W4

D3 W5 W5

D4 D5

W2 W2

D1 D2

Dia. 2

Dia. 3

H1 H4

W3 Dia. 4

480V hp Input Modules

SPX900A0-4A2N1

SPXH10A0-4A2N1

900

1000

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 Dia.

Dia.

FR13 27.87

(708)

5.91

(150)

26.65

(677)

4.57

(116)

3.35

(85)

41.54

(1055)

2.46

(62.5)

39.86

(1012.5)

41.34

(1050)

.69

(17.5)

14.69

(373)

.51

(13)

.73

(18.5)

6.42

(163)

2.56

(65)

1.06

(27)

1.57

(40)

5.91

(150)

5.24

(133)

.35x.59

(9x15)

.18

(4.6)

.51

(13)

.37

(9.5)

443

(201)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-159

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Table 40-247. Choke Types

Chokes are provided with all FR10 – FR14 drives.

Figure 40-81. Dimensions of AC Choke CHK0520 in Inches (mm)

Catalog

Number

Frame

Size

Choke

Type 

Voltage Range 380 – 500V

SPX 250 4

SPX 300 4

SPX 350 4

FR10

CHK0400

CHK0520

SPX 400 4

SPX 500 4

SPX 550 4

FR11

2 x CHK0400

SPX 600 4

SPX 650 4

SPX 700 4

FR12

2 x CHK0520

SPX 800 4

SPX 900 4

SPX H10 4

FR13

2 x CHK0400

3 x CHK0520

SPX H12 4

SPX H16 4

FR14

4 x CHK0520

6 x CHK0400

Voltage Range 525 – 690V

SPX 200 5

SPX 250 5

SPX 300 5

FR10

CHK0261

CHK0400

SPX 400 5

SPX 450 5

SPX 500 5

FR11

CHK0520

2 x CHK0400

SPX 550 5

SPX 600 5

SPX 700 5

FR12

2 x CHK0400

SPX 800 5

SPX 900 5

SPX H10 5

FR13

2 x CHK0400

SPX H13 5

SPX H15 5

FR14

4 x CHK0400

6 x CHK0400

1.58

(40)

7.88

(200)

6.50

(165)

6.50

(165)

19.57

(497)

.79

(20) 15.71

(399)

17.57

(446)

.79

(20)

.24

(6)

3.03

(77)

.83

(21)

.55 (14)9.61 (244)

8.03 (204)

1.69

(43)

5.70

(145)

June 2008

40-160

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Figure 40-82. Dimensions of AC Choke CHK0400 in Inches (mm)

Figure 40-83. Dimensions of AC Choke CHK0261 in Inches (mm)

111

10.30 (262)

9.37 (238)

1.54

(39)

1.18

(30)

5.90

(150)

13.79 (350)

4.72

(120)

4.72

(120)

10.83 (275)

.59

(15)

5.51

(140)

13.94

(354)

15.08

(383)

16.58

(421)

2.64

(67)

.75

(19)

.24

(6)

.59

(15)

13.79 (350)

4.72

(120)

4.72

(120)

.24

(6)

1.18

(30)

5.90

(150)

10.83 (275)

.59

(15)

11.30

(287)

12.56

(319)

14.06

(357)

.59

(15)

.39

(10)

.87

(22)

.75 (19)

Min.

9.06 (230)

8.11 (206)

1.54

(39)

4.25

(108)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-161

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Spare Units & Replacement Parts

Table 40-248. 9000X Spare Units – SPX9000, 208 – 690V, Frames 4 – 12

Table 40-249. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — SPX9000 Drives, 208 – 240V

IL only; has no corresponding IH rated hp rating.

PP00061 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

Description Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Control Unit – Includes the control board, blue base housing, installed SPX9000 software program and blue

ﬂip cover. Does not include any OPT boards or keypad. See Figure 40-65 and Table 40-213 (Page 40-139) for

standard and option boards and keypad.

CPBS0000000000

Frame: 4 5 6 7 8 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 35

5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60

Control Board

111 111 11 11111111W VB00561

Power Boards

1 FB VB00308-0004-2

1 FB VB00308-0007-2

1 FB VB00308-0008-2

1 FB VB00310-0011-2

1 FB VB00310-0012-2

1 FB VB00313-0017-2

1 FB VB00313-0025-2

1 FB VB00313-0031-2

1 FB VB00316-0048-2

1 FB VB00316-0061-2

1 FB VB00319-0075-2

1 FB VB00319-0088-2

1 FB VB00319-0114-2

1 FB VB00322-0140-2

1FBVB00322-0170-2

1FB VB00322-0205-2

Electrolytic Capacitors

222 WPP01000

22 WPP01001

22 WPP01002

2 W PP01003

22 WPP01004

22244 W PP01005

4W PP01099

Cooling Fans

111 11 WPP01060

111 WPP01061

11 WPP01062

111 WPP01063

111FC PP01123 

111 11 WPP01086

11111 FC PP01088

111 WPP01049

122FC CP01180

111FC PP08037

IGBT Modules

11 WCP01304

1 W CP01305

111 WCP01306

1 W CP01307

1 W CP01308

1 W PP01022

1 W PP01023

1 W PP01024

1 W PP01025

1 W PP01029

1 W PP01026

11W PP01027

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-162

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Table 40-249. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — SPX9000 Drives, 208 – 240V (Continued)

5 hp IL only; has no corresponding IH rated hp rating.

Table 40-250. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR4 – FR9 SPX9000 Drives, 380 – 500V

IL only; has no corresponding IH rated hp rating.

PP00061 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

PP00011 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

For FR9 NEMA Type 12 you need two PP01068 internal fans.

Frame: 4 5 6 7 8 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 35

5 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60

Choppers/Rectiﬁers

1 W CP01367

1 W CP01368

Diode/Thyristor Modules

333 WPP01035

333W CP01268

Rectifying Boards

111 WVB00242

111W VB00227

Frame: 4 5 6 7 8 9 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 1 1-1/2 2 357-1/2 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200

Control Board

11 1111 1 1111111111111W VB00252

Power Boards

1 FB VB00208-0003-5

1FB VB00208-0004-5

1 FB VB00208-0005-5

1 FB VB00208-0007-5

1 FB VB00208-0009-5

1 FB VB00210-0012-5

1 FB VB00213-0016-5

1 FB VB00213-0022-5

1 FB VB00213-0031-5

1 FB VB00216-0038-5

1 FB VB00216-0045-5

1 FB VB00216-0061-5

1 FB VB00219-0072-5

1 FB VB00219-0087-5

1 FB VB00219-0105-5

1 FB VB00236-0140-5

1 FB VB00236-0168-5

1 FB VB00236-0205-5

Electrolytic Capacitors

22 22 WPP01000

22 WPP01001

22 WPP01002

2 W PP01003

222 WPP01004

22244488W PP01005

Cooling Fans

11 1111 WPP01060

111 WPP01061

111 WPP01062

111 WPP01063

11 1 FC PP01123 

11FC PP01080 

11 1111 WPP01086

111 FC PP01088

111111 WPP01049

11 1 FC CP01180

1 2W PP01068

11FC PP09051

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-163

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Table 40-250. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR4 – FR9 SPX9000 Drives, 380 – 500V (Continued)

IL only; has no corresponding IH rated hp rating.

See Table 40-254 for details.

Frame: 4 5 6 7 8 9 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 1 1-1/2 2 357-1/2 7-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200

IGBT Modules

11 1 W

CP01304

11 W

CP01305

11 W

CP01306

1 W

CP01307

1 W

CP01308

11 W

PP01022

1 W

PP01023

1 W

PP01024

1 W

PP01025

1 W

PP01029

1 W

PP01026

11 W

PP01027

Chopper/Rectiﬁers

11 W

CP01367

1 W

CP01368

Diode/Thyristor Modules

333 W

PP01035

33 3 W

CP01268

33W

PP01037

Rectifying Boards

111 W

VB00242

11 1 W

VB00227

11W

VB00459

Rectifying Module Sub-assembly

11W

FR09810

Power Module Sub-assemblies

1 W

FR09-150-4-ANS



FR09-200-4-ANS



Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-164

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Table 40-251. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR10 – FR12 SPX9000 Drives, 380 – 500V

Rectifying board not included.

See Table 40-254 for details.

PP00060 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

Frame: 10 11 12 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 250 300 350 400 500 550 600 650 700

Control Board

111111111WVB00561

Shunt Boards

6 FC VB00537

6 FC VB00497

6 12 12 12 FC VB00498

9 FC VB00538

9 FC VB00513

9 FC VB00514

Driver Boards

333 FC VB00489

111 222FCVB00487

Driver Adapter Board

111 222FCVB00330

ASIC Board

111111222FCVB00451

Feedback Interface Board

222FCVB00448

Star Coupler Board

111FCVB00336

Power Modules

111222222FCFR10820 

222 FC FR10828

1FC FR10-250-4-ANS 

1 FC FR10-300-4-ANS 

1222FCFR10-350-4-ANS 

3 FC FR11-400-4-ANS 

3 FC FR11-500-4-ANS 

3 FC FR11-550-4-ANS 

Electrolytic Capacitors

222333444FCPP00060

12 12 12 18 18 18 24 24 24 FC PP01005

Fuses

111111222FCPP01094

222222444FCPP01095

Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers

222333444FCVB00299

222333444FCPP01080 

222 444FCPP01068

111111222FCPP01096

111 222FCFR10844

111333222FCFR10845

111 222FCFR10846

111333222FCFR10847

Rectifying Board

111222222FCVB00459

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-165

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Table 40-252. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR6 – FR9 SPX9000 Drives, 525 – 690V

IL only; has no corresponding IH rated hp rating.

See Table 40-254 for details.

For NEMA Type 12, two PP01068 internal fans are needed.

Frame: 6 7 8 9 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 235 57-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 

Control Board

111 11 111111 111 W VB00561

Driver Board

1 FB VB00404-0004-6

1 FB VB00404-0005-6

1 FB VB00404-0007-6

1 FB VB00404-0010-6

1 FB VB00404-0013-6

1 FB VB00404-0018-6

1 FB VB00404-0022-6

1 FB VB00404-0027-6

1 FB VB00404-0034-6

Power Boards

111 11 1111 FB VB00414

1 FB VB00419-0041-6

1 FB VB00419-0052-6

1 FB VB00422-0062-6

1 FB VB00422-0080-6

1 FB VB00422-0100-6

Power Modules

1 FC FR09-100-5-ANS 

1 FC FR09-125-5-ANS 

1FCFR09-150-5-ANS 

1FCFR09-175-5-ANS 

Electrolytic Capacitors

222 22 2222 FC PP01093

2244 8888 FC PP01041

4 FC PP01040

Fuses

1111111 W PP01094

2222222 W PP01095

Cooling Fans

111 1 1 WPP01061

1111 WPP01062

11 WPP01063

111 FC PP01123

111 11 111111 WPP01049

111 FC CP01180

1111

WPP01068

1111 FC PP01080

Fan Power Supply

111 FC VB00299

IGBT Modules

333 33 3333 FC PP01091

11 FC PP01089

111 FC PP01127

IGBT/Diode (Brake)

111 11 1111112222222 FC PP01040

Diode Module

111 11 1111 FC PP01092

Diode/Thyristor Modules

33 FC PP01071

3333 FC PP01072

Rectifying Boards

11 FC VB00442

1111 FC VB00460

Rectifying Module Sub-assemblies

111 W FR09810

111 FC FR09811

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-166

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPX9000

Table 40-253. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR10 – FR12 SPX9000 Drives, 525 – 690V

Rectifying board not included.

See Table 40-254 for details.

PP00060 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

Table 40-254. Power Module Catalog Number Matrix

Frame: 10 11 12 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (IH): 200 250 300 400 450 500 550 600 700

Component Boards

111111111WVB00561

111111222FCVB00451

6FC VB00545

6 FC VB00510

6 12 12 12 FC VB00511

111 222FCVB00330

111 222FCVB00487

333 FC VB00489

9 FC VB00546

9 FC VB00547

9 FC VB00512

222FCVB00448

111FCVB00336

Power Modules

111222222FCFR10821 

222 FC FR10829

1FC FR10-200-5-ANS 

1 FC FR10-250-5-ANS 

1222FCFR10-300-5-ANS 

3 FC FR11-400-5-ANS 

3 FC FR11-450-5-ANS 

3 FC FR11-500-5-ANS 

Electrolytic Capacitors

222333444FCPP00060

12 12 12 18 18 18 24 24 24 FC PP01099

Fuses

111111222FCPP01094

222222444FCPP01095

Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers

222333444FCVB00299

222333444FCPP01080 

222 444FCPP01068

111111222FCPP01096

111 222FCFR10844

111333222FCFR10845

111 222FCFR10846

111333222FCFR10847

Fan Power Supply

111FCVB00299

Rectifying Boards

111222222FCVB00460

F R 1 0 – 0 0 0 –4–AN S

Cooling Type

A = Air

Varnishing

S = Standard V = Varnished

Brake Option

N = No Brake Chopper

B = Brake Chopper

Frame Code

Horsepower

Example: 150 = 150 hp

(See Table 40-200 on Page 40-134.)

Voltage

4 = 380 – 500V

5 = 525 – 690V

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-167

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Contents

Description Page

HVX9000 Open Drives

Product Description . . . . . 40-167

Features and Beneﬁts . . . . 40-167

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . 40-168

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-169

Product Selection . . . . . . . 40-170

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-173

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-175

Replacement Parts . . . . . . 40-189

Product Description

Cutler-Hammer® HVX9000 Series

Adjustable Frequency Drives by

Eaton’s electrical business are the

next generation of drives speciﬁcally

engineered for HVAC, pump and ﬂuid

control applications. The power unit

makes use of the most sophisticated

semiconductor technology and a

highly modular construction that can

be ﬂexibly adapted to the customer’s

needs.

The input and output conﬁguration

(I/O) is designed with modularity in

mind. The I/O is compromised of

option cards, each with its own input

and output conﬁguration. The control

module is designed to accept a total of

ﬁve of these cards. The cards contain

not only normal analog and digital

inputs but also ﬁeldbus cards.

These drives continue the tradition of

robust performance, and raise the bar

on features and functionality, ensuring

the best solution at the right price.

Features and Beneﬁts

■Robust design — proven 500,000

hours MTBF

■Integrated 3% line reactors standard

on drives from FR4 through FR9

■EMI/RFI Filters standard on all drives

from FR4 through FR9

■HAND/OFF/AUTO and DRIVE/

BYPASS selector on keypad

simpliﬁes control

■Additional I/O and communication

cards provide plug and play

functionality

■Copy/Paste function allows transfer

of parameter settings from one

drive to the next

■Keypad can display up to three moni-

tored parameters simultaneously

■Hand-held Auxiliary Power Supply

allows programming/monitoring of

control module without applying

power to the drive

■NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12

enclosures available

■Standard NEMA Type 12 keypad on

all drives

■Simpliﬁed operating menu allows

for typical programming changes,

while programming mode provides

control of everything

■Accommodates a wide selection of

expander boards and adapter boards

■UL Listed

■Quickstart wizard built into pro-

gramming of drive ensures a

smooth start-up

■The HVX can be ﬂexibly adapted

to a variety of needs using our pre-

installed program

■I/O connections with simple quick

connection terminals

■Control logic can be powered from

an external auxiliary control panel,

internal drive functions and ﬁeldbus

if necessary

■Standard option board conﬁgura-

tion includes an A9 I/O board and an

A2 relay output board installed in

slots A and B

HVX9000 Open Drives

June 2008

40-168

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

Table 40-255. HVX9000 Speciﬁcations

Description Speciﬁcation

Input Ratings

Input Voltage (Vin) +10% / -15%

Input Frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45 – 66 Hz)

Connection to Power Once per minute or less (typical

operation)

Short Circuit Withstand

Rating

100 kAIC

Output Ratings

Output Voltage 0 to Vin

Continuous Output

Current

Ambient temperature max. +104°F(+40°C)

Overload Current 110% (1 min./10 min.)

Output Frequency 0 to 320 Hz

Frequency Resolution .01 Hz

Control Characteristics

Control Method Frequency Control (V/f) Open Loop

Sensorless Vector Control

Switching Frequency Adjustable with Parameter 2.6.9

1 – 40 hp: 1 to 16 kHz; default 10 kHz

50 – 75 hp: 1 to 10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz

Frequency Reference Analog Input: Resolution .1% (10-bit),

accuracy ± 1%

Panel Reference: Resolution .01 Hz

Field Weakening Point 30 to 320 Hz

Acceleration Time 0 to 3000 sec.

Deceleration Time 0 to 3000 sec.

Braking Torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)

Ambient Conditions

Ambient Operating

Temperature

14°F (-10°C), no frost to 104°F (+40°C)

Storage Temperature -40°F (-40°C) to 158°F (70°C)

Relative Humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing,

non-corrosive, no dripping water

Air Quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in

operation, class 3C2; Mechanical particles:

IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2

Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to

3280 ft. (1000m); 1% derating for each

328 ft. (100m) above 3280 ft. (1000m);

max. 9842 ft. (3000m)

Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 to 50 Hz,

Displacement amplitude 1 mm (peak) at

3 to 15.8 Hz, Max. acceleration amplitude

1G at 15.8 to 150 Hz

Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27 UPS Drop test

(for applicable UPS weights) Storage and

shipping: max. 15G, 11 ms (in package)

Enclosure Class NEMA Type 1/IP21 or NEMA Type 12/IP54

Description Speciﬁcation

Standards

Product IEC 61800-2

Safety UL 508C

EMC (at default settings) Immunity: Fulﬁlls all EMC immunity

requirements; Emissions: EN 61800-3,

LEVEL H

Control Connections

Analog Input Voltage 0 to 10V, R = 200Ω differential (-10 to 10V

joystick control) Resolution .1%; accuracy

±1%

Analog Input Current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri - 250Ω differential

Digital Inputs (6) Positive or negative logic; 18 to 24V DC

Auxiliary Voltage +24V ±15%, max. 250 mA

Output Reference Voltage +10V +3%, max. load 10 mA

Analog Output 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500Ω; Resolution

10 bit; Accuracy ±2%

Digital Outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V

Relay Outputs 2 programmable Form C relay outputs

Switching capacity: 24V DC / 8A,

250V AC / 8A, 125V DC / 0.4A

Protections

Overcurrent Protection Yes

Overvoltage Protection Yes

Undervoltage Protection Yes

Earth Fault Protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor

cable, only the frequency converter is

protected

Input Phase Supervision Trips if any of the input phases are

missing

Motor Phase Supervision Trips if any of the output phases are

missing

Overtemperature

Protection

Yes

Motor Overload

Protection

Yes

Motor Stall Protection Yes

Motor Underload

Protection

Yes

Short Circuit Protection Yes (Of the +24V and +10V Reference

Voltages)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-169

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-256. Adjustable Frequency Drive Catalog Numbering System

All 230V Drives and 480V Drives up to 250 hp (IL) are only available with Input Option 1. 480V Freestanding Drives are available with Input Option 4

(EMC Level L). 2. 575V Drives up to 200 hp (IL) are only available with Input Option 4 (EMC Level L).

480V Drives up to 40 hp (IL) are only available with Brake Chopper Option B. 480V Drives 50 hp (IL) or larger are only available with Brake Chopper

Option N. 230V Drives up to 20 hp (IL) are only available with Brake Chopper Option B. 575V Drives are standard without Brake Chopper Option (N).

480V Drives 300 – 600 hp (IL) are available with enclosure style 0 (Chassis). 480V FR10 Freestanding Drives are available with enclosure style 1 (NEMA

Type 1) or 2 (NEMA Type 12). FR11 Freestanding Drives are only available with enclosure style 1 (NEMA Type 1).

Software Series

A = Standard Software

Keypad

A = Alphanumeric

Horsepower Rating (IL)

001 = 1

F15 = 1-1/2

002 = 2

003 = 3

005 = 5

007 = 7-1/2

010 = 10

015 = 15

020 = 20

025 = 25

030 = 30

040 = 40

050 = 50

060 = 60

075 = 75

100 = 100

125 = 125

150 = 150

200 = 200

250 = 250

300 = 300

400 = 400

H V X 0 1 0 A 1 –4A 1 B 1

Enclosure 

0 = Chassis

1 = NEMA Type 1

2 = NEMA Type 12

Brake Chopper Options 

N = No Brake Chopper Circuit

B = Internal Brake Chopper Circuit

Input Options 

1 = 3-phase, EMC H

2 = 3-phase, EMC N

4 = 3-phase, EMC L

Voltage Rating

2 = 230 (208 – 240) V

4 = 480 (380 – 500) V

5 = 575 (525 – 690) V

Product Family

HVX = HVAC Drive Family

Options

Options appear in alphabetical order.

Extended I/O Card Options

B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated)

B5 = 1 ext +24V DC/ EXT +24V DC, 3 RO (NO)

B8 = 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42 – 240V AC Input

Communication Cards

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CB = Siemens Apogee FLN

CJ = BACnet

C2 = Modbus

C4 = LonWorks

C8 = Modbus (D9 Type Connector)

D3 = RS-232 with D9 Connection

Board Modifications

1 = Standard Boards

June 2008

40-170

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Product Selection

230V HVX9000 Drives

Table 40-257. 208 – 240V, NEMA Type 1 Drive

Table 40-258. 208 – 240V, NEMA Type 12 Drive

480V HVX9000 Drives

Table 40-259. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 1 Drive

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 F1 1

1-1/2

4.8

6.6

7.8

HVX001A1-2A1B1

HVXF15A1-2A1B1

HVX002A1-2A1B1

HVX003A1-2A1B1

FR5 F1 5

7-1/2

17.5

HVX005A1-2A1B1

HVX007A1-2A1B1

HVX010A1-2A1B1

FR6 F1 15

HVX015A1-2A1B1

HVX020A1-2A1B1

FR7 F1 25

114

HVX025A1-2A1N1

HVX030A1-2A1N1

HVX040A1-2A1N1

FR8 F1 50

140

170

205

HVX050A1-2A1N1

HVX060A1-2A1N1

HVX075A1-2A1N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 F1 1

1-1/2

4.8

6.6

7.8

HVX001A2-2A1B1

HVXF15A2-2A1B1

HVX002A2-2A1B1

HVX003A2-2A1B1

FR5 F1 5

7-1/2

17.5

HVX005A2-2A1B1

HVX007A2-2A1B1

HVX010A2-2A1B1

FR6 F1 15

HVX015A2-2A1B1

HVX020A2-2A1B1

FR7 F1 25

114

HVX025A2-2A1N1

HVX030A2-2A1N1

HVX040A2-2A1N1

FR8 FP 50

140

170

205

HVX050A2-2A1N1

HVX060A2-2A1N1

HVX075A2-2A1N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 F1 1-1/2

7-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

HVXF15A1-4A1B1

HVX002A1-4A1B1

HVX003A1-4A1B1

HVX005A1-4A1B1

HVX007A1-4A1B1

FR5 F1 10

HVX010A1-4A1B1

HVX015A1-4A1B1

HVX020A1-4A1B1

FR6 F1 25

HVX025A1-4A1B1

HVX030A1-4A1B1

HVX040A1-4A1B1

FR7 F1 50

105

HVX050A1-4A1N1

HVX060A1-4A1N1

HVX075A1-4A1N1

FR8 F1 100

125

150

140

170

205

HVX100A1-4A1N1

HVX125A1-4A1N1

HVX150A1-4A1N1

FR9 F1 200

250

261

300

HVX200A1-4A1N1

HVX250A1-4A1N1

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-171

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

HVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-260. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 1 Freestanding Drive

Note: Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V Transformer (KB),

Light Kit (L1), HOA (K4), Speed Potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect Switch (P2). See Free-

standing Option Selection on Page 40-174.

Table 40-261. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 12 Drive

Table 40-262. 380 – 500V, NEMA Type 12 Freestanding Drive

Note: Integrated fuses as standard. Limited option selection available; 115V Transformer (KB),

Light Kit (L1), HOA (K4), Speed Potentiometer w/HOA (K2), Disconnect Switch (P2). See Free-

standing Option Selection on Page 40-174.

Table 40-263. 380 – 500V, Open Chassis Drive

FR10 includes 3% line reactor, but it is not integrated to chassis.

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 W

300

350

400

385

460

520

HVX300A1-4A4N1

HVX350A1-4A4N1

HVX400A1-4A4N1

FR11 FP

500

550

600

590

650

730

HVX500A1-4A4N1

HVX550A1-4A4N1

HVX600A1-4A4N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 F1 1-1/2

7-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

HVXF15A2-4A1B1

HVX002A2-4A1B1

HVX003A2-4A1B1

HVX005A2-4A1B1

HVX007A2-4A1B1

FR5 F1 10

HVX010A2-4A1B1

HVX015A2-4A1B1

HVX020A2-4A1B1

FR6 F1 25

HVX025A2-4A1B1

HVX030A2-4A1B1

HVX040A2-4A1B1

FR7 F1 50

105

HVX050A2-4A1N1

HVX060A2-4A1N1

HVX075A2-4A1N1

FR8 F1 100

125

150

140

170

205

HVX100A2-4A1N1

HVX125A2-4A1N1

HVX150A2-4A1N1

FR9 F1 200

250

261

300

HVX200A2-4A1N1

HVX250A2-4A1N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 FP

300

350

400

385

460

520

HVX300A2-4A4N1

HVX350A2-4A4N1

HVX400A2-4A4N1

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IL) Current (IL) Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR10 F1 300

350

400

385

460

520

HVX300A0-4A2N1

HVX350A0-4A2N1

HVX400A0-4A2N1

FR11 F1

500

550

600

590

650

1300

HVX500A0-4A2N1

HVX550A0-4A2N1

HVX600A0-4A2N1

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

40-172

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

575V HVX9000 Drives

Table 40-264. 525 – 690V, NEMA Type 1 Drive

9000X Series Option Board Kits

The 9000X Series drives can

accommodate a wide selection of

expander and adapter option boards to

customize the drive for your application

needs. The drive’s control unit is

designed to accept a total of ﬁve option

boards (see Figure 40-84).

The 9000X Series factory installed stan-

dard board conﬁguration includes an A9

I/O board and an A2 relay output board,

which are installed in slots A and B.

Figure 40-84. 9000X

Series Option Boards

Table 40-265. 525 – 690V, NEMA Type 12 Drive

Table 40-266. Option Board Kits

Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in Bold is the preferred location.

AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output

Only one Communication Module can be installed at a time.

OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR6 F1 3

7-1/2

4.5

7.5

13.5

HVX003A1-5A4N1

HVX005A1-5A4N1

HVX007A1-5A4N1

HVX010A1-5A4N1

HVX015A1-5A4N1

HVX020A1-5A4N1

HVX025A1-5A4N1

HVX030A1-5A4N1

FR7 F1 40

HVX040A1-5A4N1

HVX050A1-5A4N1

FR8 F1 60

100

HVX060A1-5A4N1

HVX075A1-5A4N1

HVX100A1-5A4N1

FR9 F1 125

150

200

125

144

208

HVX125A1-5A4N1

HVX150A1-5A4N1

HVX200A1-5A4N1

ABCDE

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

hp (IL) Current

(IL)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR6 F1 3

7-1/2

4.5

7.5

13.5

HVX003A2-5A4N1

HVX005A2-5A4N1

HVX007A2-5A4N1

HVX010A2-5A4N1

HVX015A2-5A4N1

HVX020A2-5A4N1

HVX025A2-5A4N1

HVX030A2-5A4N1

FR7 MP28 40

HVX040A2-5A4N1

HVX050A2-5A4N1

FR8 MP28 60

100

HVX060A2-5A4N1

HVX075A2-5A4N1

HVX100A2-5A4N1

FR9 MP28 125

150

200

125

144

208

HVX125A2-5A4N1

HVX150A2-5A4N1

HVX200A2-5A4N1

Option Kit

Description 

Allowed

Slot

Locations 

Field Installed Factory Installed

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S. $

Standard I/O Cards (See Figure 40-84)

2 RO (NC/NO)

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO, 1 +10V DC ref,

2 ext +24V DC/ EXT +24V DC

OPTA2

OPTA9

—

Extended I/O Card Options

6 DI, 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm

1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated)

1 ext +24V DC/ EXT +24V DC, 3 RO (NO)

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100

1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42 – 240V AC Input

B, C, D, E

C, D

B, C, D, E

OPTB1

OPTB2

OPTB4

OPTB5

OPTB8

OPTB9

Communication Cards 

Modbus

Johnson Controls N2

LonWorks

Modbus (D9 Type Connector)

Siemens Apogee FLN

BACnet

RS-232 with D9 Connection

D, E

OPTC2

OPTC4

OPTC8

OPTCB

OPTCJ

OPTD3

Keypad

9000X Series HAND/OFF/AUTO Keypad — KEYPAD-HOA —

9000X Series Remote Mount Keypad Unit

(Keypad not included, includes 10 ft. cable, keypad holder,

mounting hardware)

—OPTRMT-KIT-

9000X

—

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-173

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Network Communications

The OPTC2 ﬁeldbus board provides communication

between the 9000X Drive and a Johnson Controls Metasys™

N2 network. With this connection, the drive can be con-

trolled, monitored and programmed from the Metasys

system. The N2 ﬁeldbus is available as a factory installed

option and as a ﬁeld installable kit.

BACnet Network Communications

The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ is used for connecting the

9000X Drive to BACnet networks. It includes a 5.08 mm plug-

gable connector. Data transfer is Master-Slave/Token

Passing (MS/TP) RS-485. This interface uses a collection of

30 Binary Value Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value Objects

(AVOs) to communicate drive parameters. The card supports

9.6, 19.2 and 38.4 Kbaud communication speeds and sup-

ports network addresses 1 – 127.

Modbus RTU Network Communications

The Modbus Network Card OPTC2 is used for connecting the

9000X Drive as a slave on a Modbus network. The interface is

connected by a 9-pin DSUB connector (female) and the baud

rate ranges from 300 to 19200 baud. Other communication

parameters include an address range from 1 to 247; a parity

of None, Odd or Even; and the stop bit is 1.

LonWorks Network Communications

The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is used for connecting

the 9000X Drive on a LonWorks network. This interface uses

Standard Network Variable Types (SNVT) as data types. The

channel connection is achieved using a FTT-10A Free Topol-

ogy transceiver via a single twisted transfer cable. The

communication speed with LonWorks is 78 kBits/s.

Accessories

Drive Demo and Power Supply

Table 40-267. Drive Demo and Power Supply

Description Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

HVX9000 Drive Demo 9000HVXDEMO

Hand Held 24V Auxiliary Power Supply — used to supply power to the control module in order to perform keypad

programming before the drive is connected to line voltage

9000XAUX24V

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

40-174

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

NEMA Type 12 Conversion Kit

The NEMA Type 12 kit option is used

to convert a NEMA Type 1 to a NEMA

Type 12 drive. The NEMA Type 12 Kit

consists of a metal drive shroud, fan

kit for some frames, adapter plate and

plugs.

Flange Kits

Flange Kit Type 12

The ﬂange kit is utilized when the

power section is mounted through the

back panel of an enclosure. Includes

ﬂange mount brackets and NEMA

Type 12 fan components. Metal shroud

not included.

Table 40-268. Flange Kit Type 12 —

Frames 4, 5 and 6 

For installation of a NEMA Type 1 drive into

a NEMA Type 12 oversized enclosure.

Flange Kit Type 1

Flange kits for NEMA Type 1 enclosure

drive rating determined by rating of

drive.

Table 40-269. Flange Kit Type 1 —

Frames 4 – 9 

For installation of a NEMA Type 1 drive into

a NEMA Type 1 oversized enclosure.

Flange Kit Type 12

Flange kits for NEMA Type 12 enclo-

sure drive rating determined by rating

of drive.

Table 40-270. Flange Kit Type 12 —

Frames 4 – 9 

For installation of a NEMA Type 12 drive into

a NEMA Type 12 oversized enclosure.

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4

FR5

FR6

OPTTHRFR4

OPTTHRFR5

OPTTHRFR6

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4

FR5

FR6

OPTTHR4

OPTTHR5

OPTTHR6

FR7

FR8

FR9

OPTTHR7

OPTTHR8

OPTTHR9

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4

FR5

FR6

OPTTHR4

OPTTHR5

OPTTHR6

FR7

FR8

FR9

OPTTHR7

OPTTHR8

OPTTHR9

Table 40-271. NEMA Type 12 Conversion Kit

Control/Communication Option Descriptions

Table 40-272. Available Control/Communications Options

HVX Freestanding Options

Table 40-273. 480V and 690V Control Options

Table 40-274. Input Options

Applicable with FR10 and FR11 Freestanding

designs only.

Table 40-275. 480V and 690V Light Options

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Approximate

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Approximate

Weight in Lb. (kg)

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Length Width Height Weight

FR4

FR5

FR6

13 (330)

16 (406)

21 (533)

7 (178)

8 (203)

10 (254)

4 (102)

7 (178)

5 (127)

4 (1.8)

5 (2.3)

7 (3.2)

OPTN12FR4

OPTN12FR5

OPTN12FR6

Option Description Option

Type

K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch — Provides

the HVX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust the speed reference from

door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In

HAND position, the drive will start and the speed is controlled by the door-

mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position.

When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via

user-supplied dry contact and 4 – 20 mA signal.

Control

K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-bypass Conﬁgurations — Provides a

three-position selector switch that allows the user to select either a Hand or

Auto mode of operation. Hand mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and

Auto mode is defaulted to control from an external terminal source. These

modes of operation can be conﬁgured via programming to allow for

alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources

include Keypad, I/O and FieldBus.

Control

KB 115V Control Transformer – 550 VA — Provides a fused control power

transformer with additional 550 VA at 115V for customer use.

Control

L1 Power On and Fault Pilot Lights — Provides a white power on light that

indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault light indicates a

drive fault has occurred.

Light

P2 Disconnect Switch — Disconnect switch option is applicable only with

NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 Freestanding drives. Allows a convenient

means of disconnecting the HVX9000 from the line, and the operating

mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory-mounted

in the enclosure.

Input

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Door-Mounted

Speed Potentiometer

with HOA Selector Switch

HAND/OFF/AUTO

Switch (22 mm)

115 Volt Control

Transformer

550 VA

K2 K4 KB

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

300 – 600

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Disconnect Switch

P2 

hp Adder

U.S. $

300

350

400

500

550

600

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Power On/

Fault Pilot

Lights

hp Adder

U.S. $

300 – 600

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-175

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Dimensions

Figure 40-85. NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 HVX9000 Drive Dimensions, FR4, FR5 and FR6

Table 40-276. HVX9000 Drive Dimensions

EATON

D1 W2

H3 H2

Knockouts

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IL) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs.

(kg)

Knockouts @ Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 W3 R1 dia. R2 dia. N1 (O.D.)

FR4 230V 1 – 3 12.9

(327)

12.3

(313)

11.5

(292)

7.5

(190)

3.0

(77)

5.0

(126)

5.0

(128)

3.9

(100)

— .5

(13)

(7)

11.0

(5)

3 @ 1.1

(28)

480V 1-1/2 –

7-1/2

FR5 230V 5 – 10 16.5

(419)

16.0

(406)

15.3

(389)

8.4

(214)

3.9

(100)

5.8

(148)

5.6

(143)

3.9

(100)

— .5

(13)

(7)

17.9

(8)

2 @ 1.5

(37)

1 @ 1.1

(28)

480V 10 – 20

FR6 230V 15 – 20 22.0

(558)

21.3

(541)

20.4

(519)

9.3

(237)

4.2

(105)

6.5

(165)

7.6

(195)

5.8

(148)

—.6

(15.5)

(9)

40.8

(19)

3 @ 1.5

(37)

480V 25 – 40

June 2008

40-176

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-86. HVX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 with Flange Kit, FR4, FR5 and FR6

Table 40-277. Dimensions for HVX9000, FR4, FR5 and FR6 with Flange Kit

Table 40-278. Dimensions for the Flange Opening, FR4 to FR6

Flange Opening

FR4 to FR6

Dia. A

W3W4

Dia. B

H6 H9H8

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 D1 D2 Dia. A

FR4 5.0

(128)

4.5

(113)

13.3

(337)

12.8

(325)

12.9

(327)

1.2

(30)

(22)

7.5

(190)

3.0

(77)

(7)

FR5 5.6

(143)

4.7

(120)

17.0

(434)

16.5

(420)

16.5

(419)

1.4

(36)

(18)

8.4

(214)

3.9

(100)

(7)

FR6 7.7

(195)

6.7

(170)

22.0

(560)

21.6

(549)

22.0

(558)

1.2

(30)

(20)

9.3

(237)

4.2

(106)

(7)

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W3 W4 W5 H6 H7 H8 H9 Dia. B

FR4 4.8

(123)

4.5

(113)

— 12.4

(315)

12.8

(325)

—.2

(5)

(7)

FR5 5.3

(135)

4.7

(120)

— 16.2

(410)

16.5

(420)

—.2

(5)

(7)

FR6 7.3

(185)

6.7

(170)

6.2

(157)

21.2

(539)

21.6

(549)

(7)

(5)

(7)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-177

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-87. HVX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12, FR7

Table 40-279. HVX9000 Drive Dimensions, FR7

Knockouts

R2 R2R1

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IL) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Knockouts @ Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 W1 W2 R1 dia. R2 dia. N1 (O.D.)

FR7 230V 25 – 40 24.8

(630)

24.2

(614)

23.2

(590)

10.1

(257)

3.0

(77)

7.3

(184)

9.3

(237)

7.5

(190)

(18)

(9)

77.2

(35)

3 @ 1.5 (37)

480V 50 – 75

575V 40 – 50

June 2008

40-178

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-88. HVX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12, FR8

Table 40-280. HVX9000 Drive Dimensions, FR8

Frame Size Voltage hp (IL) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D1 H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 R1 dia. R2 dia.

FR8 230V 50 – 75 13.5 (344) 30.1 (764) 28.8 (732) 28.4 (721) 11.5 (291) 10 (255) .7 (18) .4 (9)

480V 100 – 150

575V 60 – 100

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-179

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-89. HVX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12, with Flange Kit, FR7 and FR8

Table 40-281. Dimensions for HVX9000, FR7 and FR8 with Flange Kit

Table 40-282. Dimensions for the Flange Opening, FR7/FR8

H9H12

H13

H11H10

H5 Dia. A

Dia. B

H4H4H6

W6W5 W7

Flange Opening

FR7/FR8

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 W3 W4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 Dia. A

FR7 9.3

(237)

6.8

(175)

10.6

(270)

10.0

(253)

25.6

(652)

24.8

(632)

24.8

(630)

7.4

(189)

7.4

(189)

(23)

(20)

10.1

(257)

4.6

(117)

(6)

FR8 11.2

(285)

— 14.0

(355)

13.0

(330)

32.8

(832)

— 29.3

(745)

10.2

(258)

10.4

(265)

1.7

(43)

2.2

(57)

13.5

(344)

4.3

(110)

(9)

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W5 W6 W7 H8 H9 H10 H11 H12 H13 Dia. B

FR7 9.2

(233)

6.9

(175)

10.0

(253)

24.4

(619)

7.4

(189)

7.4

(189)

1.4

(35)

1.3

(32)

(7)

(6)

FR8 11.9

(301)

— 13.0

(330)

31.9

(810)

10.2

(258)

10.4

(265)

———.4

(9)

June 2008

40-180

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-90. HVX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12, FR9

Table 40-283. HVX9000 Drive Dimensions, FR9

Frame Size Voltage hp (IL) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 W1 W2 R1 dia. R2 dia.

FR9 480 200 – 250 45.3

(1150)

44.1

(1120)

42.4

(1076)

13.4

(340)

14.3

(362)

18.9

(480)

15.7

(400)

(20)

(9)

575 125 – 200

R2 R1

W2 W1

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-181

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-91. HVX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9

Table 40-284. Dimensions for HVX9000, FR9

Brake resistor terminal box (H6) included when brake chopper ordered.

Dia.

B- B+ /R+ R-

W5 W1

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 D1 D2 D3 Dia.

FR9 18.9

(480)

15.7

(400)

6.5

(165)

(9)

2.1

(54)

45.3

(1150)

44.1

(1120)

28.3

(721)

8.0

(205)

(16)

7.4

(188)

14.2

(361.5)

13.4

(340)

11.2

(285)

(21)

June 2008

40-182

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-92. HVX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR9 with Flange Kit

Table 40-285. Dimensions for HVX9000, FR9 with Flange Kit

.20 (5)

Dia.

H3 H3 H3 H5H5

H6 H1

Flange Opening

FR9

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 Dia.

FR9 20.9

(530)

20.0

(510)

19.1

(485)

7.9

(200)

(5.5)

51.7

(1312)

45.3

(1150)

16.5

(420)

3.9

(100)

1.4

(35)

(9)

(2)

24.9

(362)

13.4

(340)

4.3

(109)

(21)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-183

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-93. 9000X Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 and NEMA Type 12 FR10 Freestanding Drive

Table 40-286. Dimensions for 9000X, FR10 Freestanding Drive

Dia. 3

Dia. 2

Dia. 1

W4 W4

D3 D6 D7

W3 W3 W3 W3

W1 D1

Operator

(Shown with

Optional

Disconnect)

Frame

Size

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3

FR10 23.43

(595)

2.46

(62.5)

4.53

(115)

.79

(20)

5.95

(151)

2.95

(75)

3.11

(79)

79.45

(2018)

74.80

(1900)

20.18

(512.5)

23.70

(602)

17.44

(443)

19.02

(483)

.47

(12)

11.22

(285)

17.60

(447)

20.08

(510)

.83

(21)

1.89

(48)

.43

(11)

857

(389)

June 2008

40-184

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-94. HVX9000 Dimensions, FR10 Open Chassis

Table 40-287. Dimensions for HVX9000, FR10 Open Chassis

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IL) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 D1 D2 D3 D4

FR10 480V 300 – 400 19.7

(500)

16.7

(425)

1.2

(30)

2.6

(67)

12.8

(325)

45.9

(1165)

44.1

(1121)

34.6

(879)

33.5

(850)

(17)

24.7

(627)

10.8

(275)

19.9

(506)

17.9

(455)

16.7

(423)

16.6

(421)

H7 H6

D4 D2 D1

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-185

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-95. HVX9000 Dimensions, NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive

Table 40-288. Dimensions for HVX9000, NEMA Type 1 FR11 Freestanding Drive

W1 D1

Dia. 3

Dia. 1 Dia. 2

W3 W3 W3 W3

W7W7 W6W6W6W6

Operator

(Shown with

Optional

Disconnect)

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IL) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 W4 W5 W6 W7 W8 H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 Dia. 1 Dia. 2 Dia. 3

FR11 480V 500 – 600 31.26

(794)

2.40

(61)

6.50

(165)

.79

(20)

3.43

(87)

2.95

(75)

2.52

(64)

1.18

(30)

79.45

(2018)

74.80

(1900)

20.18

(512.5)

23.70

(602)

11.22

(285)

19.09

(485)

.47

(12)

17.60

(447)

.83

(21)

1.89

(48)

.35 x .43

(9 x 11)

526

(239)

June 2008

40-186

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-96. HVX9000 Dimensions, FR11 Open Chassis

Table 40-289. Dimensions for HVX9000, FR11 Open Chassis

Shown without

terminal cover

Frame

Size

Voltage hp (IL) Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

Lbs. (kg)

W1 W2 W3 H1 H2 D1 D2

FR11 480V 500 – 600 27.9

(709)

8.6

(225)

2.6

(67)

45.5

(1155)

33.5

(850)

19.8

(503)

18.4

(468)

833

(378)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-187

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-290. Choke Types

Chokes are provided with all FR10 and FR11 drives.

Figure 40-97. Dimensions of AC Choke CHK0520 in Inches (mm)

Catalog

Number

Frame

Size

Choke

Type 

Voltage Range 380-500V

HVX 300 4

HVX 350 4

HVX 400 4

FR10

CHK0400

CHK0520

HVX 500 4

HVX 550 4

HVX 600 4

FR11

2 x CHK0400

1.58

(40)

7.88

(200)

6.50

(165)

6.50

(165)

19.57

(497)

.79

(20) 15.71

(399)

17.57

(446)

.79

(20)

.24

(6)

3.03

(77)

.83

(21)

.55 (14)9.61 (244)

8.03 (204)

1.69

(43)

5.70

(145)

June 2008

40-188

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Figure 40-98. Dimensions of AC Choke CHK0400 in Inches (mm)

111

10.30 (262)

9.37 (238)

1.54

(39)

1.18

(30)

5.90

(150)

13.79 (350)

4.72

(120)

4.72

(120)

10.83 (275)

.59

(15)

5.51

(140)

13.94

(354)

15.08

(383)

16.58

(421)

2.64

(67)

.75

(19)

.24

(6)

.59

(15)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-189

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Replacement Parts

Table 40-291. 9000X Spare Units – HVX9000, 208 – 690V, Frames 4 – 11

Table 40-292. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — HVX9000 Drives, 208 – 240V

PP00061 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

Description Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Control Unit – Includes the control board, blue base housing, installed HVX9000 software program and blue

ﬂip cover. Does not include any OPT boards or keypad. See Figure 40-84 and Table 40-266 (Page 40-172) for

standard and option boards and keypad.

CSBH0000000000

Frame: 4 5 6 7 8 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (

11-1/2 2 357-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

Control Board

11 1 111111111111W VB00252

Power Boards

1 FB VB00308-0004-2

1FB VB00308-0007-2

1 FB VB00308-0008-2

1 FB VB00310-0011-2

1 FB VB00313-0017-2

1 FB VB00313-0025-2

1 FB VB00313-0031-2

1 FB VB00316-0048-2

1 FB VB00316-0061-2

1 FB VB00319-0075-2

1 FB VB00319-0088-2

1 FB VB00319-0114-2

1 FB VB00322-0140-2

1FBVB00322-0170-2

1FB VB00322-0205-2

Electrolytic Capacitors

22 2 WPP01000

2 W PP01001

22 WPP01002

2 W PP01003

22 WPP01004

22244 W PP01005

4W PP01099

Cooling Fans

11 1 1 WPP01060

11 1 WPP01061

11 WPP01062

111 WPP01063

111FC PP01123 

11 1 1 WPP01086

11 111 FC PP01088

111 WPP01049

122FC CP01180

111FC PP08037

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

40-190

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-292. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — HVX9000 Drives, 208 – 240V (Continued)

Table 40-293. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR4 – FR9 HVX9000 Drives, 380 – 500V

Frame: 4 5 6 7 8 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (

11-1/2 2 357-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75

IGBT Modules

11 WCP01304

1 W CP01305

11 WCP01306

1 W CP01307

1 W CP01308

1 W PP01022

1 W PP01023

1 W PP01024

1 W PP01025

1 W PP01029

1 W PP01026

11W PP01027

Choppers/Rectiﬁers

1 W CP01367

1 W CP01368

Diode/Thyristor Modules

333 WPP01035

333W CP01268

Rectifying Boards

111 WVB00242

111W VB00227

Frame: 4 5678 9Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (

1-1/2 2 357-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250

Control Board

1 1111 11111111111111W VB00252

Power Boards

1 FB VB00208-0003-5

1 FB VB00208-0004-5

1 FB VB00208-0005-5

1 FB VB00208-0007-5

1 FB VB00210-0012-5

1 FB VB00213-0016-5

1 FB VB00213-0022-5

1 FB VB00213-0031-5

1 FB VB00216-0038-5

1 FB VB00216-0045-5

1 FB VB00216-0061-5

1 FB VB00219-0072-5

1 FB VB00219-0087-5

1 FB VB00219-0105-5

1 FB VB00236-0140-5

1 FB VB00236-0168-5

1 FB VB00236-0205-5

Electrolytic Capacitors

2 222 WPP01000

2 W PP01001

22 WPP01002

2 W PP01003

222 WPP01004

22244488W PP01005

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-191

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-293. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR4 – FR9 HVX9000 Drives, 380 – 500V (Continued)

PP00061 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

PP00011 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

For FR9 NEMA Type 12 you need two PP01068 internal fans.

See Table 40-297 for details.

Frame: 4 5678 9Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (

1-1/2 2 357-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250

Cooling Fans

1 1111 WPP01060

111 WPP01061

111 WPP01062

111 WPP01063

111 FC PP01123 

11FC PP01080 

1 1111 WPP01086

111 FC PP01088

111111 WPP01049

111 FC CP01180

1 2W PP01068

11FC PP09051

IGBT Modules

111 WCP01304

1 W CP01305

11 WCP01306

1 W CP01307

1 W CP01308

1 W PP01020

1 W PP01022

1 W PP01023

1 W PP01024

1 W PP01025

1 W PP01029

1 W PP01026

11 WPP01027

Chopper/Rectiﬁers

11 WCP01367

1 W CP01368

Diode/Thyristor Modules

333 WPP01035

333 WCP01268

33W PP01037

Rectifying Boards

111 WVB00242

111 WVB00227

11W VB00459

Rectifying Module Sub-assembly

11W FR09810

Power Module Sub-assemblies

1 W

FR09-150-4-ANS



FR09-200-4-ANS



Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

40-192

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-294. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR10 and FR11 HVX9000 Drives, 380 – 500V

FR10 and larger drives only.

Rectifying board not included.

See Table 40-297 for details.

PP00060 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

Frame: 10 11 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (

300 350 400 500 550 600

Control Board

111111W VB00561 

Shunt Boards

6 FC VB00537

6 FC VB00497

6 FC VB00498

9 FC VB00538

9FCVB00513

9FC VB00514

Driver Boards

333FC VB00489

111 FC VB00487

Driver Adapter Board

111 FC VB00330

ASIC Board

111111FC VB00451

Feedback Interface Board

FC VB00448

Star Coupler Board

FC VB00336

Power Modules

111222FC FR10820 

222 FC FR10828

1FC FR10-250-4-ANS 

1 FC FR10-300-4-ANS 

1 FC FR10-350-4-ANS 

3 FC FR11-400-4-ANS 

3FCFR11-500-4-ANS 

3FC FR11-550-4-ANS 

Electrolytic Capacitors

222333FC PP00060

12 12 12 18 18 18 FC PP01005

Fuses

111111FC PP01094

222222FC PP01095

Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers

222333FC VB00299

222333FC PP01080 

222 FC PP01068

111111FC PP01096

111 FC FR10844

111333FC FR10845

111 FC FR10846

111333FC FR10847

Rectifying Board

111222FC VB00459

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-193

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-295. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR6 – FR9 HVX9000 Drives, 525 – 690V

See Table 40-297 for details.

For NEMA Type 12, two PP01068 internal fans are needed.

Frame: 6 7 8 9 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (

357-1/2 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200

Control Board

111 1111111 11 W VB00252

Driver Board

1 FB VB00404-0004-6

FB VB00404-0005-6

1 FB VB00404-0007-6

1 FB VB00404-0010-6

1 FB VB00404-0013-6

1 FB VB00404-0018-6

1 FB VB00404-0022-6

1 FB VB00404-0027-6

1 FB VB00404-0034-6

Power Boards

1 FB VB00419-0041-6

1 FB VB00419-0052-6

1 FB VB00422-0062-6

1 FB VB00422-0080-6

1 FB VB00422-0100-6

Power Modules

1 FC FR09-100-5-ANS 

1FCFR09-125-5-ANS 

1FC FR09-175-5-ANS 

Electrolytic Capacitors

222 22222 FC PP01093

2244 888FC PP01041

4 FC PP01040

Fuses

111111W PP01094

222222W PP01095

Cooling Fans

111 1 WPP01061

1111 WPP01062

11 WPP01063

111 FC PP01123

111 1111111 WPP01049

111 FC CP01180

111

WPP01068

111FC PP01080

Fan Power Supply

11 FC VB00299

IGBT Modules

333 33333 FC PP01091

11 FC PP01089

111 FC PP01127

IGBT/Diode (Brake)

111 1111111222 2 22 FC PP01040

Diode Module

111 11111 FC PP01092

Diode/Thyristor Modules

33 FC PP01071

333FC PP01072

Rectifying Boards

11 FC VB00442

111FC VB00460

Rectifying Module Sub-assemblies

11 W FR09810

11 FC FR09811

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

40-194

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

Open Drives

Table 40-296. 9000X Series Replacement Parts — FR10 and FR11 HVX9000 Drives, 525 – 690V

FR10 and larger drives only.

Rectifying board not included.

See Table 40-297 for details.

PP00060 capacitor not included in main fan; please order separately.

Table 40-297. Power Module Catalog Number Matrix

Frame: 10 11 Delivery

Code

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

hp (

250 300 400 450 500 550

Component Boards

111111W VB00561 

111111FC VB00451

6 FC VB00545

6 FC VB00510

6 FC VB00511

111 FC VB00330

111 FC VB00487

333FC VB00489

9 FC VB00546

9FCVB00547

9FC VB00512

FC VB00448

FC VB00336

Power Modules

111222FC FR10821 

222 FC FR10829

1FC FR10-200-5-ANS 

1 FC FR10-250-5-ANS 

1 FC FR10-300-5-ANS 

3 FC FR11-400-5-ANS 

3FCFR11-450-5-ANS 

3FC FR11-500-5-ANS 

Electrolytic Capacitors

222333FC PP00060

12 12 12 18 18 18 FC PP01099

Fuses

111111FC PP01094

222222FC PP01095

Cooling Fans and Isolation Transformers

222333FC VB00299

222333FC PP01080 

222 FC PP01068

111111FC PP01096

111 FC FR10844

111333FC FR10845

111 FC FR10846

111333FC FR10847

Fan Power Supply

FC VB00299

Rectifying Boards

111222FC VB00460

F R 1 0 – 0 0 0 –4–AN S

Cooling Type

A = Air

Varnishing

S = Standard V = Varnished

Brake Option

N = No Brake Chopper

B = Brake Chopper

Frame Code

Horsepower

Example: 150 = 150 hp

Voltage

4 = 380 – 500V

5 = 525 – 690V

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-195

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Contents

Description Page

HVX9000 IntelliPass and

IntelliDisconnect Drives

Product Description . . . . . 40-195

Features and Beneﬁts . . . . 40-195

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . 40-196

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-197

Product Selection . . . . . . . 40-198

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-201

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-201

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . 40-208

Product Description

The Cutler-Hammer® IntelliDisconnect

Drive from Eaton’s electrical business

combines a premier quality drive with

a circuit breaker disconnect integrated

into the design. Eaton’s IntelliPass Drive

continues the Cutler-Hammer tradition

of providing a premier intelligent drive

integrated with a reliable bypass

conﬁguration, by taking advantage

of the Cutler-Hammer Intelligent

Technologies (IT.), enclosed control

and circuit breaker expertise.

The IntelliPass bypass is a two- or

three-contactor design utilizing the

24V DC IT. series of contactors and

power supplies. The IT. features,

function and form allow the drive

and bypass to become an integrated

design, enabling Eaton to manufacture

the world’s smallest drive and bypass

package. The IntelliPass comes stan-

dard with a Cutler-Hammer circuit

breaker integrated into the drive and

bypass design.

Features and Beneﬁts

IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect

■Circuit breaker provides ﬂexible

drive isolation conﬁgurations to

meet customers’ needs

■Reliable drive with over 500,000

hours MTBF

■Weighs up to 70% less than other

designs which simpliﬁes and speeds

up the installation process, lowering

contractors’ costs

■Serial communication interface

enables control of the motor oper-

ated by the drive or bypass

■Plenum rated

■Designed and tested to UL 508C

speciﬁcations

■Standard 3% line reactors for

enhanced transient and harmonic

distortion protection

■EMI/RFI Filters standard on all drives

■Top and bottom conduit entry for

installation ease

■Standard drive current with

standard rating of 100 kAIC

■Upgradeable software extends

product life

■Pass-through I/O capability

■Additional I/O and communication

cards provide plug and play

functionality

■Copy/Paste keypad function allows

transfer of parameter settings from

one drive to the next

■Optional Fusing —

❑Fuse rating 200 kAIC

■Keypad can display up to three moni-

tored parameters simultaneously

■Hand-held Power Supply option

allows programming/monitoring of

control module without applying

power to the drive

■NEMA Type 1, 12 or 3R

■Standard NEMA Type 12 keypad on

all drives

■Simpliﬁed operating menu allows

for typical programming changes

■Accommodates a wide selection of

expander boards and adapter

boards

■Control logic can be powered from

an external auxiliary control panel

■Standard I/O boards include 6 DI,

2AI, 1 DO, 1 AO, 2 form C RO and a

bypass control board installed in

slots A, B and C

IntelliPass

■Fully rated, mechanically and

electrically interlocked contacts

■Solid-state motor overload relay

provides motor protection while in

bypass

■HAND/OFF/AUTO and DRIVE/

BYPASS selector on keypad

simpliﬁes control

■Two power sources for control

ensure redundancy and provide

additional ride-through capability

■Self-healing power supplies

■Bypass circuit current interrupting

rating up to 65 kAIC

NEMA Type 1

NEMA Type 12

NEMA Type 3R

June 2008

40-196

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

Table 40-298. HVX9000 Speciﬁcations

65kAIC on Type 1 units operating at a line input voltage of 480V or less.

Description Speciﬁcation

Power Connections

Input Voltage (Vin) +10% / -15%

Input Frequency (fin) 50/60 Hz (variation up to 45 – 66 Hz)

Connection to Power Once per minute or less (typical

operation)

Short Circuit Withstand

Rating

65 k AIC 

Motor Connections

Output Voltage 0 to Vin

Continuous Output

Current

Ambient temperature max. +104°F(+40°C)

Overload Current 110% (1 min./10 min.)

Output Frequency 0 to 320 Hz

Frequency Resolution .01 Hz

Control Characteristics

Control Method Frequency Control (V/f) Open Loop

Sensorless Vector Control

Switching Frequency Adjustable Parameter

1 – 40 hp: 1 to 16 kHz; default 10 kHz

50 – 75 hp: 1 to 10 kHz; default 3.6 kHz

Frequency Reference Analog Input: Resolution .1% (10-bit),

accuracy ± 1%

Panel Reference: Resolution .01 Hz

Field Weakening Point 30 to 320 Hz

Acceleration Time 0 to 3000 sec.

Deceleration Time 0 to 3000 sec.

Braking Torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)

Ambient Conditions

Ambient Operating

Temperature

14°F (-10°C), no frost to 104°F (+40°C)

Storage Temperature -40°F (-40°C) to 158°F (70°C)

Relative Humidity 0 to 95% RH, noncondensing,

non-corrosive, no dripping water

Air Quality Chemical vapors: IEC 721-3-3, unit in

operation, class 3C2; Mechanical particles:

IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2

Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to

3280 ft. (1000m); 1% derating for each

328 ft. (100m) above 3280 ft. (1000m);

max. 9842 ft. (3000m)

Enclosure Class NEMA Type 1/IP21; NEMA Type 12,

NEMA Type 3R

Standards

EMC (at default settings) Immunity: Fulﬁlls all EMC immunity

requirements; Emissions: EN 61800-3,

LEVEL H

Safety UL 508C

Product IEC 61800-2

Description Speciﬁcation

Control Connections

Analog Input Voltage 0 to 10V, R = 200Ω differential (-10 to 10V

joystick control) Resolution .1%; accuracy

±1%

Analog Input Current 0(4) to 20 mA; Ri - 250Ω differential

Digital Inputs (6) Positive or negative logic; 18 to 24V DC

Auxiliary Voltage +24V ±15%, max. 250 mA

Output Reference Voltage +10V +3%, max. load 10 mA

Analog Output 0(4) to 20 mA; RL max. 500Ω; Resolution

10 bit; Accuracy ±2%

Digital Outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V

Relay Outputs 2 programmable Form C relay outputs

Switching capacity: 24V DC / 8A,

250V AC / 8A, 125V DC / .4A

Protections

Overcurrent Protection Trip limit 4.0 x IH instantaneously

Overvoltage Protection Yes

Undervoltage Protection Yes

Earth Fault Protection In case of earth fault in motor or motor

cable, only the frequency converter is

protected

Input Phase Supervision Trips if any of the input phases are

missing

Motor Phase Supervision Trips if any of the output phases are

missing

Overtemperature

Protection

Yes

Motor Overload

Protection

Yes

Motor Stall Protection Yes

Motor Underload

Protection

Yes

Short Circuit Protection Yes (Of the +24V and +10V Reference

Voltages)

General

Line Voltage 208/230/480V

Drive Efﬁciency >95%

Power Factor

(Displacement)

.96

Ratings UL Listed, File No. E134360

Warranty Standard Terms

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-197

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-299. HVX9000 IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Catalog Numbering System



480V Drives, 1 – 40 hp are only available with Brake Chopper

Option B.

480V Drives, 50 – 150 hp are only available with Brake Chopper Option

208/230V Drives,

1 – 20 hp are only available with Brake Chopper Option B.

208/230V Drives, 25 – 75 hp are only available with Brake Chopper Option

Two slots (D, E) available for expansion cards.

Only one communication card can be installed at a time.

Fused Drive Isolation (P3) and 3rd Contactor Drive Isolation (P6) cannot be installed together in NEMA Type 1 Design.

Space Heater (SA) option only applicable in NEMA Type 12/3R enclosures.

IntelliPass Only.

IntelliDisconnect Only.

Brake Chopper Options 

B = With Brake Chopper

N = No Brake Chopper

Voltage Rating

1 = 208V

2 = 230V

4 = 480V

Enclosure Rating

1 = NEMA Type 1

2 = NEMA Type 12

3 = NEMA Type 3R

Options

Options appear in alphabetical order; if

no options are included, these spaces

will be blank.

Power Options

P3 = Fused Drive Isolation 

P6 = 3rd Contactor Drive Isolation 

K9 = (2) Factory Installed Auxiliary

Contacts 

PE = Output Contactor 

Enclosure Options

SA = Space Heater 

S5 = Floor Stand 22"

Horsepower Rating (IL)

001 = 1

002 = 2

003 = 3

005 = 5

007 = 7-1/2

010 = 10

015 = 15

020 = 20

025 = 25

030 = 30

040 = 40

050 = 50

060 = 60

075 = 75

100 = 100

125 = 125

150 = 150

Extended I/O Card Options 

B4 = OPTB4: (1) AI, (2) AO

B5 = OPTB5: (3) RO

Communication Cards 

C2 = OPTC2: Modbus

C4 = OPTC4: Lonworks

CA = OPTC2: Johnson Controls N2

CB = Siemens Apogee FLN

CJ = BACnet

H V X 0 1 0 1 4 B 1

Enclosure Style

1 = IntelliPass

2 = IntelliDisconnect

Product Family

HVX = HVAC Drive Family

June 2008

40-198

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Product Selection

Table 40-300. HVX9000 IntelliPass Base Unit Pricing

40 hp 208V and 230V supplied as a FR7 drive, but in a C-Box.

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Voltage hp

(IL)

Current

(NEC)

NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 FB10 208V AC 1

4.6

7.5

10.6

HVX00111B1

HVX00211B1

HVX00311B1

HVX00121B1

HVX00221B1

HVX00321B1

HVX00131B1

HVX00231B1

HVX00331B1

230V AC 1

4.2

6.8

9.6

HVX00112B1

HVX00212B1

HVX00312B1

HVX00122B1

HVX00222B1

HVX00322B1

HVX00132B1

HVX00232B1

HVX00332B1

480V AC 1

7-1/2

3.4

4.8

7.6

HVX00114B1

HVX00214B1

HVX00314B1

HVX00514B1

HVX00714B1

HVX00124B1

HVX00224B1

HVX00324B1

HVX00524B1

HVX00724B1

HVX00134B1

HVX00234B1

HVX00334B1

HVX00534B1

HVX00734B1

FR5 FB10 208V AC 5

7-1/2

16.7

24.2

30.8

HVX00511B1

HVX00711B1

HVX01011B1

HVX00521B1

HVX00721B1

HVX01021B1

HVX00531B1

HVX00731B1

HVX01031B1

230V AC 5

7-1/2

15.2

HVX00512B1

HVX00712B1

HVX01012B1

HVX00522B1

HVX00722B1

HVX01022B1

HVX00532B1

HVX00732B1

HVX01032B1

480V AC 10

HVX01014B1

HVX01514B1

HVX02014B1

HVX01024B1

HVX01524B1

HVX02024B1

HVX01034B1

HVX01534B1

HVX02034B1

FR6 FB10 208V AC 15

46.2

59.4

HVX01511B1

HVX02011B1

HVX01521B1

HVX02021B1

HVX01531B1

HVX02031B1

230V AC 15

HVX01512B1

HVX02012B1

HVX01522B1

HVX02022B1

HVX01532B1

HVX02032B1

480V AC 25

HVX02514B1

HVX03014B1

HVX04014B1

HVX02524B1

HVX03024B1

HVX04024B1

HVX02534B1

HVX03034B1

HVX04034B1

FR7 FB10 208V AC 25

74.8

HVX02511N1

HVX03011N1

HVX02521N1

HVX03021N1

HVX02531N1

HVX03031N1

230V AC 25

HVX02512N1

HVX03012N1

HVX02522N1

HVX03022N1

HVX02532N1

HVX03032N1

480V AC 50

HVX05014N1

HVX06014N1

HVX07514N1

HVX05024N1

HVX06024N1

HVX07524N1

HVX05034N1

HVX06034N1

HVX07534N1

FR8 FB10 208V AC 40

114

140

170

—

HVX04021N1 

HVX05021N1

HVX06021N1

HVX04031N1 

HVX05031N1

HVX06031N1

230V AC 40

104

130

154

192

—

HVX04022N1 

HVX05022N1

HVX06022N1

HVX07522N1

HVX04032N1 

HVX05032N1

HVX06032N1

HVX07532N1

480V AC 100

125

150

124

156

180

—

HVX10024N1

HVX12524N1

HVX15024N1

HVX10034N1

HVX12534N1

HVX15034N1

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-199

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Table 40-301. HVX9000 IntelliDisconnect Base Unit Pricing

40 hp 208V and 230V supplied as a FR7 drive, but in a C-Box.

Frame

Size

Delivery

Code

Voltage hp

(IL)

Current NEMA Type 1 NEMA Type 12 NEMA Type 3R

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

FR4 FB10 208V AC 1

4.8

7.8

HVX00111B2

HVX00211B2

HVX00311B2

HVX00121B2

HVX00221B2

HVX00321B2

HVX00131B2

HVX00231B2

HVX00331B2

230V AC 1

4.8

7.8

HVX00112B2

HVX00212B2

HVX00312B2

HVX00122B2

HVX00222B2

HVX00322B2

HVX00132B2

HVX00232B2

HVX00332B2

480V AC 1

7-1/2

3.3

4.3

5.6

7.6

HVX00114B2

HVX00214B2

HVX00314B2

HVX00514B2

HVX00714B2

HVX00124B2

HVX00224B2

HVX00324B2

HVX00524B2

HVX00724B2

HVX00134B2

HVX00234B2

HVX00334B2

HVX00534B2

HVX00734B2

FR5 FB10 208V AC 5

7-1/2

17.5

HVX00511B2

HVX00711B2

HVX01011B2

HVX00521B2

HVX00721B2

HVX01021B2

HVX00531B2

HVX00731B2

HVX01031B2

230V AC 5

7-1/2

17.5

HVX00512B2

HVX00712B2

HVX01012B2

HVX00522B2

HVX00722B2

HVX01022B2

HVX00532B2

HVX00732B2

HVX01032B2

480V AC 10

HVX01014B2

HVX01514B2

HVX02014B2

HVX01024B2

HVX01524B2

HVX02024B2

HVX01034B2

HVX01534B2

HVX02034B2

FR6 FB10 208V AC 15

HVX01511B2

HVX02011B2

HVX01521B2

HVX02021B2

HVX01531B2

HVX02031B2

230V AC 15

HVX01512B2

HVX02012B2

HVX01522B2

HVX02022B2

HVX01532B2

HVX02032B2

480V AC 25

HVX02514B2

HVX03014B2

HVX04014B2

HVX02524B2

HVX03024B2

HVX04024B2

HVX02534B2

HVX03034B2

HVX04034B2

FR7 FB10 208V AC 25

HVX02511N2

HVX03011N2

HVX02521N2

HVX03021N2

HVX02531N2

HVX03031N2

230V AC 25

HVX02512N2

HVX03012N2

HVX02522N2

HVX03022N2

HVX02532N2

HVX03032N2

480V AC 50

105

HVX05014N2

HVX06014N2

HVX07514N2

HVX05024N2

HVX06024N2

HVX07524N2

HVX05034N2

HVX06034N2

HVX07534N2

FR8 FB10 208V AC 40

114

143

169

—

HVX04021N2 

HVX05021N2

HVX06021N2

HVX04031N2 

HVX05031N2

HVX06031N2

230V AC 40

104

130

154

192

—

HVX04022N2 

HVX05022N2

HVX06022N2

HVX07522N2

HVX04032N2 

HVX05032N2

HVX06032N2

HVX07532N2

480V AC 100

125

150

124

156

180

—

HVX10024N2

HVX12524N2

HVX15024N2

HVX10034N2

HVX12534N2

HVX15034N2

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

40-200

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Table 40-302. Option Pricing

Fused Drive Isolation (P3) is not available in NEMA Type 1 Design in

208V 30 hp and 480V 75 hp.

Fused Drive Isolation (P3) and 3rd Contactor Drive Isolation (P6) cannot

be installed together in NEMA Type 1 Design.

P6 option only available with IntelliPass Drives.

75 hp only available on 230V units.

Table 40-302. Option Pricing (Continued)

75 hp only available on 230V units.

Catalog Number EMA13.

PE option only available with IntelliDisconnect Drives.

K9 option only available with IntelliPass Drives.

Table 40-303. Enclosure Option

Space Heater (SA) only applicable in NEMA Type 12/3R enclosures.

S5 option only available in enclosure size C in Type 12/3R enclosures.

Voltage hp (IL) Description Sufﬁx

Number

Adder

U.S. $

208V 1 – 7-1/2

30 

Drive Isolation

Fusing

P3 

230V 1 – 7-1/2

Drive Isolation

Fusing

P3 

480V 1 – 15

75 

100

125

150

Drive Isolation

Fusing

P3 

208/230V AC 1 – 3

5 – 7-1/2

3rd Contactor Drive

Isolation

P6 

75 

480V AC 1 – 7-1/2

10 – 15

3rd Contactor Drive

Isolation

P6 

100

125

150

Voltage hp (IL) Description Sufﬁx

Number

Adder

U.S. $

208/230V AC 1 – 3

5 – 7-1/2

Output Contactor PE 

75 

480V AC 1 – 7-1/2

10 – 15

Output Contactor PE 

100

125

150

208/230V AC 1 – 30 Auxiliary Contacts,

(2) Factory Installed

K9 

480V AC 1 – 75 Auxiliary Contact,

(1) Not Installed



Auxiliary Contacts,

(2) Factory Installed

K9 

Description Factory Installed

Sufﬁx

Number

Adder

U.S. $

Space Heater SA

Floor Stand 22" S5

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-201

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

HVX9000 IntelliPass Option Boards

Figure 40-99. HVX9000 IntelliPass Option Boards

The HVX9000 IntelliPass Series drives can accommodate a

wide selection of expander and adapter option boards to

customize the drive for your application needs. The drive’s

control unit is designed to accept a total of ﬁve option

boards. See Figure 40-99.

The HVX9000 IntelliPass factory installed standard option

board conﬁguration includes an A9I/O board, A2 relay out-

put board and a B5 output board which are installed in slots

A, B and C respectively. Two slots (D, E) for extended I/O and

communication cards.

Table 40-304. Option Board Kits

AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output; DI = Digital Input;

DO = Digital Output; RO = Relay Output.

Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card.

Slot indicated in bold is the preferred location.

Only one communication card can be installed.

Accessories

Table 40-305. HVX9000 Drive Accessories

Dimensions

Figure 40-100. NEMA Type 1 IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive

Dimensions

Table 40-306. NEMA Type 1 IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive

Dimensions

Option Kit

Description 

Allowed 

Slot

Locations

Catalog

Number

Kit

Price

U.S. $

Factory Installed

Sufﬁx

Number

Adder

U.S. $

Basic I/O Cards

2 RO

6 DI, 1 DO 2 AI, 1 AO

small terminal block

3 RO

OPTA2

OPTA9

OPTB5

Standard

Extended I/O Cards

1 AI, 2 AO

3 RO

C, D

OPTB4

OPTB5

Communication Cards 

Modbus

Lonworks

Johnson Controls N2

Siemens Apogee FLN

BacNet

D, E

OPTC2

OPTC4

OPTC2

OPTCB

OPTCJ

Description Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

9000X Drive Demo 9000XDEMO

Hand Held 24V Auxiliary Power Supply —

used to supply power to the control module

in order to perform keypad programming

before the drive is connected to line voltage

9000XAUX24V

ABCDE

Frame

Size

Voltage

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions

in Inches (mm)

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

HWD

4 208

230

480

1 – 3

1 – 7-1/2

18.32

(465)

5.05

(128)

12.45

(316)

21.0

(10.0)

5 208

230

480

5 – 10

10 – 20

23.68

(601)

5.40

(137)

15.34

(390)

35.0

(16.0)

6 208

230

480

15, 20

25 – 40

30.25

(768)

7.5

(191)

15.02

(382)

67.0

(30.0)

7 208

230

480

25, 30

50 – 75

38.27

(972)

9.1

(231)

15.02

(382)

108

(49)

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-6

June 2008

40-202

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HXV9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Enclosure Box A NEMA Type 12

Figure 40-101. NEMA Type 12 IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions

Table 40-307. NEMA Type 12 IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions

Voltage

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx. Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1H2W W1D D1

208V 1 – 15 29.00

(736.6)

27.00

(685.8)

25.35

(643.9)

16.92

(429.8)

15.30

(388.6)

16.26

(413.0)

2.34

(59.4)

120

(54)

160

(73)

230V 1 – 15

480V 1 – 30

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum Air

Space

Required

Both Sides

4.00 (101.6)

Minimum Free Air

Space Required

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

H1 H

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-203

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Enclosure Box B NEMA Type 12

Figure 40-102. NEMA Type 12 IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions

Table 40-308. NEMA Type 12 IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions

Voltage

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx. Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1H2W W1D D1

208V 20 – 30 40.00

(1016.0)

38.00

(965.2)

36.35

(923.3)

20.92

(531.4)

19.30

(490.2)

16.76

(425.7)

2.34

(59.4)

185

(84)

229

(104)

230V 20 – 30

480V 40 – 75

4.00 (101.6)

Minimum Free Air

Space Required

H2H1 H

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum Air

Space

Required

Both Sides

DD1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

40-204

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Enclosure Box C NEMA Type 12

Figure 40-103. NEMA Type 12 IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions

Table 40-309. NEMA Type 12 IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions

Consult Factory.

Voltage

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1H2H3H4WW1DD1

208V 40 – 60 52.00

(1320.8)

50.00

(1270.0)

48.35

(1228.1)

72.00

(1828.8)

71.19

(1808.2)

30.92

(785.4)

29.30

(744.2)

16.78

(426.2)

2.34

(59.4)



230V 40 – 75

480V 100 – 150

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum Air Space

Required Both Sides

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

WD1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum Air Space

Required Both Sides

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

H2H1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-205

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Enclosure Box A NEMA Type 3R

Figure 40-104. NEMA Type 3R IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions

Table 40-310. NEMA Type 3R IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions

Voltage

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx.

Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1H2H3W W1W2W3D D1D2

208V 1 – 15 33.00

(838.2)

31.36

(796.5)

29.67

(753.6)

25.35

(643.9)

21.05

(534.7)

16.92

(429.8)

15.30

(388.6)

2.07

(52.6)

17.24

(437.9)

16.26

(413.0)

3.31

(84.1)

170

(77)

215

(98)

230V 1 – 15

480V 1 – 30

H3H2H1

W1 D2

3 D1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

40-206

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Enclosure Box B NEMA Type 3R

Figure 40-105. NEMA Type 3R IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions

Table 40-311. NEMA Type 3R IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions

Voltage

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx.

Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2

208V 20 – 30 46.09

(1170.7)

44.45

(1129.0)

42.77

(1086.4)

36.35

(923.3)

26.31

(668.3)

20.92

(531.4)

19.30

(490.2)

2.69

(68.3)

17.74

(450.6)

16.76

(425.7)

3.31

(84.1)

235

(107)

290

(132)

230V 20 – 30

480V 40 – 75

H1 H

W1 D2

3D1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-207

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Enclosure Box C NEMA Type 3R

Figure 40-106. NEMA Type 3R IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions

Table 40-312. NEMA Type 3R IntelliPass/IntelliDisconnect Drive Dimensions

Consult Factory.

Voltage

(IL)

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1H2H3H4H5WW1W2W3DD1D2

208V 40 – 60 58.09

(1475.5)

56.45

(1433.8)

54.77

(1391.2)

48.35

(1228.1)

78.09

(1983.5)

77.64

(1972.1)

37.73

(958.3)

30.92

(785.4)

29.30

(744.2)

3.34

(84.8)

17.74

(450.6)

16.77

(426.0)

3.31

(84.1)



230V 40 – 75

480V 100 – 150

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting Holes

(4 Places)

H3 H

W3 D2 D1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

40-208

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 40-107. A2 Board Control Wiring

Figure 40-108. A9 Board Control Wiring

Figure 40-109. B5 Board Control Wiring

Figure 40-110. HVX9000 IntelliPass Power Wiring

RO1/1

RO1/2

RO1/3

RO2/1

RO2/2

RO2/3

Max. Current/Voltage

Switching:

<8A / 24V DC

<0.4A / 300V DC

<2 kVA / 250V AC

Continuously <2 Arms

AC / DC

Basic Relay

Board A2

24V

GND

24V

GND

0 (4)/20 mA

RL<500

V<+48V

I<50 mA

Input Reference

(Voltage)

Input Reference

(Current)

Indicates Connections for Inverted Signals

Control Voltage Output

Basic I/O

Board A9 AI1+

+10Vref

24Vout

GND

AI2+

AI2-

GND

DIN1

DIN2

DIN3

CMA

DIN4

GND

DIN5

DIN6

CMB

AO1+

DO1

AO1-

RO1/1

RO1/2

RO2/1

RO2/2

RO3/1

RO3/2

Basic Relay

Board B5

Drive Run

Bypass

Overload

Reset

Max. Current/Voltage

Switching:

<8A / 24V DC

<0.4A / 300V DC

<2 kVA / 250V AC

Continuously <2 Arms

Bypass

Incoming Power

L1 L2 L3

Circuit

Breaker

To Drive Input

To Drive Output

U(T1)

L2 L3

Output

Contactor

V(T2)W(T3)

Motor

Bypass

Contactor

Overload

Relay

U(T1)

V(T2)

W(T3)

Optional Fuse

Drive Input

Contactor

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-209

Adjustable Frequency Drives

HVX9000

IntelliPass and IntelliDisconnect Drives

Figure 40-111. HVX9000 IntelliDisconnect Power Wiring

Incoming Power

L1 L2 L3

Circuit

Breaker

Optional Fuse

To Drive Input

To Drive Output

Motor

U(T1)

V(T2)

W(T3)

U(T1)

Optional

Output

Contactor

V(T2)W(T3)

June 2008

40-210

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Contents

Description Page

CFX9000 Enclosed Drives

Product Description . . . . . . 40-210

Features and Beneﬁts . . . . . 40-210

Application Description . . . 40-211

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . 40-217

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-218

Product Selection . . . . . . . . 40-219

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-224

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-231

Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . 40-239

CFX9000 —

UL Type 1, 150 hp IL

Product Description

The Cutler-Hammer® CFX9000 Clean

Power Drives from Eaton’s electrical

business use tuned passive ﬁlters to

signiﬁcantly reduce line harmonics at

the drive input terminals.

The CFX9000 drive also delivers True

Power Factor — in addition to reduc-

ing harmonic distortion, the CFX9000

drive prevents transformer overheat-

ing and overloading of breakers and

feeders, which enables the application

of adjustable frequency drives on gen-

erators and other high impedance

power systems.

The 9000X Family of Drives includes

HVX9000, SVX9000, SLX9000 and

SPX9000. 9000X Series drive ratings

are rated for either high overload (IH)

or low overload (IL). IL indicates 110%

overload capacity for 1 minute out

of 10 minutes. IH indicates 150%

overload capacity for 1 minute out

of 10 minutes.

CFX9000 Enclosed Products

Program

■Standard Enclosed — covers a

wide range of the most commonly

ordered options. Pre-engineering

eliminates the lead time normally

associated with customer speciﬁc

options. Available conﬁgurations

are listed on Pages 40-219 – 40-228.

■Modiﬁed Standard Enclosed —

applies to speciﬁc customer require-

ments that vary from the Standard

Enclosed offering, such as the need

for an additional indicating light or

minor modiﬁcations to drawings.

Contact your local sales ofﬁce for

assistance in pricing and lead time.

■Custom Engineered — for those

applications with more unique or

complex requirements, these are

individually engineered to the cus-

tomer’s needs. Contact your local

sales ofﬁce for pricing and lead time.

Features and Beneﬁts

New CFX9000 Integrated Filter Clean

Power Drive features include (at 480V):

■7-1/2 – 40 hp IL drives available in

21" (W) x 40" (H) enclosure

■50 – 75 hp IL drives available in

31" (W) x 52" (H) enclosure

■100 – 150 hp IL drives available in

30" (W) x 90" (H) enclosure

■200 and 250 hp IL drives available in

48" (W) x 90" (H) enclosure

■300 – 400 hp IL drives available in

60" (W) x 90" (H) enclosure

■UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL Type 3R

and NEMA 12 with Gaskets and Filters

■Input Voltage: 480V, 230V, 575V

■Complete range of control, network

and power options

■Horsepower range:

❑480V, 7-1/2 – 400 hp IL

❑230V, 7-1/2 – 100 hp IL;

consult factory for details

❑575V, 15 – 400 hp IL;

consult factory for details

■Single enclosure for both drive and

ﬁlter reduces ﬁeld wiring and

enables convenient bypass

installation

■Packaged solution ensures optimal

coordination of drive and ﬁlter

CFX9000 —

UL Type 3R, 40 hp IL

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-211

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Application Description

Designed to meet the IEEE 519-1992 requirements for

onic distortion, the CFX9000 is an excellent choice for

small and midsize drives applications where harmonics are

a concern.

What Are Harmonics?

Take a perfect wave with a fundamental frequency of 60 Hz, which

is close to what is supplied by the power company.

Figure 40-112. Perfect Wave

Add a second wave that is ﬁve times the fundamental

frequency — 300 Hz (Typical of frequency added to the

line by a ﬂuorescent light).

Figure 40-113. Second Wave

Combine the two waves. The result is a 60 Hz supply rich in ﬁfth

harmonics.

Figure 40-114. Resulting Supply

What Causes Harmonics?

Harmonics are the result of nonlinear loads that convert

AC line voltage to DC. Examples of equipment that are

non-linear loads are listed below:

■AC variable frequency drives

■DC drives

■Fluorescence lighting, computers, UPS systems

■Industrial washing machines, punch presses, welders, etc.

How Can Harmonics Due to VFDs Be Diminished?

By applying drives from the Eaton Clean Power Drives

ly; The HCX9000, CFX9000 and CPX9000.

What Are Linear Loads?

Linear loads are primarily devices that run across the line and

do not add harmonics. Motors are prime examples. The

downside to having large motor linear loads is that they draw

more energy than a VFD, because of their inability to control

motor speed. In most applications there is a turn down valve

used with the motor which will reduce the ﬂow of the mate-

rial, without signiﬁcantly reducing the load to the motor.

While this provides some measure of speed control, it is

extremely inefﬁcient.

Why Be Concerned About Harmonics?

1. Installation and utility costs increase. Harmonics cause

damage to transformers and lower efﬁciencies due to

the IR loss. These losses can become signiﬁcant (from

16.6 – 21.6%) which can have a dramatic effect on the

HVAC systems that are controlling the temperatures of

the building where the transformer and drive equipment

reside.

2. Downtime and loss of productivity. Telephones and

data transmissions links may not be guaranteed to work

on the same power grids polluted with harmonics.

3. Downtime and nuisance trips of drives and other equip-

ment. Emergency generators have up to (3) three times

the impedance that is found in a conventional utility

source. Thus the harmonic voltage can be up to three

times as large, causing risk of operation problems.

4. Larger motors must be used. Motors running across the

line that are connected on polluted power distribution

grids can overheat or operate at lower efﬁciency due to

harmonics.

5. Higher installation costs. Transformers and power

equipment must be oversized to accommodate the loss

of efﬁciencies. This is due to the harmonic currents cir-

culating through the distribution without performing

useful work.

How Does a VFD Convert 3-Phase AC to a Variable

Output Voltage and Frequency?

The 6-pulse VFD: The majority of all conventional drives that

are built consist of a 6-pulse conﬁguration. Figure 40-115

represents a 6-diode rectiﬁer design that converts three-phase

utility power to DC. The inverter section uses IGBTs to convert

DC power to a simulated AC sine wave that can vary in

frequency from 0 – 400 Hz.

f(x) = sin(x)

Volts

(v)

Time

(t)

f(x) = sin(5x)

Volts

(v)

Time

(t)

f(x) = sin(x) +

Volts

(v)

Time

(t)

sin(5x)

June 2008

40-212

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Figure 40-115. 6-Diode Rectiﬁer Design

The 6-Pulse VFD drive creates harmonic current distortion.

The harmonic current that is created is energy that can not

be used by customers and causes external heat and losses

to all components including other drives that are on the

same power distribution. Figure 40-116 is a 100 hp drive

with 45A of damaging harmonic current.

Figure 40-116. 6-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current

Table 40-313. 6-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current

Guidelines of Meeting IEEE Std. 519-1992 Harmonic

Distortion Limits

The IEEE 519-1992 Speciﬁcation is a standard that provides

guidelines for commercial and industrial users that are

implementing medium and low voltage equipment.

Table 40-314. Maximum Harmonic Current Distortion in % of the

Fundamental (120V through 69,000V)

The ratio ISC/IL is the ratio of the short-circuit current available at

the point of common coupling (PCC), to the maximum fundamental

load current. Consequently, as the size of the user load decreases

with respect to the size of the system, the percentage of harmonic

current that the user is allowed to inject into the utility system

increases.

Notes:

TDD = Total demand distortion is the harmonic current distortion in

percent of the maximum demand load current (15 or 30 minute

demand).

ISC = Maximum short circuit current at the PCC not counting motor

contribution.

IL = Maximum demand load current for all of the connected loads

(fundamental frequency component) at the PCC.

All of the limits are measured at a point of common coupling.

L2A

L1A

L3A

Output Transistors

IGBT Section

Dynamic Braking

Transistor

6-Pulse Diode

Bridge Rectifier

Converter Section

Inverter Section

(–) DC

(+) DC

Bus

Capacitors

Motor

6-Pulse Circuit

Current Harmonics

I1 = 100% I11 = 6.10% I19 = 1.77%

I5 = 22.5% I13 = 4.06% I23 = 1.12%

I7 = 9.38% I17 = 2.26% I25 = 0.86%

Power = 100 hp

Harmonic Current = 45 Amps

200

Current

Amps

100

-100

-200

Time

Isc/ILHarmonic Order (Odd Harmonics) TDD

h<11 11≤h<17 17≤h<23 23≤h<35 35≤h

<20 4.0 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.3 5.0

20<50 7.0 3.5 2.5 1.0 0.5 8.0

50<100 10.0 4.5 4.0 1.5 0.7 12.0

100<1000 12.0 5.5 5.0 2.0 1.0 15.0

>1000 15.0 7.0 6.0 2.5 1.4 20.0

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-213

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Figure 40-117. Oneline Diagram for Harmonic Analysis

The best way to estimate AFD harmonic contribution to an electrical system is to perform a harmonic analysis based on known system

characteristics. The oneline in this Figure would provide the data to complete the calculations.

Terms

■PCC (Point of Common Coupling) is deﬁned as the electri-

cal connecting point between the utility and multiple cus-

tomers per the speciﬁcations in IEEE 519.

■POA (Point of Analysis) is deﬁned as where the harmonic

calculations are taken.

An oscilloscope can make all measurements at the PCC or

POA to do an on-site harmonic evaluation.

Harmonic Reduction Methods to Meet IEEE 519

1. Line Reactor

A line reactor is a 3-phase series inductance on the line side

of an AFD. If a line reactor is applied on all AFDs, it is possi-

ble to meet IEEE guidelines where 10 – 25% of system loads

are AFDs, depending on the stiffness of the line and the

value of line reactance. Line reactors are available in various

values of percent impedance, most typically 1 – 1.5%,

3% and 5%. (Note: the 9000X drives come standard with a

nominal 3% input impedance.)

Figure 40-118. Line Reactor

Advantages

■Low cost

■Can provide moderate reduction in voltage and current

harmonics

■Available in various values of percent impedance

■Provides increased input protection for AFD and its semi-

conductors from line transients

Disadvantages

■May not reduce harmonic levels to below IEEE 519-1992

guidelines

■Voltage drop due to IR loss

____Volts ____Volts

____Volts

____KVA

____Isc

____Impedance

PCC

Utility Side

Transformer

____Volts ____Volts

____Volts

____KVA

____Isc

____Impedance

Customer

Transformer

Customer

Generator

____Volts

____KVA

____Isc

____Impedance

Source A

Source B

Generator

Set

Motor

Total Linear Motor Loads

Total Nonlinear Drive Loads

____AMPS

Motor

AFD Motor

June 2008

40-214

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

2. Passive Filters

Tuned harmonic ﬁlters involve the series connection of an

inductor with the shunt connection of an inductor and capac-

itor to form a low impedance path to ground for a speciﬁc

range of frequencies. This path presents an alternative to the

ﬂow of harmonic currents back into the utility source.

Figure 40-119. CFX9000 Drive with Integrated Passive Filter

Figure 40-120. 100 hp CFX9000 480V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter

Table 40-315. 100 hp CFX9000 480V Drive with Integrated Passive Filter

Advantages

■Low cost for smaller horsepower applications

■More effective harmonic attenuation than 12-pulse drives

■Provides increased input protection for AFD from line

transients

Disadvantages

■Capacitors age over time, unlike magnetics

■Not as effective as 18-pulse drives

■Challenging to retroﬁt with bypass applications

3-Phase

Input

AC Input

Reactor

L1A

L2A

L3A

Output Transistors

IGBT Section

Dynamic Braking

Tra nsistor

6-Pulse Diode

Bridge Rectifier

Converter Section

Shunt

Fusing

Tuned

Shunt

Reactor

Tuned

Harmonic

Capacitor

Inverter Section

(–) DC

(+) DC

Bus

Capacitors

Motor

Passive Filter

Current Harmonics

I1 = 100% I11 = .24% I19 = .50%

I5 = 3.76% I13 = 1.1% I23 = .55%

I7 = 1.65% I17 = .80% I25 = 0.8%

Power = 74.6 kW

Hc = 8.6 Amps

200

Current

Amps

100

-100

-200

Time

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-215

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

3. 12-Pulse Converters

A 12-pulse converter incorporates two separate AFD input

semiconductor bridges, which are fed from 30º phase shifted

power sources with identical impedance. The sources may

be two isolation transformers, where one is a delta/wye

design (which provides the phase shift) and the second a

delta/delta design (which does not phase shift). The 12-pulse

arrangement allows the harmonics from the ﬁrst converter

to cancel the harmonics of the second. Up to approximately

85% reduction of harmonic current and voltage distortion

may be achieved (over standard 6-pulse converter). This per-

mits a facility to use a larger percentage of AFD loads under

IEEE 519-1992 guidelines than allowable using line reactors

or DC chokes. A harmonic analysis is required to guarantee

compliance with guidelines.

Figure 40-121. Basic 12-Pulse Rectiﬁer with “Phase Shifting” Transformer

Figure 40-122. 100 hp 480V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectiﬁer

Table 40-316. 100 hp 480V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectiﬁer

Advantages

■Reasonable cost, although signiﬁcantly more than reac-

tors or chokes

■Substantial reduction (up to approx. 85%) in voltage and

current harmonics

■Provides increased input protection for AFD and its semi-

conductors from line transients

Disadvantages

■Impedance matching of phase shifted sources is critical to

performance

■Transformers often require separate mounting or larger

AFD enclosures

■May not reduce distribution harmonic levels to below

IEEE 519-1992 guidelines

■Cannot retroﬁt for most AFDs

12-Pulse Diode

Bridge Rectifier

Converter Section

Inverter Section

(+) DC

L1A

L2A

L3A

L1B

L2B

L3B

(-) DC

Dynamic Braking

Tra nsistor

Output Transistors

IGBT Section

Motor

12-Pulse Diode

Bridge Rectifier

Converter Section

12-Pulse

Phase Shifting

Tra nsformer

Bus

Capacitors

12-Pulse Circuit

Current Harmonics

I1 = 100% I11 = 4.19% I19 = 0.06%

I5 = 1.25% I13 = 2.95% I23 = 0.87%

I7 = 0.48% I17 = 0.21% I25 = 0.73%

Power = 100 hp

Hc = 20 Amps

200

Current

Amps

100

-100

-200

Time

June 2008

40-216

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

4. Clean Power 18-Pulse Drives

When the total load is comprised of non-linear load such as

drives and the ratio is Isc/IL, the greatest harmonic mitiga-

tion is required. Under these conditions, the currents drawn

from the supply need to be sinusoidal and “clean” such that

system interference and additional losses are negligible. The

Cutler-Hammer CPX9000 Clean Power Drive uses a phase-

shifting auto transformer with delta-connected winding that

carries only the ampere-turns caused by the difference in

load currents. This results in nine separate phases. In this

type of configuration, the total KVA rating of the transformer

magnetic system was only 48% that of the motor load.

A traditional isolated transformer system, with multipulse

windings, would require the full KVA rating to be supported,

which is more common in a MV step-down transformer.

The integrated 18-pulse clean power drive, with near sine wave

input current and low harmonics will meet the requirements

IEEE 519-1992 under all practical operating conditions. The

comparisons with 6-pulse, passive ﬁlter and 12-pulse, systems

are shown in Figures 40-116, 40-120, 40-122 and 40-124.

Figure 40-123. Basic 18-Pulse Rectiﬁer with Phase-Shifting Auto-Transformer

Figure 40-124. 100 hp 480V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectiﬁers

Table 40-317. 100 hp 480V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectiﬁers

Advantages

■Effectively guarantees compliance with IEEE 519-1992

■Provides increased input protection for AFD and its semi-

conductors from line transients

■Up to 4 times the harmonic reduction of 12-pulse methods

■Smaller transformer than isolation transformer used in

12-pulse converter

■Minimizes ripple current in capacitors, doubling expected

capacitor life

Disadvantages

■Larger and heavier magnetics than some other methods

Output Transistors

IGBT Section

Dynamic Braking

Tra nsistor

Pre-charge

Circuit

18-Pulse SCR

Bridge Rectifier

Converter Section

18-Pulse

Phase-Shifting

Auto-Transformer

Inverter Section

(–) DC

(+) DC

Diode Rectifiers

Bus

Capacitors

3-Phase

AC Input

Motor

18-Pulse Clean Power

Current Harmonics

I1 = 100% I11 = 0.24% I19 = 1.00%

I5 = 0.16% I13 = 0.10% I23 = 0.01%

I7 = 0.03% I17 = 0.86% I25 = 0.01%

Power = 100 hp

Hc = 5.9 Amps

200

Current

Amps

100

-100

-200

Time

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-217

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

Table 40-318. Speciﬁcations

The EMI ﬁlter is optional in FR10.

See Table 40-321 for speciﬁc ratings.

Table 40-319. Standard I/O Speciﬁcations

Feature Description CFX9000 Enclosed Products —

UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL Type

3R and NEMA 12 Filtered

Primary Design Features

45 – 66 Hz Input Frequency Standard

Output: AC Volts Maximum Input Voltage Base

Output Frequency Range: Hz 0 – 320

Initial Output Current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds

Overload: 1 Minute (IH/IL) 150%/110%

Enclosure Space Heater Optional

Oversize Enclosure Standard

Output Contactor Optional

Bypass Motor Starter Optional

Listings UL, cUL

Protection Features

Incoming Line Fuses Optional

AC Input Circuit Disconnect Optional

Phase Rotation Insensitive Standard

EMI Filter FR6 – FR9 

Input Phase Loss Protection Standard

Input Overvoltage Protection Standard

Line Surge Protection Standard

Output Short Circuit Protection Standard

Output Ground Fault Protection Standard

Output Phase Protection Standard

Overtemperature Protection Standard

DC Overvoltage Protection Standard

Drive Overload Protection Standard

Motor Overload Protection Standard

Programmer Software Optional

Local/Remote Keypad Standard

Keypad Lockout Standard

Fault Alarm Output Standard

Built-In Diagnostics Standard

MOV Optional

Input/Output Interface Features

Setup Adjustment Provisions:

Remote Keypad/Display

Personal Computer

Standard

Operator Control Provisions:

Drive Mounted Keypad/Display

Remote Keypad/Display

Conventional Control Elements

Serial Communications

115V AC Control Circuit

Standard

Optional

Speed Setting Inputs:

Keypad

0 – 10V DC Potentiometer/Voltage Signal

4 – 20 mA Isolated

4 – 20 mA Differential

3 – 15 psig

Standard

Conﬁgurable

Optional

Analog Outputs:

Speed/Frequency

Torque/Load/Current

Motor Voltage

Kilowatts

0 – 10V DC Signals

4 – 20 mA DC Signals

Isolated Signals

Standard

Programmable

Conﬁgurable w/Jumpers

Standard

Optional

Feature Description CFX9000 Enclosed Products —

UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL Type

3R and NEMA 12 Filtered

Input/Output Interface Features (Continued)

Discrete Outputs:

Fault Alarm

Drive Running

Drive at Set Speed

Optional Parameters

Dry Contacts

Open Collector Outputs

Additional Discrete Outputs

Standard

Programmable

2 Relays Form C

Optional

Communications:

RS-232

RS-422/485

DeviceNet™

Modbus RTU

CanOpen (Slave)

Proﬁbus-DP

Lonworks®

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2

Ethernet IP

BACnet

Standard

Optional

Performance Features

Sensorless Vector Control Standard

Volts/Hertz Control Standard

IR and Slip Compensation Standard

Electronic Reversing Standard

Dynamic Braking Optional

DC Braking Standard

PID Setpoint Controller Programmable

Critical Speed Lockout Standard

Current (Torque) Limit Standard

Adjustable Acceleration/Deceleration Standard

Linear or S Curve Accel/Decel Standard

Jog at Preset Speed Standard

Thread/Preset Speeds 7

Automatic Restart Selectable

Coasting Motor Start Standard

Coast or Ramp Stop Selection Standard

Elapsed Time Meter Optional

Standard Conditions for Application and Service

Maximum Operating Ambient

Temperature

0 – 50°C 

Storage Temperature -40 – 60°C

Humidity (Maximum),

Non-condensing

95%

Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up

to 3280 ft. (1000m); 1% derating for

each 328 ft. (100m) above 3280 ft.

(1000m); max. 9842 ft. (3000m)

Line Voltage Variation +10/-15%

Line Frequency Variation 45 – 66 Hz

Efﬁciency >96%

Power Factor (Displacement) .99

Description Speciﬁcation

6 – Digital Input Programmable 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥ 18V,Ri > 5 k

2 – Analog Input Conﬁgurable

w/Jumpers

Voltage: 0 – ±10V, Ri > 200 k

Current: 0 (4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250 k

2 – Digital Output Programmable Form C Relays 250V AC 2 Amp or

30V DC2 Amp resistive

1 – Digital Output Programmable Open collector 48V DC 50 mA

1 – Analog Output Programmable

Conﬁgurable w/Jumper

0 – 20 mA, impedance 500 ohms,

resolution 106 ±3%

June 2008

40-218

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-320. CFX9000 Enclosed Drive Catalog Numbering System

Brake Chopper is standard in 208V, 230V and 480V drives up to FR6; optional in all other drives.

Local/remote keypad is included as the standard Control Panel.

Some options are voltage and/or horsepower speciﬁc. Consult your Eaton representative for details.

See Pages 40-224 and 40-225 for descriptions.

Includes local/remote speed reference switch.

See Pages 40-226 and 40-227 for complete descriptions.

Consult Eaton for availability.

C F X 0 5 0 1 4 A A

Voltage Rating

1 = 208V

2 = 230V

4 = 480V

5 = 575V (575 – 600V)

Product Family

CFX = Integrated Filter Clean

Power Drive

Enclosure Rating

1 = UL Type 1

2 = UL Type 12

3 = UL Type 3R

6 = NEMA 12 Filtered

Application — Torque/Braking 

A = IL/No Brake Chopper

B = IL/Internal Brake Chopper

D = IH/No Brake Chopper

E = IH/Internal Brake Chopper

Enclosed Style

A = Enclosed Drive

Enclosed Options  Type

Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer 

Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA

Selector Switch 

3 – 15 psig Follower

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch (22 mm)

MANUAL/AUTO Reference Switch (22 mm)

START/STOP Pushbuttons (22 mm)

Bypass Test Switch for RA and RB

Standard Elapsed Time Meter

Control

Addl. Bypass

Control

Power On and Fault Pilot Lights

Bypass Pilot Lights for RA, RB, Bypass Options

Red RUN Light

Light

Addl. Bypass

Light

Input Disconnect

Input Line Fuses (200 kAIC)

Input Power Surge Protection

TVSS Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor

Output Contactor

Output Filter

MotoRx (Up to 600 Ft.) 1000 V/µS

DV/DT Filter

Single Overload Relay

Dual Overload Relays

Dual Overloads for Bypass

Input

Output

Addl. Bypass

Manual HOA Bypass Controller

Manual IOB Bypass Controller

Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller

Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller

Reduced Voltage Starter for Bypass

Bypass

Floor Stand 6"

Floor Stand 22"

Floor Stand 12"

Space Heater

Enclosure

Build options alphabetically and numerically.

Communication Options 

C2 = Modbus

C3 = Profibus DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = Profibus DP (D9 Connector)

C6 = CanOpen (Slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

C8 = Modbus (D9 Type

Connector)

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP

CJ = BACnet

CK = Ethernet IP

D3 = RS-232 with D9 Connection

Horsepower Rating

007 = 7-1/2 hp

010 = 10 hp

015 = 15 hp

020 = 20 hp

025 = 25 hp

030 = 30 hp

040 = 40 hp

050 = 50 hp

060 = 60 hp

075 = 75 hp

100 = 100 hp

125 = 125 hp

150 = 150 hp

200 = 200 hp

250 = 250 hp

300 = 300 hp

350 = 350 hp

400 = 400 hp

Engineered Options

High Temperature rating for 50°C 

Varnished Boards

Control Options

B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

B8 = 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42 – 240V AC Input

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-219

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Product Selection

Figure 40-125. UL Type 12, 40 hp

When Ordering

■Select a Base Catalog Number that

meets the application requirements

— nominal horsepower, voltage and

enclosure rating. (The enclosed

drive’s continuous output amp rating

should be equal to or greater than

the motor’s full load amp rating.)

The base enclosed package includes

a standard drive, door-mounted

alphanumeric panel and enclosure.

■The CFX9000 product uses the term

High Overload (IH) in place of the

term Constant Torque (CT). Like-

wise, Low Overload (IL) is used in

place of the term Variable Torque

(VT). The new terms are a more

precise description of the rating.

The older terms included ambient

temperature ratings in addition to

overload ratings. In order to mini-

mize enclosure size and offer the

highest ambient temperature rat-

ing, overload and temperature rat-

ings are now treated separately.

Ambient temperature ratings are

shown in Table 40-321.

Table 40-321. Ambient Temperature Ratings

For high temperature rating, select HT

option code and consult factory for pricing.

■If Dynamic Brake Chopper or

Control/Communication option is

desired, change the appropriate

code in the Base Catalog Number.

■Note: All of the programming is

exactly the same as the standard

SVX9000 drive.

■Select Enclosed Options. Add the

codes as sufﬁxes to the Base Catalog

Number in alphabetical and numeric

order.

Input Reactor

Optional Breaker

Disconnect (P1)

Shunt Fusing

Tuned Shunt

Reactor

SVX9000 Drive

Tuned Harmonic

Capacitor

Door Mounted

Keypad

Enclosure

Size

IHIL

B, C, 9 40°C 40°C

7, 8 50°C 50°C

June 2008

40-220

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-322. 208V — UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL Type 3R and NEMA 12 Filtered Product Selection

FR5 – FR7 drives not available in UL Type 1.

Table 40-323. CFX9000 Enclosure Selection

Table 40-324. Enclosure Dimension Drawings

Not available for UL Type 3R.

Note: Enclosures 7 and 8 are NEMA 12 Filtered.

hp NEC

Current

(A)

Chassis

Frame

UL Type 1 UL Type 12 and NEMA 12 Filtered UL Type 3R

Base Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Base Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Base Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Low Overload Drive

7-1/2

24.2

30.8

46.2

59.4

FR5

FR6



CFX00721BA

CFX01021BA

CFX01521BA

CFX02021BA

CFX00731BA

CFX01031BA

CFX01531BA

CFX02031BA

74.8

114

143

FR7

FR8



CFX05011AA

CFX02521AA

CFX03021AA

CFX04021AA

CFX05061AA

CFX02531AA

CFX03031AA

CFX04031AA

CFX05031AA

100

169

211

273

FR8

FR9

CFX06011AA

CFX07511AA

CFX10011AA

CFX06061AA

CFX07561AA

CFX10061AA

CFX06031AA

CFX07531AA

CFX10031AA

High Overload Drive

7-1/2

24.2

30.8

FR5

FR6



CFX00721EA

CFX01021EA

CFX00731EA

CFX01031EA

46.2

59.4

74.8

FR6

FR7



CFX01521EA

CFX02021DA

CFX02521DA

CFX01531EA

CFX02031DA

CFX02531DA

114

143

FR7

FR8



CFX04011DA

CFX05011DA

CFX03021DA

CFX04061DA

CFX05061DA

CFX03031DA

CFX04031DA

CFX05031DA

100

169

211

273

FR8

FR9

CFX06011DA

CFX07511DA

CFX10011DA

CFX06061DA

CFX07561DA

CFX10061DA

CFX06031DA

CFX07531DA

CFX10031DA

Chassis

Frame

UL Type 1 UL Type 12 UL Type 3R

Disconnect

Only

With Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

With Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

With Power

Options

FR4 N/A B B C

FR5N/A BCBC

FR6N/A BCBC

FR7 N/A 7 C 7 C E

FR8 7 E

FR9 8 E

Enclosure Size UL Type 1 & UL Type 12 Drawings UL Type 3R Drawings

BPage 40-231 Page 40-233

CPage 40-232 Page 40-234

E N/A Page 40-235

7Page 40-236 

8Page 40-237 

9Page 40-238 

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-221

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-325. 230V — UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL Type 3R and NEMA 12 Filtered Product Selection

FR5 – FR7 drives not available in UL Type 1.

Table 40-326. CFX9000 Enclosure Selection

Table 40-327. Enclosure Dimension Drawings

Not available for UL Type 3R.

Note: Enclosures 7 and 8 are NEMA 12 Filtered.

hp NEC

Current

(A)

Chassis

Frame

UL Type 1 UL Type 12 and NEMA 12 Filtered UL Type 3R

Base Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Base Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Base Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Low Overload Drive

7-1/2

FR5

FR6



CFX00722BA

CFX01022BA

CFX01522BA

CFX02022BA

CFX00732BA

CFX01032BA

CFX01532BA

CFX02032BA

104

130

FR7

FR8



CFX05012AA

CFX02522AA

CFX03022AA

CFX04022AA

CFX05062AA

CFX02532AA

CFX03032AA

CFX04032AA

CFX05032AA

100

154

192

248

FR8

FR9

CFX06012AA

CFX07512AA

CFX10012AA

CFX06062AA

CFX07562AA

CFX10062AA

CFX06032AA

CFX07532AA

CFX10032AA

High Overload Drive

7-1/2

FR5

FR6



CFX00722EA

CFX01022EA

CFX00732EA

CFX01032EA

FR6

FR7



CFX01522EA

CFX02022DA

CFX02522DA

CFX01532EA

CFX02032DA

CFX02532DA

104

130

FR7

FR8



CFX04012DA

CFX05012DA

CFX03022DA

CFX04062DA

CFX05062DA

CFX03032DA

CFX04032DA

CFX05032DA

100

154

192

248

FR8

FR9

CFX06012DA

CFX07512DA

CFX10012DA

CFX06062DA

CFX07562DA

CFX10062DA

CFX06032DA

CFX07532DA

CFX10032DA

Chassis

Frame

UL Type 1 UL Type 12 UL Type 3R

Disconnect

Only

With Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

With Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

With Power

Options

FR4 N/A B B C

FR5N/A BCBC

FR6N/A BCBC

FR7 N/A 7 C 7 C E

FR8 7 E

FR9 8 E

Enclosure Size UL Type 1 & UL Type 12 Drawings UL Type 3R Drawings

BPage 40-231 Page 40-233

CPage 40-232 Page 40-234

E N/A Page 40-235

7Page 40-236 

8Page 40-237 

9Page 40-238 

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-222

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-328. 480V AC CFX9000 Base Drive Product Selection

The Integrated Filter Clean Power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/

remote keypad and enclosure.

Consult factory.

FR4 – FR6 drives not available in UL Type 1.

This catalog number is used only with power options.

Table 40-329. CFX9000 Enclosure Selection

Consult factory.

Table 40-330. Enclosure Dimension Drawings

Not available for UL Type 3R.

Note: Enclosures 7 and 8 are NEMA 12 Filtered.

hp NEC

Current

(A)

Chassis

Frame

UL Type 1 UL Type 12 and NEMA 12 Filtered UL Type 3R

Base Catalog

Number Price

U.S. $

Base Catalog

Number Price

U.S. $

Base Catalog

Number Price

U.S. $

Low Overload Drive

7-1/2

FR4

FR5



CFX00724BA

CFX01024BA

CFX01524BA

CFX02024BA

CFX00734BA

CFX01034BA

CFX01534BA

CFX02034BA

FR6



CFX02524BA

CFX03024BA

CFX04024BA

CFX02534BA

CFX03034BA

CFX04034BA

FR7

CFX05014AA 

CFX06014AA 

CFX07514AA 

CFX05024AA

CFX06024AA

CFX07524AA

CFX05034AA

CFX06034AA

CFX07534AA

100

125

150

124

156

180

FR8

CFX10014AA

CFX12514AA

CFX15014AA

CFX10064AA

CFX12564AA

CFX15064AA

CFX10034AA

CFX12534AA

CFX15034AA

200

250

240

302

FR9

CFX20014AA

CFX25014AA

CFX20064AA

CFX25064AA

CFX20034AA

CFX25034AA

300

350

400

361

414

477

FR10

CFX30014AA

CFX35014AA

CFX40014AA

CFX30064AA

CFX35064AA

CFX40064AA



High Overload Drive

7-1/2 11 FR5 CFX00724EA CFX00734EA

FR5

FR6



CFX01024EA

CFX01524EA

CFX02024EA

CFX01034EA

CFX01534EA

CFX02034EA

FR6

FR7



CFX04014DA 

CFX02524EA

CFX03024EA

CFX04024DA

CFX02534EA

CFX03034EA

CFX04034DA

FR7

FR8

CFX05014DA 

CFX06014DA 

CFX07514DA

CFX05024DA

CFX06024DA

CFX07564DA

CFX05034DA

CFX06034DA

CFX07534DA

100

125

124

156

FR8

CFX10014DA

CFX12514DA

CFX10064DA

CFX12564DA

CFX10034DA

CFX12534DA

150

200

180

240

FR9

CFX15014DA

CFX20014DA

CFX15064DA

CFX20064DA

CFX15034DA

CFX20034DA

250

300

350

302

361

414

FR10

CFX25014DA

CFX30014DA

CFX35014DA

CFX25064DA

CFX30064DA

CFX35064DA



Chassis

Frame

UL Type 1 UL Type 12 UL Type 3R

Disconnect

Only

With Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

With Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

With Power

Options

FR4 N/A B B C

FR5N/A BCBC

FR6N/A BCBC

FR7 N/A 7 C 7 C E

FR8 7 E

FR9 8 E

FR10 9 

Enclosure Size UL Type 1 & UL Type 12 Drawings UL Type 3R Drawings

BPage 40-231 Page 40-233

CPage 40-232 Page 40-234

E N/A Page 40-235

7Page 40-236 

8Page 40-237 

9Page 40-238 

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-223

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-331. 575V — UL Type 1, UL Type 12, UL Type 3R and NEMA 12 Filtered Product Selection

FR6 – FR7 drives not available in UL Type 1.

Consult factory.

Table 40-332. CFX9000 Enclosure Selection

Consult factory.

Table 40-333. Enclosure Dimension Drawings

Not available for UL Type 3R.

Note: Enclosures 7 and 8 are NEMA 12 Filtered.

hp NEC

Current

(A)

Chassis

Frame

UL Type 1 UL Type 12 and NEMA 12 Filtered UL Type 3R

Base Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Base Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Base Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Low Overload Drive

FR6



CFX01525AA

CFX02025AA

CFX02525AA

CFX03025AA

CFX01535AA

CFX02035AA

CFX02535AA

CFX03035AA

FR7

FR8



CFX06015AA

CFX07515AA

CFX04025AA

CFX05025AA

CFX06065AA

CFX07565AA

CFX04035AA

CFX05035AA

CFX06035AA

CFX07535AA

100

125

150

200

125

144

192

FR8

FR9

CFX10015AA

CFX12515AA

CFX15015AA

CFX20015AA

CFX10065AA

CFX12565AA

CFX15065AA

CFX20065AA

CFX10035AA

CFX12535AA

CFX15035AA

CFX20035AA

250

300

400

242

289

382

FR10

CFX25015AA

CFX30015AA

CFX40015AA

CFX25065AA

CFX30065AA

CFX40065AA



High Overload Drive

FR6



CFX01025DA

CFX01525DA

CFX02025DA

CFX01035DA

CFX01535DA

CFX02035DA

FR6

FR7



CFX02525DA

CFX03025DA

CFX04025DA

CFX02535DA

CFX03035DA

CFX04035DA

FR8

CFX05015DA

CFX06015DA

CFX07515DA

CFX05065DA

CFX06065DA

CFX07565DA

CFX05035DA

CFX06035DA

CFX07535DA

100

125

150

125

144

FR9

CFX10015DA

CFX12515DA

CFX15015DA

CFX10065DA

CFX12565DA

CFX15065DA

CFX10035DA

CFX12535DA

CFX15035DA

200

250

192

242

FR10

CFX20015DA

CFX25015DA

CFX20065DA

CFX25065DA



300 289 FR10 CFX30015DA CFX30065DA 

Chassis

Frame

UL Type 1 UL Type 12 UL Type 3R

Disconnect

Only

With Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

With Power

Options

Disconnect

Only

With Power

Options

FR4 N/A B B C

FR5 N/A BCBC

FR6 N/A BCBC

FR7 N/A 7 C 7 C E

FR8 7 E

FR9 8 E

FR10 9 

Enclosure Size UL Type 1 & UL Type 12 Drawings UL Type 3R Drawings

BPage 40-231 Page 40-233

CPage 40-232 Page 40-234

E N/A Page 40-235

7Page 40-236 

8Page 40-237 

9Page 40-238 

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-224

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Options

Control/Communication Option Descriptions

Table 40-334. Available Control/Communications Options

Option Description Option

Type

K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer — Provides the DRIVE with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-

mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10V DC reference to generate a 0 – 10V signal at the analog voltage input signal

terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the hand position. Without

the HOA bypass option, a 2-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the Speed

Potentiometer or a remote speed signal.

Control

K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch — Provides the DRIVE with the ability to start/stop and adjust

the speed reference from door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive

will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position.

When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and 4 – 20 mA signal.

Control

K3 3 – 15 psig Follower — Provides a pneumatic transducer which converts a 3 – 15 psig pneumatic signal to either 0 – 8V DC or a

1 – 9V DC signal interface with the DRIVE. The circuit board is mounted on the inside of the front enclosure panel and connects to

the user’s pneumatic control system via 6 ft. (1.8m) of ﬂexible tubing and a 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) brass tube union.

Control

K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-bypass Conﬁgurations — Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to

select either a Hand or Auto mode of operation. Hand mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and Auto mode is defaulted to

control from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be conﬁgured via drive programming to allow for

alternate combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and Fieldbus.

Control

K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch — Provides door-mounted selector switch for Manual/Auto speed reference. Control

K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons — Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass

conﬁgurations.

Control

KF Bypass Test Switch for RB and RA — Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the

bypass controller. The Test Switch is mounted on the inside of the enclosure door.

Addl. Bypass

KO Standard Elapsed Time Meter — Provides a door-mounted elapsed run time meter. Control

L1 Power On and Fault Power Lights — Provides a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault

light that indicates a drive fault has occurred.

Light

L2 Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options — A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an

amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the

switches.

Addl. Bypass

LE Red Run Pilot Light (22 mm) — Provides a red run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light

P1 Input Disconnect Assembly Rated to 100 kAIC — High Interrupting Motor Circuit Protector (HMCP) or Circuit Breaker that

provides a means of short circuit protection for the power cables between it and the DRIVE, and protection from high-level

ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of disconnecting the DRIVE from the line and the operating

mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Input

P3 Input Line Fuses Rated to 200 kAIC — Provides high-level fault protection of the DRIVE input power circuit from the load side of

the fuses to the input side of the power transistors. This option consists of three 200 kA fuses, which are factory mounted in the

enclosure.

Input

P7 MOV Surge Suppressor — Provides a Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV) connected to the line side terminals and is designed to clip

line side transients.

Input

P8 TVSS Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor — Provides transient voltage surge suppression of the unit. Consult factory for

ratings.

Input

PE Output Contactor — Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor

coil is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600V AC are provided for

customer use. Bypass Options RB and RA include an Output Contactor as standard. This option includes a low VA 115V AC fused

Control Power Transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Output

PF Output Filter — Used to reduce the transient voltage (DV/DT) at the motor terminals. The Output Filter is recommended for cable

lengths exceeding 100 ft. (30m) or for a drive rated at 525 – 690V. This option is mounted in the enclosure, and may be used in

conjunction with a Brake Chopper Circuit.

Output

PG MotoRx (300 – 600 Ft.) 1000 V/µS DV/DT Filter — Used to reduce transient voltage (DV/DT) and peak voltages at the motor

terminals. This option is comprised of a .5% line reactor, followed by capacitive ﬁltering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit.

Unlike the Output Filter (See option PF), the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the voltage peaks, resulting in a lower

voltage drop to the motor, and therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and

the drive is 300 – 600 feet (91 – 183m). This option can not be used with the Brake Chopper Circuit. The Output Filter (option PF)

should be investigated as an alternative.

Output

PH Single Overload Relay — Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on

conﬁgurations without bypass options. It is included with the Bypass Conﬁgurations for overload current protection in the

bypass mode. The Overload Relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually resettable. Heater pack included.

Output

PI Dual Overload Relays — This option is recommended when a single drive is operating 2 motors and overload current protection

is needed for each of the motors. The standard conﬁguration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a

motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp

motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included.

Output

PN Dual Overloads for Bypass — This option is recommended when a single drive is operating 2 motors in the bypass mode and

overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. The standard conﬁguration includes two bimetallic overload

relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload

relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable.

Addl. Bypass

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-225

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-334. Available Control/Communications Options (Continued)

Option Description Option Type

RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller — The Manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means of

bypassing the DRIVE, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of

an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector

switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter mode.

For applications up to 250 hp, an IT. Series IEC input contactor, an IT. Series IEC output contactor, and an IT. Series IEC starter

with an electronic overload relay is included. For applications above 250 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output

contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and

electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 40-239).

Bypass

RB Manual IOB Bypass Controller — The Manual INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means of

bypassing the DRIVE, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists of

an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted IOB selector

switch. For applications up to 250 hp, an IT. Series IEC input contactor, an IT. Series IEC output contactor, and an IT. Series IEC

starter with an electronic overload relay is included. For applications above 250 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage

output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and

electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 40-239).

Bypass

RC Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller – The Manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means

of bypassing the DRIVE, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry

provides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the line” operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input

disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector switch and

an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in either mode. For applications up

to 250 hp, an IT. Series IEC input contactor, an IT. Series IEC output contactor, and an IT. Series IEC starter with an electronic overload

relay is included. For applications above 250 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contactor and an Advantage

starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power

diagram on Page 40-239). Door mounted pilot lights are provided which indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light

indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode.

WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch

is turned to the OFF position.

Bypass

RD Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller — The Auto INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means

of bypassing the DRIVE, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry

provides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the line” operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input

disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted IOB selector switch. For

applications up to 250 hp, an IT. Series IEC input contactor, an IT. Series IEC output contactor, and an IT. Series IEC starter with an

electronic overload relay is included. For applications above 250 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output

contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and

electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 40-239). Door mounted pilot lights are provided which indicate bypass or

inverter operation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the

motor is running in bypass mode.

WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch

is turned to the OFF position.

Bypass

RG Reduced Voltage Starter for Bypass — Used in conjunction with bypass option RA, RB, RC or RD. This option adds IT. Series

reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.

Bypass

S4 Floor Stand 6" — Raises “E” box off the ground 6" (152.4 mm). Recommended when box is not installed on an appropriate

concrete pad.

Enclosure

S5 Floor Stand 22" — Converts a Size B or C, normally wall mounted enclosure to a ﬂoor standing enclosure with a height of

22" (558.8 mm).

Enclosure

S6 Floor Stand 12" — Converts a Size C, normally wall mounted enclosure to a ﬂoor standing enclosure with a height of 12" (304.8 mm). Enclosure

S9 Space Heater — Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a

thermostat for variable temperature control. Heater requires a customer supplied 115V remote supply source.

Enclosure

June 2008

40-226

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

CFX9000 Series Option Board Kits

The 9000X Series drives can accom-

modate a wide selection of expander

and adapter option boards to custom-

ize the drive for your application

needs. The drive’s control unit is

designed to accept a total of ﬁve

option boards (see Figure 40-126).

The 9000X Series factory installed

standard board conﬁguration includes

an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay output

board, which are installed in slots A

and B. Figure 40-126. 9000X Series Option Boards

Table 40-335. Option Board Kits

Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in Bold is the preferred location.

AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output

OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

Modbus RTU Network Communications

The Modbus Network Card OPTC2 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive

as a slave on a Modbus network. The

interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB

connector (female) and the baud rate

ranges from 300 to 19200 baud. Other

communication parameters include an

address range from 1 to 247; a parity

of None, Odd or Even; and the stop

bit is 1.

Proﬁbus Network Communications

The Proﬁbus Network Card OPTC3 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive

as a slave on a Proﬁbus-DP network.

The interface is connected by a 9-pin

DSUB connector (female). The baud

rates range from 9.6K baud to 12M

baud, and the addresses range from

1 to 127.

LonWorks Network Communications

The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive

on a LonWorks network. This interface

uses Standard Network Variable Types

(SNVT) as data types. The channel

connection is achieved using a

FTT-10A Free Topology transceiver

via a single twisted transfer cable. The

communication speed with LonWorks

is 78 kBits/s.

ABCDE

Option Kit

Description 

Allowed Slot

Locations 

Field Installed Factory Installed SVX Ready Programs

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S.$

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S.$

Basic Local/

Remote

Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC

Standard I/O Cards (See Figure 40-126)

2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — XX X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO,

1 +10V DC ref, 2 ext

+24V DC/ EXT +24V DC

AOPTA9 — XX X XXXX

Extended I/O Card Options

6 DI, 1 ext

+24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 —— — ——XX

1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO),

1 Therm

B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 —— — ——XX

1 AI (mA isolated),

2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext

+24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 XX X XXXX

3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 —— — ——XX

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V

DC, 3 Pt100

B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 —— — ————

1 RO (NO), 5 DI

42 – 240V AC Input

B,C, D, E OPTB9 B9 —— — ——XX

Communication Cards 

Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 XX X XXXX

Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA —— — ————

Proﬁbus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 XX X XXXX

LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 XX X XXXX

Proﬁbus DP

(D9 Connector)

D, E OPTC5 C5 XX X XXXX

CanOpen (Slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 XX X XXXX

DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 XX X XXXX

Modbus

(D9 Type Connector)

D, E OPTC8 C8 XX X XXXX

Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI XX X XXXX

BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ XX X XXXX

Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK XX X XXXX

RS-232 with

D9 Connection

D, E OPTD3 D3 XX X XXXX

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-227

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

CanOpen (Slave) Communications

The CanOpen (Slave) Network Card OPTC6 is used for

connecting the 9000X Drive to a host system. According to

ISO11898 standard cables to be chosen for CAN bus should

have a nominal impedance of 120Ω, and speciﬁc line delay

of nominal 5 nS/m. 120Ω line termination resistors required

for installation.

DeviceNet Network Communications

The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7 is used for connecting

the 9000X Drive on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a

5.08 mm pluggable connector. Transfer method is via CAN

using a 2-wire twisted shielded cable with 2-wire bus power

cable and drain. The baud rates used for communication

include 125K baud, 250K baud and 500K baud.

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Network Communications

The OPTC2 ﬁeldbus board provides communication

between the 9000X Drive and a Johnson Controls Metasys™

N2 network. With this connection, the drive can be

controlled, monitored and programmed from the Metasys

system. The N2 ﬁeldbus is available as a factory installed

option and as a ﬁeld installable kit.

Modbus/TCP Network Communications

The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI is used for

connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet networks utilizing

Modbus protocol. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector.

This interface provides a selection of standard and custom

supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds.

The IP address of the board is conﬁgurable over Ethernet

using a supplied software tool.

BACnet Network Communications

The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ is used for connecting

the 9000X Drive to BACnet networks. It includes a 5.08 mm

pluggable connector. Data transfer is Master-Slave/Token

Passing (MS/TP) RS-485. This interface uses a collection of

30 Binary Value Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value Objects

(AVOs) to communicate drive parameters. The card supports

9.6, 19.2 and 38.4 Kbaud communication speeds and

supports network addresses 1 – 127.

Ethernet/IP Network Communications

The Ethernet/IP Network Card OPTCK is used for connecting

the 9000X Drive to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol networks. It

includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector. The interface uses

CIP objects to communicate drive parameters (CIP is

“Common Industrial Protocol”, the same protocol used by

DeviceNet). The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps

communication speeds. The IP address of the board is

conﬁgurable by Static, BOOTP and DHCP methods.

Table 40-336. I/O Speciﬁcations for the Control/Communication Options

Table 40-337. Conformal (Varnished) Coating Adder — VB Option

208V, 230V, 480V and 575V 

See catalog number description to order.

Enclosed Options

Table 40-338. 208V and 230V Light Options

Table 40-339. 208V and 230V Control Options

Description Speciﬁcations

Analog voltage, input 0 – ±10V, Ri ≥ 200 k

Analog current, input 0 (4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250

Digital Input 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥ 18V, Ri > 5 k

Aux. voltage 24V (±20%), max. 50 mA

Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 mA

Analog current, output

Analog voltage, output

0 (4) – 20 mA, RL = 500 k, resolution 10 bit,

accuracy ≤ ±2%

0 (2) – 10V, RL ≥ 1 k, resolution 10 bit,

accuracy ≤ ±2%

Relay output

Max. switching voltage

Max. switching load

Max. continuous load

300V DC, 250V AC

8A/24V DC, .4A/300V DC, 2 kVA/250V AC

2A rms

Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 k

Chassis

Frame

Delivery

Code

Adder

U.S. $

Chassis

Frame

Delivery

Code

Adder

U.S. $

FR6

FR7

FR8

FR9

FR10

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Power On/Fault Pilot

Lights (22 mm)

Red RUN

Light (22 mm)

L1 LE

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

7-1/2 – 100

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

with HOA

Selector Switch

3 – 15

psig

Follower

HAND/

OFF/

AUTO

Switch

(22 mm)

MANUAL/

AUTO Ref

Switch

(22 mm)

START/

STOP

Pushbuttons

(22 mm)

Standard

Elapsed

Time Meter

Input

Power

Surge

Protection

MOV

TVSS Transient

Voltage Surge

Suppressor

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 KO P7 P8

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

7-1/2 – 100

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-228

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-340. 208V and 230V Bypass Options 

See Pages 40-224 and 40-225 for details.

Table 40-341. 208V and 230V Enclosure Options

Requires customer supplied 115V AC supply.

Table 40-342. 208V and 230V Power Options

Heater packs not included.

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Bypass Test

Switch for

RA, RB, RC, RD

Bypass Pilot

Lights for RA,

RB Options

Dual Overloads

for Bypass

Manual HOA

Bypass

Controller

Manual IOB

Bypass

Controller

Auto Transfer

HOA Bypass

Controller

Auto Transfer

IOB Bypass

Controller

Reduced Volt

Starter for

Bypass

KF L2 PN RA RB RC RD RG

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

7-1/2

100

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Floor Stand

6" (152.4 mm)

Floor Stand

22" (558.8 mm)

Floor Stand

12" (304.8 mm)

Space Heater 

S4 S5 S6 S9

Enclosure

Size

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Input Output

Input

Disconnect

(HMCP)

65 kAIC

Input Line

Fuses

200 kAIC

Output

Contactor

Single

Overload

Relay 

Dual

Overload

Relays 

P1 P3 PE PH PI

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

7-1/2

100

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-229

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-343. 480V and 575V Light Options

Table 40-344. 480V and 575V Control Options

Table 40-345. 480V and 575V Bypass Options 

See Pages 40-224 and 40-225 for details.

Table 40-346. 480V and 575V Enclosure Options

Requires customer supplied 115V AC supply.

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Power On/Fault Pilot

Lights (22 mm)

Red RUN

Light (22 mm)

L1 LE

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

7-1/2 – 400

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

with HOA

Selector Switch

3 – 15

psig

Follower

HAND/

OFF/

AUTO

Switch

(22 mm)

MANUAL/

AUTO Ref

Switch

(22 mm)

START/

STOP

Pushbuttons

(22 mm)

Standard

Elapsed

Time Meter

Input

Power

Surge

Protection

MOV

TVSS

Transient

Voltage

Surge

Suppressor

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 KO P7 P8

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

7-1/2 – 400

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Bypass Test

Switch for

RA, RB, RC, RD

Bypass Pilot

Lights for RA,

RB Options

Dual Overloads

for Bypass

Manual HOA

Bypass

Controller

Manual IOB

Bypass

Controller

Auto Transfer

HOA Bypass

Controller

Auto Transfer

IOB Bypass

Controller

Reduced Volt

Starter for

Bypass

KF L2 PN RA RB RC RD RG

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

7-1/2

100

125

150

200

250

300

350

400

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Floor Stand

6" (152.4 mm)

Floor Stand

22" (558.8 mm)

Floor Stand

12" (304.8 mm)

Space Heater 

S4 S5 S6 S9

Enclosure

Size

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-230

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-347. 480V and 575V Power Options

Output ﬁlter may be required whenever the distance from the drive to the motor exceeds 100 feet (30m). Refer to Application Notes for further details.

Heater packs not included.

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Input Output

Input Disconnect

Thermo-mag

Breaker

65 kAIC

Input Line

Fuses

200 kAIC

Output

Contactor

Output

Filter 

MotoRx

(300 – 600 Ft.)

1000 V/μS DV/DT

Filter



Single

Overload

Relay 

Dual

Overload

Relays 

P1 P3 PE PF PG PH PI

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

7-1/2

100

125

150

200

250

300

350

400

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-231

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Dimensions

Enclosure Box B — UL Type 12

Figure 40-127. Enclosure Box B — UL Type 12 Dimensions

Table 40-348. Enclosure Box B — UL Type 12 Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx. Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1H2W W1D D1

40.00

(1016.0)

38.00

(965.2)

36.35

(923.3)

20.92

(531.4)

19.30

(490.2)

16.76

(425.7)

2.34

(59.4)

185

(84)

229

(104)

4.00 (101.6)

Minimum Free Air

Space Required

H2H1 H

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum Air

Space

Required

Both Sides

DD1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

40-232

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Box C — UL Type 12

Figure 40-128. Enclosure Box C — UL Type 12 Dimensions

Table 40-349. Enclosure Box C — UL Type 12 Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx. Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1H2H3H4W W1D D1

52.00

(1320.8)

50.00

(1270.0)

48.35

(1228.1)

72.00

(1828.8)

71.19

(1808.2)

30.92

(785.4)

29.30

(744.2)

16.78

(426.2)

2.34

(59.4)

320

(145)

435

(197)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum Air Space

Required Both Sides

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

WD1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

3.00 (76.2)

Minimum Air Space

Required Both Sides

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

H2H1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-233

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Box B — UL Type 3R

Figure 40-129. Enclosure Box B — UL Type 3R Dimensions

Table 40-350. Enclosure Box B — UL Type 3R Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx.

Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1 H2 H3 W W1 W2 W3 D D1 D2

46.09

(1170.7)

44.45

(1129.0)

42.77

(1086.4)

36.35

(923.3)

26.31

(668.3)

20.92

(531.4)

19.30

(490.2)

2.69

(68.3)

17.74

(450.6)

16.76

(425.7)

3.31

(84.1)

235

(107)

290

(132)

H1 H

W1 D2

3D1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting

Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

40-234

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Type C — UL Type 3R

Figure 40-130. Enclosure Box C — UL Type 3R Dimensions

Table 40-351. Enclosure Box C — UL Type 3R Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx. Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1H2H3H4H5WW1W2W3DD1D2

58.09

(1475.5)

56.45

(1433.8)

54.77

(1391.2)

48.35

(1228.1)

78.09

(1983.5)

77.64

(1972.1)

37.73

(958.3)

30.92

(785.4)

29.30

(744.2)

3.34

(84.8)

17.74

(450.6)

16.77

(426.0)

3.31

(84.1)

370

(168)

485

(220)

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting Holes

(4 Places)

H3 H

W3 D2 D1

0.44 (11.2)

Mounting Holes

(4 Places)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-235

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size E

Figure 40-131. Enclosure Box E — UL Type 3R Dimensions

Table 40-352. Enclosure Box E — UL Type 3R Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx.

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

Approx. Ship

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

H H1H2W W1DD1

99.58

(2529.3)

93.58

(2376.9)

69.51

(1765.6)

60.00

(1524.0)

48.00

(1219.2)

37.50

(952.5)

26.00

(660.4)

1,700

(771)

1,850

(839)

HH1H2

Note: Shown with optional

Floor Stands.

June 2008

40-236

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 7

Figure 40-132. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Construction: UL Type 1 Oversize

Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

30.00

(762.0)

15.50

(393.7)

21.50

(546.1)

Side View

15.00

(381.0)

8.00

(203.2)

8.50

(215.9)

18.75

(476.3)

5.75

(146.1)

1.75 (44.5) Typ.

24.45 (621.0)

28.05 (712.5)

20.00

(508.0)

26.25

(666.8)

4.79

(121.7)

Top View

Bottom View

10.00

(254.0)

Hinged Side

Door Clearance

at 90°

2.00

(50.8)

3.50

(88.9)

90.00

(2286.0)

93.92

(2385.6) 84.37

(2143.0)

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

Keypad

Exhaust

Air

For

Cable Entry

Operator Elements When Specified,

Mounted on These Panels

Intake Ventilating Slots

(Filtered on NEMA 12)

Key-Locking Handle

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Opening for

Bottom Cable Entry

.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Holes

(4 Places)

Flanged Disconnect Supplied

with Circuit Breaker When Specified

Front View

Approx.

Shipping Weight

1000 lbs. (454 kg)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-237

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 8

Figure 40-133. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Construction: UL Type 1 Oversize

Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

24.00 (609.6)

25.14 (639)

Side View 9.50

(241.3)

22.47

(570.74)

5.48

(139.19)

7.73

(196.34)

12.50

(317.5)

45.22 (1148.59)

37.47 (951.74)

3.01 (76.45)

8.25

(209.6)

1.25

(31.8)

31.00

(787.4)

21.45 (544.8) 21.31 (541.3)

48.00 (1219.2)

Front View

Top View

90.00

(2286.0)

93.50

(2374.9) 84.37

(2143.0)

Opening for Top Cable Entry

(2 Places)

Keypad

Operator Elements When Specified,

Mounted on These Panels

Intake Ventilating Slots

(Filtered on NEMA 12)

Key-Locking Handle

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Bottom View

.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Holes

(4 Places) Opening for

Bottom Cable Entry

Flanged Disconnect Supplied

with Circuit Breaker When Specified

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

Approx.

Shipping Weight

1400 lbs. (636 kg)

June 2008

40-238

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 9

Figure 40-134. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

25.00 (635.0)

26.14 (664.0)

9.75

(247.7)

Top View

1.5 (38.1) 43.5 (1104.9)

90.00

(2286.0)

93.50

(2374.9)

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

60.00 (1524)

Front View

Bottom View

Side View

7.46 x 15.00

(189.5 x 381.0)

Access in Top –

2 Places

8.50 x 12.00 (215.9 x 304.8)

Bottom Access

.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Hole –

5 Places

27.06

(687.3)

27.36

(694.9)

90° Max.

Door

Opening

29.05

(737.9)

11.93

(303.0)

25.00

(635.0)

18.84

(478.5)

8.20

(208.3)

2.00 (50.8) 22.90 (581.7)

32.72 (831.1)

46.30 (1176.0)

54.90 (1394.5)

Key-Locking Handle

Access

Plate –

4 Places

90° Max.

Door

Opening

Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

Material: Enclosure and Backplate – 12 ga.

= .1046 Cold Rolled Steel

Operator

Elements

When Specified,

Mounted on

These Panels

Keypad

Intake Ventilating Slots

(Filtered on NEMA 12)

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Flanged Disconnect

Supplied with

Circuit Breaker

When Specified

Approx.

Shipping Weight

1800 lbs. (817 kg)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-239

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CFX9000

Enclosed Drives

Wiring Diagram

Control Input/Output

Table 40-353. Basic Application Default I/O Conﬁguration

Terminal Signal Description

OPTA9

1 +10Vref Reference output Voltage for potentiometer, etc.

2 AI1+ Analog input, voltage range

0 – 10V DC

Voltage input frequency reference

3 AI1- I/O Ground Ground for reference and controls

4 AI2+ Analog input, current range

0 – 20 mA

Current input frequency reference

5 AI2-

6 +24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches, etc. max 0.1A

7 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls

8 DIN1 Start forward Contact closed = start forward

9 DIN2 Start reverse Contact closed = start reverse

10 DIN3 External fault input (programmable) Contact open = no fault

Contact closed = fault

11 CMA Common for DIN 1 – DIN 3 Connect to GND or +24V

12 +24V Control voltage output Voltage for switches (see terminal 6)

13 GND I/O ground Ground for reference and controls

14 DIN4 Multi-step speed select 1 DIN4 DIN5 Frequency ref.

15 DIN5 Multi-step speed select 2 Open

Closed

Open

Closed

Open

Closed

Ref.Vin

Multi-step ref.1

Multi-step ref.2

RefMax

16 DIN6 Fault reset Contact open = no action

Contact closed = fault reset

17 CMB Common for DIN4 – DIN6 Connect to GND or +24V

18 AO1+ Output frequency

Analog output

Programmable

Range 0 – 20 mA, RL max. 500Ω

19 AO1-

20 DO1 Digital output

READY

Programmable

Open collector, I ≤ 50 mA, V ≤ 48V DC

OPTA2

21 RO1 Relay output 1

RUN

22 RO1

23 RO1

24 RO2 Relay output 2

FAULT

25 RO2

26 RO2

Remote reference

0(4) – 20 mA

READY

RUN

Reference potentiometer

1 – 10 kΩ

June 2008

40-240

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Contents

Description Page

CPX9000 Enclosed Drives

Product Description . . . . . . 40-240

Features and Beneﬁts . . . . . 40-240

Application Description . . . 40-241

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . 40-246

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-247

Product Selection . . . . . . . . 40-248

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-251

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-256

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 40-261

CPX9000 — 150 hp IL

Product Description

The Cutler-Hammer® CPX9000 Clean

Power Drives from Eaton’s electrical

business use advanced 18-pulse,

clean power technology that signiﬁ-

cantly reduces line harmonics at the

drive input terminals, resulting in one

of the purest sinusoidal waveforms

available.

Enhancements to the CPX9000 Clean

Power Drives include smaller enclo-

sures and higher temperature ratings

than CP9000 for selected drives.

The CPX9000 drive also delivers True

Power Factor — in addition to reduc-

ing harmonic distortion, the CPX9000

drive prevents transformer overheat-

ing and overloading of breakers and

feeders, which enables the application

of adjustable frequency drives on gen-

erators and other high impedance

power systems.

The 9000X Family of Drives includes

HVX9000, SVX9000, SLX9000 and

SPX9000. 9000X Series drive ratings

are rated for either high overload (IH)

or low overload (IL). IL indicates 110%

overload capacity for 1 minute out

of 10 minutes. IH indicates 150%

overload capacity for 1 minute out

of 10 minutes.

CPX9000 Enclosed Products

Program

■Standard Enclosed — covers a

wide range of the most commonly

ordered options. Pre-engineering

eliminates the lead time normally

associated with customer speciﬁc

options. Available conﬁgurations

are listed on Pages 40-248 – 40-255.

■Modiﬁed Standard Enclosed —

applies to speciﬁc customer require-

ments that vary from the Standard

Enclosed offering, such as the need

for an additional indicating light or

minor modiﬁcations to drawings.

Contact your local sales ofﬁce for

assistance in pricing and lead time.

■Custom Engineered — for those

applications with more unique or

complex requirements, these are

individually engineered to the cus-

tomer’s needs. Contact your local

sales ofﬁce for pricing and lead time.

Features and Beneﬁts

New CPX9000 Clean Power Drive fea-

tures include:

■Space optimized enclosure

■Simple layout for power options

■NEMA Type 1, NEMA 12 with

Gaskets and Filters, NEMA Type 3R

■Input Voltage: 480V, 208/230V, 575V

■Complete range of control, network

and power options

■Horsepower range:

❑480V, 25 – 700 hp IH;

25 – 800 hp IL; consult factory for

larger sizes

❑208/230V, 25 – 100 hp IL: consult

factory for details and pricing

❑575V, 25 – 500 hp IL;

consult factory for larger sizes

■Over ten years of 18-pulse Clean

Power experience

■UL 508C tested, listed and approved

■65 KAIC Standard at 480V and 208V

■100 KAIC optional

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-241

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Application Description

Designed to exceed the IEEE 519-1992 requirements for har-

monic distortion, the CPX9000 is the clear choice for applica-

tions in the water, wastewater, HVAC, industrial and process

industries where harmonics are a concern.

What Are Harmonics?

Take a perfect wave with a fundamental frequency of 60 Hz, which

is close to what is supplied by the power company.

Figure 40-135. Perfect Wave

Add a second wave that is ﬁve times the fundamental

frequency — 300 Hz (Typical of frequency added to the

line by a ﬂuorescent light).

Figure 40-136. Second Wave

Combine the two waves. The result is a 60 Hz supply rich in ﬁfth

harmonics.

Figure 40-137. Resulting Supply

What Causes Harmonics?

Harmonics are the result of nonlinear loads that convert

AC line voltage to DC. Examples of equipment that are

non-linear loads are listed below:

■AC variable frequency drives

■DC drives

■Fluorescence lighting, computers, UPS systems

■Industrial washing machines, punch presses, welders, etc.

How Can Harmonics Due to VFDs Be Diminished?

By purchasing Eaton’s patented 18-Pulse Cutler-Hammer

drive that is guaranteed to meet IEEE Std. 519-1992

Harmonic Distortion Limits.

What Are Linear Loads?

Linear loads are primarily devices that run across the line and

do not add harmonics. Motors are prime examples. The

downside to having large motor linear loads is that they draw

more energy than a VFD, because of their inability to control

motor speed. In most applications there is a turn down valve

used with the motor which will reduce the ﬂow of the mate-

rial, without signiﬁcantly reducing the load to the motor.

While this provides some measure of speed control, it is

extremely inefﬁcient.

Why Be Concerned About Harmonics?

1. Installation and utility costs increase. Harmonics cause

damage to transformers and lower efﬁciencies due to

the IR loss. These losses can become signiﬁcant (from

16.6 – 21.6%) which can have a dramatic effect on the

HVAC systems that are controlling the temperatures of

the building where the transformer and drive equipment

reside.

2. Downtime and loss of productivity. Telephones and

data transmissions links may not be guaranteed to work

on the same power grids polluted with harmonics.

3. Downtime and nuisance trips of drives and other equip-

ment. Emergency generators have up to (3) three times

the impedance that is found in a conventional utility

source. Thus the harmonic voltage can be up to three

times as large, causing risk of operation problems.

4. Larger motors must be used. Motors running across the

line that are connected on polluted power distribution

grids can overheat or operate at lower efﬁciency due to

harmonics.

5. Higher installation costs. Transformers and power

equipment must be oversized to accommodate the loss

of efﬁciencies. This is due to the harmonic currents cir-

culating through the distribution without performing

useful work.

How Does a VFD Convert 3-Phase AC to a Variable

Output Voltage and Frequency?

The 6-pulse VFD: The majority of all conventional drives that

are built consist of a 6-pulse conﬁguration. Figure 40-138

represents a 6-diode rectiﬁer design that converts three-phase

utility power to DC. The inverter section uses IGBTs to convert

DC power to a simulated AC sine wave that can vary in

frequency from 0 – 400 Hz.

f(x) = sin(x)

Volts

(v)

Time

(t)

f(x) = sin(5x)

Volts

(v)

Time

(t)

f(x) = sin(x) +

Volts

(v)

Time

(t)

sin(5x)

June 2008

40-242

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Figure 40-138. 6-Diode Rectiﬁer Design

The 6-Pulse VFD drive creates harmonic current distortion.

The harmonic current that is created is energy that can not

be used by customers and causes external heat and losses

to all components including other drives that are on the

same power distribution. Figure 40-139 is a 500 hp drive

with 167A of damaging harmonic current.

Figure 40-139. 6-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current

Table 40-354. 6-Pulse Nonproductive Harmonic Current

Guidelines of Meeting IEEE Std. 519-1992 Harmonic

Distortion Limits

The IEEE 519-1992 Speciﬁcation is a standard that provides

guidelines for commercial and industrial users that are

implementing medium and low voltage equipment.

Table 40-355. Maximum Harmonic Current Distortion in % of the

Fundamental (120V through 69,000V)

The ratio ISC/IL is the ratio of the short-circuit current available at

the point of common coupling (PCC), to the maximum fundamental

load current. Consequently, as the size of the user load decreases

with respect to the size of the system, the percentage of harmonic

current that the user is allowed to inject into the utility system

increases.

Notes:

TDD = Total demand distortion is the harmonic current distortion in

percent of the maximum demand load current (15 or 30 minute

demand).

ISC = Maximum short circuit current at the PCC not counting motor

contribution.

IL = Maximum demand load current for all of the connected loads

(fundamental frequency component) at the PCC.

All of the limits are measured at a point of common coupling.

L2A

L1A

L3A

Output Transistors

IGBT Section

Dynamic Braking

Transistor

6-Pulse Diode

Bridge Rectifier

Converter Section

Inverter Section

(–) DC

(+) DC

Bus

Capacitors

Motor

6-Pulse Circuit

Current Harmonics

I1 = 100% I11 = 6.10% I19 = 1.77%

I5 = 22.5% I13 = 4.06% I23 = 1.12%

I7 = 9.38% I17 = 2.26% I25 = 0.86%

Power = 500 hp

Harmonic Current = 167 Amps

1000

Current

Amps

500

-500

-1000

0.100 0.10625 0.1125

Time in Seconds

0.11875 0.125

Isc/ILHarmonic Order (Odd Harmonics) TDD

h<11 11≤h<17 17≤h<23 23≤h<35 35≤h

<20 4.0 2.0 1.5 0.6 0.3 5.0

20<50 7.0 3.5 2.5 1.0 0.5 8.0

50<100 10.0 4.5 4.0 1.5 0.7 12.0

100<1000 12.0 5.5 5.0 2.0 1.0 15.0

>1000 15.0 7.0 6.0 2.5 1.4 20.0

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-243

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Figure 40-140. Oneline Diagram for Harmonic Analysis

The best way to estimate AFD harmonic contribution to an electrical system is to perform a harmonic analysis based on known system

characteristics. The oneline in this Figure would provide the data to complete the calculations.

Terms

■PCC (Point of Common Coupling) is deﬁned as the electri-

cal connecting point between the utility and multiple cus-

tomers per the speciﬁcations in IEEE 519.

■POA (Point of Analysis) is deﬁned as where the harmonic

calculations are taken.

An oscilloscope can make all measurements at the PCC or

POA to do an on-site harmonic evaluation.

Harmonic Reduction Methods to Meet IEEE 519

1. Line Reactor

A line reactor is a 3-phase series inductance on the line side

of an AFD. If a line reactor is applied on all AFDs, it is possi-

ble to meet IEEE guidelines where 10 – 25% of system loads

are AFDs, depending on the stiffness of the line and the

value of line reactance. Line reactors are available in various

values of impedance, most typically 1 – 1.5%, 3% and 5%.

Figure 40-141. Line Reactor

Advantages

■Low cost

■Can provide moderate reduction in voltage and current

harmonics

■Available in various values of impedance

■Provides increased input protection for AFD and its semi-

conductors from line transients

Disadvantages

■May not reduce harmonic levels to below IEEE 519-1992

guidelines

■Voltage drop due to IR loss

____Volts ____Volts

____Volts

____KVA

____Isc

____Impedance

PCC

Utility Side

Transformer

____Volts ____Volts

____Volts

____KVA

____Isc

____Impedance

Customer

Transformer

Customer

Generator

____Volts

____KVA

____Isc

____Impedance

Source A

Source B

Generator

Set

Motor

Total Linear Motor Loads

Total Nonlinear Drive Loads

____AMPS

Motor

AFD Motor

June 2008

40-244

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

2. 12-Pulse Converters

A 12-pulse converter incorporates two separate AFD input

semiconductor bridges, which are fed from 30º phase shifted

power sources with identical impedance. The sources may

be two isolation transformers, where one is a delta/wye

design (which provides the phase shift) and the second a

delta/delta design (which does not phase shift). The 12-pulse

arrangement allows the harmonics from the ﬁrst converter

to cancel the harmonics of the second. Up to approximately

85% reduction of harmonic current and voltage distortion

may be achieved (over standard 6-pulse converter). This per-

mits a facility to use a larger percentage of AFD loads under

IEEE 519-1992 guidelines than allowable using line reactors

or DC chokes. A harmonic analysis is required to guarantee

compliance with guidelines.

Figure 40-142. Basic 12-Pulse Rectiﬁer with “Phase Shifting” Transformer

Figure 40-143. 500 hp 480V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectiﬁer

Table 40-356. 500 hp 480V Drive with 12-Pulse Rectiﬁer

Advantages

■Moderate cost, although signiﬁcantly more than reactors

or chokes

■Substantial reduction (up to approx. 85%) in voltage and

current harmonics

■Provides increased input protection for AFD and its semi-

conductors from line transients

Disadvantages

■Impedance matching of phase shifted sources is critical to

performance

■Transformers often require separate mounting or larger

AFD enclosures

■May not reduce distribution harmonic levels to below

IEEE 519-1992 guidelines

■Cannot retroﬁt for most AFDs

12-Pulse Diode

Bridge Rectifier

Converter Section

Inverter Section

(+) DC

L1A

L2A

L3A

L1B

L2B

L3B

(-) DC

Dynamic Braking

Tra nsistor

Output Transistors

IGBT Section

Motor

12-Pulse Diode

Bridge Rectifier

Converter Section

12-Pulse

Phase Shifting

Tra nsformer

Bus

Capacitors

12-Pulse Circuit

Current Harmonics

I1 = 100% I11 = 4.19% I19 = 0.06%

I5 = 1.25% I13 = 2.95% I23 = 0.87%

I7 = 0.48% I17 = 0.21% I25 = 0.73%

Power = 500 hp

Hc = 66.2 Amps

1000

Current

Amps

500

-500

-1000

0.126 0.13225 0.1385

Time in Seconds

0.14475 0.151

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-245

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

3. Clean Power Drives

When the total load is of non-linear, the greatest harmonic

mitigation is required. Under these conditions, the currents

drawn from the supply need to be sinusoidal and “clean”

such that system interference and additional losses are neg-

ligible. The Cutler-Hammer CPX9000 Clean Power Drive uses

a phase-shifting auto transformer with delta-connected

winding. Three of the output phases are advanced and three

are retarded. The remaining three phases of this nine-phase

supply are in phase with the incoming line. This results in

nine separate phases. In this type of configuration, the total

required KVA rating of the transformer is only 48% of a drive

rate isolation transformer. A traditional isolated transformer

system, with multipulse windings, would require the full

KVA rating to be supported, which is more common in an

MV step-down transformer.

The integrated 18-pulse clean power drive, with near sine

wave input current and low harmonics will meet the require-

ments of IEEE 519-1992 under all practical operating condi-

tions. The comparisons with 6-pulse and 12-pulse systems

are shown in Figures 40-139, 40-143 and 40-145.

Figure 40-144. Basic 18-Pulse Rectiﬁer with “Differential Delta” Transformer

Figure 40-145. 500 hp 480V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectiﬁers

Table 40-357. 500 hp 480V Drive with 18-Pulse Rectiﬁers

Advantages

■Virtually guarantees compliance with IEEE 519-1992

■Provides increased input protection for AFD and its semi-

conductors from line transients

■Up to 4 times the harmonic reduction of 12-pulse methods

■Smaller transformer than isolation transformer used in

12-pulse converter

Disadvantages

■Larger and heavier magnetics than some other methods

Output Transistors

IGBT Section

Dynamic Braking

Tra nsistor

Pre-charge

Circuit

18-Pulse SCR

Bridge Rectifier

Converter Section

18-Pulse

Phase-Shifting

Auto-Transformer

Inverter Section

(–) DC

(+) DC

Diode Rectifiers

Bus

Capacitors

3-Phase

AC Input

Motor

18-Pulse Clean Power

Current Harmonics

I1 = 100% I11 = 0.24% I19 = 1.00%

I5 = 0.16% I13 = 0.10% I23 = 0.01%

I7 = 0.03% I17 = 0.86% I25 = 0.01%

Power = 500 hp

Hc = 24 Amps

1000

Current

Amps

500

-500

-1000

0.100 0.10625 0.1125

Time in Seconds

0.11875 0.125

June 2008

40-246

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

Table 40-358. Speciﬁcations

The EMI ﬁlter is optional in FR10 and larger.

Table 40-359. Standard I/O Speciﬁcations

Feature Description CPX9000 Enclosed Products —

NEMA Type 1 &

NEMA 12 Filtered

Primary Design Features

45 – 66 Hz Input Frequency Standard

Output: AC Volts Maximum Input Voltage Base

Output Frequency Range: Hz 0 – 400

Initial Output Current (IH) 250% for 2 seconds

Overload: 1 Minute (IH/IL) 150%/110%

Enclosure Space Heater Optional

Oversize Enclosure Standard

Output Contactor Optional

Bypass Motor Starter Optional

Listings UL, cUL

Protection Features

Incoming Line Fuses Standard 200 KAIC Rating

AC Input Circuit Disconnect Optional

Phase Rotation Insensitive Standard

EMI Filter FR6 – FR9 

Input Phase Loss Protection Standard

Input Overvoltage Protection Standard

Line Surge Protection Standard

Output Short Circuit Protection Standard

Output Ground Fault Protection Standard

Output Phase Protection Standard

Overtemperature Protection Standard

DC Overvoltage Protection Standard

Drive Overload Protection Standard

Motor Overload Protection Standard

Programmer Software Optional

Local/Remote Keypad Standard

Keypad Lockout Standard

Fault Alarm Output Standard

Built-In Diagnostics Standard

MOV Standard

Input/Output Interface Features

Setup Adjustment Provisions:

Remote Keypad/Display

Personal Computer

Standard

Operator Control Provisions:

Drive Mounted Keypad/Display

Remote Keypad/Display

Conventional Control Elements

Serial Communications

115V AC Control Circuit

Standard

Optional

Standard

Speed Setting Inputs:

Keypad

0 – 10V DC Potentiometer/Voltage Signal

4 – 20 mA Isolated

4 – 20 mA Differential

3 – 15 psig

Standard

Conﬁgurable

Optional

Analog Outputs:

Speed/Frequency

Torque/Load/Current

Motor Voltage

Kilowatts

0 – 10V DC Signals

4 – 20 mA DC Signals

Isolated Signals

Standard

Programmable

Conﬁgurable w/Jumpers

Standard

Optional

Feature Description CPX9000 Enclosed Products —

NEMA Type 1 &

NEMA 12 Filtered

Input/Output Interface Features (Continued)

Discrete Outputs:

Fault Alarm

Drive Running

Drive at Set Speed

Optional Parameters

Dry Contacts

Open Collector Outputs

Additional Discrete Outputs

Standard

Programmable

2 Form C Contacts Available

Optional

Communications:

RS-232

RS-422/485

DeviceNet™

Modbus RTU

CanOpen (Slave)

Proﬁbus-DP

Lonworks®

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2

Ethernet IP

Standard

Optional

Performance Features

Sensorless Vector Control Standard

Volts/Hertz Control Standard

IR and Slip Compensation Standard

Electronic Reversing Standard

Dynamic Braking Optional

DC Braking Standard

PID Setpoint Controller Programmable

Critical Speed Lockout Standard

Current (Torque) Limit Standard

Adjustable Acceleration/Deceleration Standard

Linear or S Curve Accel/Decel Standard

Jog at Preset Speed Standard

Thread/Preset Speeds 7

Automatic Restart Selectable

Coasting Motor Start Standard

Coast or Ramp Stop Selection Standard

Elapsed Time Meter Optional

Carrier Frequency Adjustment 1 – 16 kHz

Standard Conditions for Application and Service

Maximum Operating Ambient

Temperature

0 – 50°C up to FR9

0 – 40°C FR10 and larger, consult

factory for 50°C rating above FR9

Storage Temperature -40 – 60°C

Humidity (Maximum),

Non-condensing

95%

Altitude (Maximum without Derate) 3300 ft. (1000m)

Line Voltage Variation +10/-15%

Line Frequency Variation 45 – 66 Hz

Efﬁciency >95%

Power Factor (Displacement) 0.99

Description Speciﬁcation

6 – Digital Input Programmable 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥ 18V,Ri > 5 k

2 – Analog Input Conﬁgurable

w/Jumpers

Voltage: 0 – ±10V, Ri > 200 k

Current: 0 (4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250 k

2 – Digital Output Programmable Form C Relays 250V AC 2 Amp or

30V DC 2 Amp resistive

1 – Digital Output Programmable Open collector 48V DC 50 mA

1 – Analog Output Programmable

Conﬁgurable w/Jumper

0 – 20 mA, RL max. 500 ohms 10 bits

±2%

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-247

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-360. CPX9000 Enclosed NEMA Type 1 Drive Catalog Numbering System

Brake Chopper is standard in drives up to 30 hp IH or 40 hp IL. It is optional in larger drives.

Local/remote keypad is included as the standard Control Panel.

Some options are voltage and/or horsepower speciﬁc. Consult your Eaton representative for details.

See Pages 40-251 and 40-252 for descriptions.

Includes local/remote speed reference switch.

See Pages 40-253 and 40-254 for complete descriptions.

Consult Eaton for availability.

C P X 1 0 0 1 4 A A

Voltage Rating

2 = 230V (208 – 240V)

4 = 480V

5 = 575V (575 – 600V)

Product Family

CPX = Clean Power 18-Pulse

Enclosed Drives

Horsepower Rating

025 = 25 hp

030 = 30 hp

040 = 40 hp

050 = 50 hp

060 = 60 hp

075 = 75 hp

100 = 100 hp

125 = 125 hp

150 = 150 hp

200 = 200 hp

250 = 250 hp

300 = 300 hp

350 = 350 hp

400 = 400 hp

500 = 500 hp

600 = 600 hp

700 = 700 hp

800 = 800 hp

Enclosure Rating

1 = NEMA Type 1

3 = NEMA Type 3R

6 = NEMA 12 Filtered

Application — Torque/Braking 

A = IL/No Brake Chopper

B = IL/Internal Brake Chopper

D = IH/No Brake Chopper

E = IH/Internal Brake Chopper

Enclosed Style

A = Enclosed Drive

Enclosed Options  Type

Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer 

Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA

Selector Switch 

3 – 15 psig Follower

HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch (22 mm)

MANUAL/AUTO Reference Switch (22 mm)

START/STOP Pushbuttons (22 mm)

Bypass Test Switch for RA and RB

Standard Elapsed Time Meter

Control

Addl. Bypass

Control

Power On and Fault Pilot Lights

Bypass Pilot Lights for RA, RB, Bypass Options

Red RUN Light

Light

Addl. Bypass

Light

Input Disconnect

Output Contactor

Output Filter

MotoRx (Up to 600 Ft.) 1000 V/µS

DV/DT Filter

Single Overload Relay

Dual Overload Relays

Dual Overloads for Bypass

Input

Output

Addl. Bypass

Manual HOA Bypass Controller

Manual IOB Bypass Controller

Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller

Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller

Reduced Voltage Starter for Bypass

Bypass

10" Expansion

20" Expansion

Space Heater

Enclosure

Build options alphabetically and numerically.

Engineered Options

High Temperature rating for 50°C

(FR10 and above) 

Varnished Boards

Communication Options 

C2 = Modbus

C3 = Profibus DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = Profibus DP (D9 Connector)

C6 = CanOpen (Slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

C8 = Modbus (D9 Type

Connector)

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP

CJ = BACnet

CK = Ethernet IP

D3 = RS-232 with D9 Connection

Control Options

B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

B8 = 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42 – 240V AC Input

June 2008

40-248

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Product Selection

Figure 40-146. NEMA Type 1, 25 – 150 hp (30 x 90 x 21.5)

When Ordering

■Select a Base Catalog Number that

meets the application requirements

— nominal horsepower, voltage and

enclosure rating. (The enclosed

drive’s continuous output amp rating

should be equal to or greater than

the motor’s full load amp rating.)

The base enclosed package includes

a standard drive, door-mounted

alphanumeric panel and enclosure.

■The CPX9000 product uses the term

High Overload (IH) in place of the

term Constant Torque (CT). Like-

wise, Low Overload (IL) is used in

place of the term Variable Torque

(VT). The new terms are a more pre-

cise description of the rating. The

older terms included ambient tem-

perature ratings in addition to over-

load ratings. In order to minimize

enclosure size and offer the highest

ambient temperature rating, over-

load and temperature ratings are

now treated separately. Ambient

temperature ratings are shown in

Table 40-361. Consult the factory for

50°C ratings of FR10 and above.

Table 40-361. Ambient Temperature Ratings

■If Dynamic Brake Chopper or

Control/Communication option is

desired, change the appropriate

code in the Base Catalog Number.

■Note: All of the programming is

exactly the same as the standard

SVX9000 drive.

■Select Enclosed Options. Add the

codes as sufﬁxes to the Base Catalog

Number in alphabetical and numeric

order.

SVX9000 Drive

Door Mounted

Keypad

18-Pulse Auto

Transformer

Input Disconnect

(PI Option)

Pre-charge

Contactor

18-Pulse Diode

Rectiﬁer

Input Fusing

Input Choke

Frame

Size

IHIL

FR4 – FR9 50°C 50°C

FR10 and

above

40°C 40°C

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-249

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

480V Drives

Table 40-362. 480V AC CPX9000 Base Drive Product Selection

See enclosure dimensions in Table 40-364.

The 18-pulse Clean Power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure.

All NEMA 3R drives use the Box F Enclosure.

Enclosure

Size 

hp Current

(A)

Chassis

Frame

NEMA Type 1 NEMA 12 Filtered NEMA 3R 

Base Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $

Base Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $

Base Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $

Low Overload Drive

725

FR6

CPX02514BA

CPX03014BA

CPX04014BA

CPX02564BA

CPX03064BA

CPX04064BA

CPX02534AA

CPX03034AA

CPX04034AA

750

105

FR7

CPX05014AA

CPX06014AA

CPX07514AA

CPX05064AA

CPX06064AA

CPX07564AA

CPX05034AA

CPX06034AA

CPX07534AA

7 100

125

150

140

170

205

FR8

CPX10014AA

CPX12514AA

CPX15014AA

CPX10064AA

CPX12564AA

CPX15064AA

CPX10034AA

CPX12534AA

CPX15034AA

8 200

250

261

300

FR9

CPX20014AA

CPX25014AA

CPX20064AA

CPX25064AA

CPX20034AA

CPX25034AA

9 300

350

400

385

460

520

FR10

CPX30014AA

CPX35014AA

CPX40014AA

CPX30064AA

CPX35064AA

CPX40064AA

—

10 500

550

600

590

650

730

FR11

CPX50014AA

CPX55014AA

CPX60014AA

CPX50064AA

CPX55064AA

CPX60064AA

—

11 650

700

800

820

920

1030

FR11

FR12

CPX65014AA

CPX70014AA

CPX80014AA

CPX65064AA

CPX70064AA

CPX80064AA

—

High Overload Drive

725

FR6

FR7

CPX02514EA

CPX03014EA

CPX04014DA

CPX02564EA

CPX03064EA

CPX04064DA

CPX02534DA

CPX03034DA

CPX04034DA

750

105

FR7

FR8

CPX05014DA

CPX06014DA

CPX07514DA

CPX05064DA

CPX06064DA

CPX07564DA

CPX05034DA

CPX06034DA

CPX07534DA

7 100

125

140

170

FR8

CPX10014DA

CPX12514DA

CPX10064DA

CPX12564DA

CPX10034DA

CPX12534DA

8 150

200

205

245

FR9

CPX15014DA

CPX20014DA

CPX15064DA

CPX20064DA

CPX15034DA

CPX20034DA

9 250

300

350

300

385

460

FR10

CPX25014DA

CPX30014DA

CPX35014DA

CPX25064DA

CPX30064DA

CPX35014DA

—

10 400

500

550

520

590

650

FR11

CPX40014DA

CPX50014DA

CPX55014DA

CPX40064DA

CPX50064DA

CPX55064DA

—

11 600

650

700

720

820

840

FR12

CPX60014DA

CPX65014DA

CPX70014DA

CPX60064DA

CPX65064DA

CPX70064DA

—

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-250

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

575V Drives

Table 40-363. 575V AC CPX9000 Base Drive Product Selection

See enclosure dimensions in Table 40-364.

The 18-pulse Clean Power assembly includes a standard drive, door-mounted local/remote keypad and enclosure.

All NEMA 3R drives use the Box F Enclosure.

Table 40-364. CPX9000 Enclosure Dimensions

Enclosure sizes accommodate drive and options, including bypass and disconnect.

For other power options, consult your Eaton representative.

Consult factory. Limited power options available.

Enclosure size 11 consists of two of the enclosure size 9.

All NEMA 3R drives use the Box F Enclosure.

Enclosure

Size 

hp Current

(A)

Chassis

Frame

NEMA Type 1 NEMA 12 Filtered NEMA 3R 

Base Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $

Base Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $

Base Catalog

Number 

Price

U.S. $

Low Overload Drive

725

FR6

CPX02515BA

CPX03015BA

CPX02565BA

CPX03065BA

CPX02535BA

CPX03035BA

740

FR7

CPX04015BA

CPX05015AA

CPX04065BA

CPX05065AA

CPX04035BA

CPX05035AA

760

100

FR8

CPX06015AA

CPX07515AA

CPX10015AA

CPX06065AA

CPX07565AA

CPX10065AA

CPX06035AA

CPX07535AA

CPX10035AA

8 125

150

200

125

144

208

FR9

CPX12515AA

CPX15015AA

CPX20015AA

CPX12565AA

CPX15065AA

CPX20065AA

CPX12535AA

CPX15035AA

CPX20035AA

9 250

300

400

261

325

385

FR10

CPX25015AA

CPX30015AA

CPX40015AA

CPX25065AA

CPX30065AA

CPX40065AA

—

10 500

600

502

590

FR11

CPX50015AA

CPX60015AA

CPX50065AA

CPX60065AA

—

11 650

700

800

650

750

820

FR12

CPX65015AA

CPX70015AA

CPX80015AA

CPX65065AA

CPX70065AA

CPX80065AA

—

High Overload Drive

7 25 27 FR6 CPX02515EA CPX02565EA CPX02535EA

730

FR7

CPX03015EA

CPX04015DA

CPX03065EA

CPX04065DA

CPX03035EA

CPX04035DA

750

FR8

CPX05015DA

CPX06015DA

CPX07515DA

CPX05065DA

CPX06065DA

CPX07565DA

CPX05035DA

CPX06035DA

CPX07535DA

8 100

125

150

100

125

144

FR9

CPX10015DA

CPX12515DA

CPX15015DA

CPX10065DA

CPX12565DA

CPX15065DA

CPX10035DA

CPX12535DA

CPX15035DA

9 200

250

300

208

261

325

FR10

CPX20015DA

CPX25015DA

CPX30015DA

CPX20065DA

CPX25065DA

CPX30065DA

—

10 400

450

500

385

460

502

FR11

CPX40015DA

CPX45015DA

CPX50015DA

CPX40065DA

CPX45065DA

CPX50065DA

—

11 600

650

700

590

650

750

FR12

CPX60015DA

CPX65015DA

CPX70015DA

CPX60065DA

CPX65065DA

CPX70065DA

—

Enclosure

Size 

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Approx. Shipping

Weight in lbs (kg)

Width Height Depth

7 30.00 (762.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 21.50 (546.1) 1,000 (454)

8 48.00 (1219.2) 90.00 (2286.0) 26.14 (664.0) 1,400 (636)

9 60.00 (1524.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 25.74 (653.8) 1,800 (817)

10 80.00 (2032.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 31.75 (806.5) 2,100 (953)

11  120.00 (3048.0) 90.00 (2286.0) 25.74 (653.8) 2,500 (1,135)

Box F 60.00 (1524.0) 93.50 (2374.9) 37.50 (952.5) 2,500 (1,135)

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-251

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Options

Control/Communication Option Descriptions

Table 40-365. Available Control/Communications Options

Option Description Option

Type

K1 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer — Provides the CPX9000 with the ability to adjust the frequency reference using a door-

mounted potentiometer. This option uses the 10V DC reference to generate a 0 – 10V signal at the analog voltage input signal

terminal. When the HOA bypass option is added, the speed is controlled when the HOA switch is in the hand position. Without

the HOA bypass option, a 2-position switch (labeled local/remote) is provided on the keypad to select speed reference from the Speed

Potentiometer or a remote speed signal.

Control

K2 Door-Mounted Speed Potentiometer with HOA Selector Switch — Provides the CPX9000 with the ability to start/stop and adjust

the speed reference from door-mounted control devices or remotely from customer supplied inputs. In HAND position, the drive

will start and the speed is controlled by the door-mounted speed potentiometer. The drive will be disabled in the OFF position.

When AUTO is selected, the drive run and speed control commands are via user-supplied dry contact and 4 – 20 mA signal.

Control

K3 3 – 15 psig Follower — Provides a pneumatic transducer which converts a 3 – 15 psig pneumatic signal to either 0 – 8V DC or a

1 – 9V DC signal interface with the CPX9000. The circuit board is mounted on the inside of the front enclosure panel and connects

to the user’s pneumatic control system via 6 ft. (1.8m) of ﬂexible tubing and a 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) brass tube union.

Control

K4 HAND/OFF/AUTO Switch for Non-bypass Conﬁgurations — Provides a three-position selector switch that allows the user to

select either a Hand or Auto mode of operation. Hand mode is defaulted to keypad operation, and Auto mode is defaulted to con-

trol from an external terminal source. These modes of operation can be conﬁgured via drive programming to allow for alternate

combinations of start and speed sources. Start and speed sources include Keypad, I/O and Fieldbus.

Control

K5 MANUAL/AUTO Speed Reference Switch — Provides door-mounted selector switch for Manual/Auto speed reference. Control

K6 START/STOP Pushbuttons — Provides door-mounted START and STOP pushbuttons for either bypass or non-bypass

conﬁgurations.

Control

KF Bypass Test Switch for RB and RA — Allows the user to energize the AF drive for testing while operating the motor on the

bypass controller. The Test Switch is mounted on the inside of the enclosure door.

Addl. Bypass

KO Standard Elapsed Time Meter — Provides a door-mounted elapsed run time meter. Control

L1 Power On and Fault Power Lights — Provides a white power on light that indicates power to the enclosed cabinet and a red fault

light that indicates a drive fault has occurred.

Light

L2 Bypass Pilot Lights for RB, RA Bypass Options — A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an

amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode. The lights are mounted on the enclosure door, above the

switches.

Addl. Bypass

LE Red Run Pilot Light (22 mm) — Provides a red run pilot light that indicates the drive is running. Light

P1 Input Circuit Breaker — High Interrupting Circuit Breaker that provides a means of short circuit protection for the power cables

between it and the CPX9000, and protection from high-level ground faults on the power cable. Allows a convenient means of dis-

connecting the CPX9000 from the line and the operating mechanism can be padlocked in the OFF position. This is factory mounted in

the enclosure. Standard rating is 65 KAIC at 208/480V. 100 KAIC is available as an option.

Input

PE Output Contactor — Provides a means for positive disconnection of the drive output from the motor terminals. The contactor

coil is controlled by the drive’s run or permissive logic. NC and NO auxiliary contacts rated at 10A, 600V AC are provided for cus-

tomer use. Bypass Options RB and RA include an Output Contactor as standard. This option includes a low VA 115V AC fused

Control Power Transformer and is factory mounted in the enclosure.

Output

PF Output Filter — Used to reduce the transient voltage (DV/DT) at the motor terminals. The Output Filter is recommended for cable

lengths exceeding 100 ft. (30m) with a drive of 3 hp and above, for cable lengths of 33 ft. (10m) with a drive of 2 hp and below, or

for a drive rated at 525 – 690V. This option is mounted in the enclosure, and may be used in conjunction with a Brake Chopper Circuit.

Output

PG MotoRx (300 – 600 Ft.) 1000 V/µS DV/DT Filter — Used to reduce transient voltage (DV/DT) and peak voltages at the motor termi-

nals. This option is comprised of a 0.5% line reactor, followed by capacitive ﬁltering and an energy recovery/clamping circuit. Unlike the

Output Filter (See option PF), the MotoRx recovers most of the energy from the voltage peaks, resulting in a lower voltage drop

to the motor, and therefore conserving power. This option is used when the distance between a single motor and the drive is

300 – 600 feet (91 – 183m).

Output

PH Single Overload Relay — Uses a bimetallic overload relay to provide additional overload current protection to the motor on con-

ﬁgurations without bypass options. It is included with the Bypass Conﬁgurations for overload current protection in the bypass

mode. The Overload Relay is mounted within the enclosure, and is manually resettable. Heater pack included.

Output

PI Dual Overload Relays — This option is recommended when a single drive is operating 2 motors and overload current protection

is needed for each of the motors. The standard conﬁguration includes two bimetallic overload relays, each sized to protect a

motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload relays sized to protect two 50 hp

motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable. Heater packs not included.

Output

PN Dual Overloads for Bypass — This option is recommended when a single drive is operating 2 motors in the bypass mode and

overload current protection is needed for each of the motors. The standard conﬁguration includes two bimetallic overload

relays, each sized to protect a motor with 50% of the drive hp rating. For example, a 100 hp drive would include two overload

relays sized to protect two 50 hp motors. The relays are mounted within the enclosure, and are manually resettable.

Addl. Bypass

June 2008

40-252

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-365. Available Control/Communications Options (Continued)

Note: For availability, see Pages 40-254 and Page 40-255 for base drive voltage required.

Table 40-366. Dissipated Watt Losses

Option Description Option Type

RA Manual HOA Bypass Controller — The Manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means of

bypassing the CPX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists

of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector

switch and an INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in the inverter mode.

For applications up to 250 hp, an IT. Series IEC input contactor, an IT. Series IEC output contactor, and an IT. Series IEC starter

with an electronic overload relay is included. For applications above 250 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output

contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electri-

cally interlocked (see power diagram on Page 40-261).

Bypass

RB Manual IOB Bypass Controller — The Manual INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means of

bypassing the CPX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. This option consists

of an input disconnect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted IOB selector

switch. For applications up to 250 hp, an IT. Series IEC input contactor, an IT. Series IEC output contactor, and an IT. Series IEC

starter with an electronic overload relay is included. For applications above 250 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage

output contactor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and

electrically interlocked (see power diagram on Page 40-261).

Bypass

RC Auto Transfer HOA Bypass Controller – The Manual HAND/OFF/AUTO (HOA) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means

of bypassing the CPX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry pro-

vides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the line” operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input discon-

nect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted HOA selector switch and an

INVERTER/BYPASS switch. The HOA switch provides the ability to start and stop the drive in either mode. For applications up to

250 hp, an IT. Series IEC input contactor, an IT. Series IEC output contactor, and an IT. Series IEC starter with an electronic overload

relay is included. For applications above 250 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contactor and an Advantage

starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked (see power

diagram on Page 40-261). Door mounted pilot lights are provided which indicate bypass or inverter operation. A green light indi-

cates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is running in bypass mode.

WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch

is turned to the OFF position.

Bypass

RD Auto Transfer IOB Bypass Controller — The Auto INVERTER/OFF/BYPASS (IOB) — 3-contactor — bypass option provides a means

of bypassing the CPX9000, allowing the AC motor to be operated at full speed directly from the AC supply line. The circuitry pro-

vides an automatic transfer of the load to “across the line” operation after a drive trip. This option consists of an input discon-

nect, a fused control power transformer, and a full voltage bypass starter with a door mounted IOB selector switch. For

applications up to 250 hp, an IT. Series IEC input contactor, an IT. Series IEC output contactor, and an IT. Series IEC starter with an

electronic overload relay is included. For applications above 250 hp, an Advantage input contactor, an Advantage output contac-

tor and an Advantage starter with electronic overload protection is included. The contactors are mechanically and electrically

interlocked (see power diagram on Page 40-261). Door mounted pilot lights are provided which indicate bypass or inverter oper-

ation. A green light indicates when the motor is running in inverter mode and an amber light indicates when the motor is run-

ning in bypass mode.

WARNING: The motor may restart when the overcurrent relay is reset when operating in bypass, unless the IOB selector switch

is turned to the OFF position.

Bypass

RG Reduced Voltage Starter for Bypass — Used in conjunction with bypass option RA, RB, RC or RD. This option adds IT. Series

reduced voltage soft starter to bypass assembly for soft starting in bypass mode.

Bypass

S7 10" Expansion — Expansion cabinet allows for special components, customer-supplied components or oversized cables.

NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated NEMA Type 1 only.

Enclosure

S8 20" Expansion — Expansion cabinet allows for special components, customer-supplied components or oversized cables.

NOTE: Enclosure expansion rated NEMA Type 1 only.

Enclosure

S9 Space Heater — Prevents condensation from forming in the enclosure when the drive is inactive or in storage. Includes a

thermostat for variable temperature control. The 400W heater requires a customer supplied 115V remote supply source.

Enclosure

Horsepower 40 50 60 75 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 600 700 800

Watts 1844 2170 2540 3040 4011 4940 5730 8020 9383 11600 13600 15700 16250 17976 20393 27200 31400

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-253

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

CPX9000 Series Option Board Kits

The CPX9000 Series drives can accom-

modate a wide selection of expander

and adapter option boards to custom-

ize the drive for your application

needs. The drive’s control unit is

designed to accept a total of ﬁve

option boards (see Figure 40-147).

The CPX9000 Series factory installed

standard board conﬁguration includes

an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay output

board, which are installed in slots A

and B. Figure 40-147. CPX9000 Series Option Boards

Table 40-367. Option Board Kits

Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in Bold is the preferred location.

AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output

OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

Modbus RTU Network Communications

The Modbus Network Card OPTC2 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive

as a slave on a Modbus network. The

interface is connected by a 9-pin DSUB

connector (female) and the baud rate

ranges from 300 to 19200 baud. Other

communication parameters include an

address range from 1 to 247; a parity

of None, Odd or Even; and the stop

bit is 1.

Proﬁbus Network Communications

The Proﬁbus Network Card OPTC3 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive

as a slave on a Proﬁbus-DP network.

The interface is connected by a 9-pin

DSUB connector (female). The baud

rates range from 9.6K baud to 12M

baud, and the addresses range from

1 to 127.

LonWorks Network Communications

The LonWorks Network Card OPTC4 is

used for connecting the 9000X Drive

on a LonWorks network. This interface

uses Standard Network Variable Types

(SNVT) as data types. The channel

connection is achieved using a

FTT-10A Free Topology transceiver

via a single twisted transfer cable. The

communication speed with LonWorks

is 78 kBits/s.

ABCDE

Option Kit

Description 

Allowed Slot

Locations 

Field Installed Factory Installed SVX Ready Programs

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S.$

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S.$

Basic Local/

Remote

Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC

Standard I/O Cards (See Figure 40-147)

2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — XX X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO,

1 +10V DC ref, 2 ext

+24V DC/ EXT +24V DC

AOPTA9 — XX X XXXX

Extended I/O Card Options

6 DI, 1 ext

+24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 —— — ——XX

1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO),

1 Therm

B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 —— — ——XX

1 AI (mA isolated),

2 AO (mA isolated), 1 ext

+24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 XX X XXXX

3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 —— — ——XX

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V

DC, 3 Pt100

B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 —— — ————

1 RO (NO), 5 DI

42 – 240V AC Input

B,C, D, E OPTB9 B9 —— — ——XX

Communication Cards 

Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 XX X XXXX

Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI XX X XXXX

BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ XX X XXXX

Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK XX X XXXX

Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA —— — ————

Proﬁbus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 XX X XXXX

LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 XX X XXXX

Proﬁbus DP

(D9 Connector)

D, E OPTC5 C5 XX X XXXX

CanOpen (Slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 XX X XXXX

DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 XX X XXXX

Modbus

(D9 Type Connector)

D, E OPTC8 C8 XX X XXXX

RS-232 with

D9 Connection

D, E OPTD3 D3 XX X XXXX

Discount Symbol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-254

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

CanOpen (Slave) Communications

The CanOpen (Slave) Network Card OPTC6 is used for

connecting the 9000X Drive to a host system. According to

ISO11898 standard cables to be chosen for CAN bus should

have a nominal impedance of 120Ω, and speciﬁc line delay

of nominal 5 nS/m. 120Ω line termination resistors required

for installation.

DeviceNet Network Communications

The DeviceNet Network Card OPTC7 is used for connecting

the 9000X Drive on a DeviceNet Network. It includes a

5.08 mm pluggable connector. Transfer method is via CAN

using a 2-wire twisted shielded cable with 2-wire bus power

cable and drain. The baud rates used for communication

include 125K baud, 250K baud and 500K baud.

Johnson Controls Metasys™ N2 Network Communications

The OPTC2 ﬁeldbus board provides communication

between the 9000X Drive and a Johnson Controls Metasys™

N2 network. With this connection, the drive can be

controlled, monitored and programmed from the Metasys

system. The N2 ﬁeldbus is available as a factory installed

option and as a ﬁeld installable kit.

Modbus/TCP Network Communications

The Modbus/TCP Network Card OPTCI is used for

connecting the 9000X Drive to Ethernet networks utilizing

Modbus protocol. It includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector.

This interface provides a selection of standard and custom

supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps communication speeds.

The IP address of the board is conﬁgurable over Ethernet

using a supplied software tool.

BACnet Network Communications

The BACnet Network Card OPTCJ is used for connecting

the 9000X Drive to BACnet networks. It includes a 5.08 mm

pluggable connector. Data transfer is Master-Slave/Token

Passing (MS/TP) RS-485. This interface uses a collection of

30 Binary Value Objects (BVOs) and 35 Analog Value Objects

(AVOs) to communicate drive parameters. The card supports

9.6, 19.2 and 38.4 Kbaud communication speeds and

supports network addresses 1 – 127.

Ethernet/IP Network Communications

The Ethernet/IP Network Card OPTCK is used for connecting

the 9000X Drive to Ethernet/Industrial Protocol networks. It

includes an RJ-45 pluggable connector. The interface uses

CIP objects to communicate drive parameters (CIP is

“Common Industrial Protocol”, the same protocol used by

DeviceNet). The board supports 10 Mbps and 100 Mbps

communication speeds. The IP address of the board is

conﬁgurable by Static, BOOTP and DHCP methods.

Table 40-368. I/O Speciﬁcations for the Control/Communication Options

Table 40-369. Conformal (Varnished) Coating Adder —

208 – 240V, 380 – 500V 

See catalog number description to order.

Enclosed Options

Table 40-370. 480V Light Options

Table 40-371. 480V Control Options

Description Speciﬁcations

Analog voltage, input 0 – ±10V, Ri ≥ 200 k

Analog current, input 0 (4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250

Digital Input 24V: “0” ≤ 10V, “1” ≥ 18V, Ri > 5 k

Aux. voltage 24V (±20%), max. 50 mA

Reference voltage 10V ±3%, max. 10 mA

Analog current, output

Analog voltage, output

0 (4) – 20 mA, RL = 500 k, resolution 10 bit,

accuracy ≤ ±2%

0 (2) – 10V, RL ≥ 1 k, resolution 10 bit,

accuracy ≤ ±2%

Relay output

Max. switching voltage

Max. switching load

Max. continuous load

300V DC, 250V AC

8A/24V DC, .4A/300V DC, 2 kVA/250V AC

2A rms

Thermistor input Rtrip = 4.7 k

Chassis

Frame

Delivery

Code

Adder

U.S. $

Chassis

Frame

Delivery

Code

Adder

U.S. $

FR6

FR7

FR8

FR9

FR10

FR11

FR12

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Power On/Fault Pilot

Lights (22 mm)

Red RUN

Light (22 mm)

L1 LE

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

25 – 800

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

Door-Mounted

Speed

Potentiometer

with HOA

Selector Switch

3 – 15 psig

Follower

HAND/OFF/AUTO

Switch (22 mm)

MANUAL/AUTO

Ref Switch

(22 mm)

START/STOP

Pushbuttons

(22 mm)

Standard

Elapsed

Time Meter

K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 KO

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

25 – 800

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-255

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Table 40-372. 480V Bypass Options 

See Pages 40-251 and 40-252 for details.

Table 40-373. 480V Enclosure Options

Requires customer supplied 115V AC supply.

Table 40-374. 480V Power Options

Output ﬁlter may be required whenever the distance from the drive to the motor exceeds 100 feet (30m). Refer to Application Notes for further details.

Heater packs not included.

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Bypass Test

Switch for

RA, RB, RC, RD

Bypass Pilot

Lights for RA,

RB Options

Dual Overloads

for Bypass

Manual HOA

Bypass

Controller

Manual IOB

Bypass

Controller

Auto Transfer

HOA Bypass

Controller

Auto Transfer

IOB Bypass

Controller

Reduced Volt

Starter for

Bypass

KF L2 PN RA RB RC RD RG

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

100

125

150

200

250

300

350

400

500

550

600

650

700

800

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

10" Expansion 20" Expansion Space Heater 

S7 S8 S9

Enclosure

Size

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S.

Adder

U.S. $

Catalog

Number

Sufﬁx ➟

Input Output

Input Circuit Breaker

(65 KAIC)

Output

Contactor

Output

Filter 

MotoRx (300 – 600 Ft.)

1000 V/μS DV/DT Filter



Single Overload

Relay 

Dual Overload

Relays 

P1 PE PF PG PH PI

hp Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

Adder

U.S. $

100

125

150

200

250

300

350

400

500

550

600

650

700

800

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-3

June 2008

40-256

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Dimensions

Enclosure Size 7

Figure 40-148. 25 – 150 hp IL and 25 – 125 hp IH 480V, 25 – 100 hp IL and 25 – 75 hp IH 575V — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Construction: UL Type 1 Oversize

Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

30.00

(762.0)

15.50

(393.7)

21.50

(546.1)

Side View

15.00

(381.0)

8.00

(203.2)

8.50

(215.9)

18.75

(476.3)

5.75

(146.1)

1.75 (44.5) Typ.

24.45 (621.0)

28.05 (712.5)

20.00

(508.0)

26.25

(666.8)

4.79

(121.7)

Top View

Bottom View

10.00

(254.0)

Hinged Side

Door Clearance

at 90°

2.00

(50.8)

3.50

(88.9)

90.00

(2286.0)

93.92

(2385.6) 84.37

(2143.0)

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

Keypad

Exhaust

Air

For

Cable Entry

Operator Elements When Specified,

Mounted on These Panels

Intake Ventilating Slots

(Filtered on NEMA 12)

Key-Locking Handle

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Opening for

Bottom Cable Entry

.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Holes

(4 Places)

Flanged Disconnect Supplied

with Circuit Breaker When Specified

Front View

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-257

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 8

Figure 40-149. 200 – 250 hp IL and 150 – 200 hp IH 480V, 125 – 200 hp IL and 100 – 150 hp IH 575V — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Construction: UL Type 1 Oversize

Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

24.00 (609.6)

25.14 (639)

Side View 9.50

(241.3)

22.47

(570.74)

5.48

(139.19)

7.73

(196.34)

12.50

(317.5)

45.22 (1148.59)

37.47 (951.74)

3.01 (76.45)

8.25

(209.6)

1.25

(31.8)

31.00

(787.4)

21.45 (544.8) 21.31 (541.3)

48.00 (1219.2)

Front View

Top View

90.00

(2286.0)

93.50

(2374.9) 84.37

(2143.0)

Opening for Top Cable Entry

(2 Places)

Keypad

Operator Elements When Specified,

Mounted on These Panels

Intake Ventilating Slots

(Filtered on NEMA 12)

Key-Locking Handle

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Bottom View

.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Holes

(4 Places) Opening for

Bottom Cable Entry

Flanged Disconnect Supplied

with Circuit Breaker When Specified

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

June 2008

40-258

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 9

Figure 40-150. 300 – 400 hp IL and 250 – 350 hp IH 480V, 250 – 400 hp IL and 200 – 300 hp IH 575V — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

25.00 (635.0)

26.14 (664.0)

9.75

(247.7)

Top View

1.5 (38.1) 43.5 (1104.9)

90.00

(2286.0)

93.50

(2374.9)

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

60.00 (1524)

Front View

Bottom View

Side View

7.46 x 15.00

(189.5 x 381.0)

Access in Top –

2 Places

8.50 x 12.00 (215.9 x 304.8)

Bottom Access

.56 (14.2) Dia.

Mounting Hole –

5 Places

27.06

(687.3)

27.36

(694.9)

90° Max.

Door

Opening

29.05

(737.9)

11.93

(303.0)

25.00

(635.0)

18.84

(478.5)

8.20

(208.3)

2.00 (50.8) 22.90 (581.7)

32.72 (831.1)

46.30 (1176.0)

54.90 (1394.5)

Key-Locking Handle

Access

Plate –

4 Places

90° Max.

Door

Opening

Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

Material: Enclosure and Backplate – 12 ga.

= .1046 Cold Rolled Steel

Operator

Elements

When Specified,

Mounted on

These Panels

Keypad

Intake Ventilating Slots

(Filtered on NEMA 12)

Quarter Turn Latch

(2 Places)

Flanged Disconnect

Supplied with

Circuit Breaker

When Specified

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-259

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Size 10

Figure 40-151. 500 – 600 hp IL and 400 – 500 hp IH 480V, 500 – 600 hp IL and 400 – 500 hp IH 575V — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

30.50 (774.7)

31.75 (806.5)

9.03

(229.4)

Top View

15.63

(397.0)

90.00

(2286.0)

84.37

(2143.0)

93.50

(2374.9)

4.00 (101.6) Minimum

Free Air Space Required

35.75 (908.1) 35.75 (908.1)

80.00 (2032.0)

Front View

Side View

21.00 x 10.00

(533.4 x 254.0)

Access in Top

21.00 x 10.00 (533.4 x 254.0)

Bottom Access

17.79

(451.9)

29.04

(737.6)

4.87

(123.7)

2.00 (50.8)

15.64

(397.3)

38.00 (965.2)

42.02 (1067.3)

Bottom View

78.02 (1981.7)

Finish: Enclosure – ANSI 61 Gray (Light)

Material: Enclosure and Backplate – 12 ga.

= .1046 Cold Rolled Steel

Operator

Elements

When

Specified,

Mounted

on These

Panels

Keypad

Key-Locking

Handle

Intake Ventilating

Slots (Filtered on

NEMA 12)

Quarter Turn

Latch (4 Places)

Flanged

Disconnect

Supplied with

Circuit Breaker

When Specified

June 2008

40-260

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Enclosure Box F NEMA Type 3R Drives

Figure 40-152. 25 – 250 hp I

and 25 – 200 hp I

480V, 25 – 200 hp I

and 25 – 150 hp I

575V NEMA 3R Drives — Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

37.50 (952.5)

60.00 (1524.0)

35.75 (908.0)

48.00 (1219.2)

Operator Elements

When Specified,

Mounted Inside

Locking Enclosure Door

Keypad Located

Inside Locking

Enclosure Door

Enclosure

Door Stop

Exhaust Air

Venting Slots

Filtered

Intake Air

Ventilating

Slots

Key Locking

Three-Position

Latch

Flanged

Disconnect

Supplied with

Circuit Breaker

When Specified

93.50

(2374.9)

18.00 x 8.50

(457.2 x 215.9)

Side Access

25.84

(656.2)

29.58

(751.2)

Exhaust Air

Venting Slots

9.08

(230.5)

29.32

(744.7)

6.82

(173.3)

3.11 (78.9)

18.00 x 8.50

(457.2 x 215.9)

Bottom Access

37.43 (950.7)

45.32 (1151.1)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-261

Adjustable Frequency Drives

CPX9000

Enclosed Drives

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 40-153. Power Diagram 25 – 250 hp IL and 25 – 200 hp IH

Figure 40-154. Power Diagram 300+ hp IL and 250+ hp IH

Figure 40-155. Power Diagram 25 – 250 hp IL and 25 – 200 hp IH with Bypass

Figure 40-156. Power Diagram 300+ hp IL/250+ hp IH with Bypass

18-Pulse

Transformer

18-Pulse

Diode Bridge

9000X

Drive

Circuit

Breaker

Motor

Input

Fusing

IInverter Input

Contactor

18-Pulse

Transformer

6-Pulse

Diode Bridge

9000X

12-Pulse Drive

Circuit

Breaker

Motor

Input

Fusing

Pre-charge

Complete

Contactor

18-Pulse

Transformer

Optional

Reduced

Voltage Starter

18-Pulse

Diode Bridge

9000X

Drive

HMCP

Output

Contactor

Mechanical

Interlock

Motor

Inverter Input

Contactor I

Bypass

Contactor

(IT.)

Input

Fusing

Overload

18-Pulse

Transformer

Optional

Reduced

Voltage Starter

9000X

12-Pulse Drive

HMCP

Output

Contactor

Mechanical

Interlock

Motor

Inverter Input

Contactor I

Bypass

Contactor

Input

Fusing

Overload

6-Pulse

Diode Bridge

Pre-charge

Complete

Contactor

(IT.)

June 2008

40-262

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Contents

Description Page

LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Adjustable

Frequency Drives

Product Description. . . . . . . 40-262

Features and Beneﬁts . . . . . 40-262

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . 40-262

Catalog Number Selection . 40-264

Product Selection . . . . . . . . 40-265

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-269

Cooling System Diagrams . 40-278

I/O Board Wiring Diagrams. 40-279

LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Drive

Product Description

The LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Drive

family continues Eaton’s tradition

of providing state-of-the-industry

Cutler-Hammer® products, by taking

advantage of liquid cooling technol-

ogy in lieu of air-cooling techniques.

The LCX9000 drives are liquid-cooled

products that utilize potable water or

a water-glycol mixture as a cooling

medium.

Features and Beneﬁts

■Compact size and low heat transfer

rates allow enclosure size to be

greatly reduced, which is especially

beneﬁcial in NEMA Type 4X

applications

■Design is modular, with control and

power modules independent of

each other. Connection between

power and control modules can be

direct or extended via a ﬁber optic

cable

■Same reliable control module and

operating system as the SPX9000

air-cooled drives.

■CE mark ensures compliance with

the Electromagnetic Compatibility

Directive (EMC) and the Low Voltage

Directive (LVD)

■Reliable drive with over 500,000

hours MTBF based on MIL 217

■Currently supports DeviceNet,

PROFIBUS-DP, Modbus RTU and

Modbus TCP communication

protocols

■Separately mounted line reactor

included with AC fed models

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

Table 40-375. LCX9000 Speciﬁcations

Description Speciﬁcation

Line Voltage 400 – 500V AC; 525 – 690V AC; (-10% – 10%)

465 – 800V DC; 640 – 1100V DC; (-0 – 0%)

Frequency 50/60 Hz

Line Voltage Variation -10% to 10%

Input Frequency Variation 45 – 66 Hz

Continuous Output Current Rated current at incoming cooling liquid temperature of 30°C

Output Frequency 0 – 320 Hz

Drive Efﬁciency > 95%

Power Factor (Displacement) .96

Liquid Coolant Pressure 87 psi (6 bar) maximum

Liquid Coolant Flow Rate 1.3 to 7.9 gal./min. (5 to 30 liter/min.) minimum depending on

drive size

Liquid Coolant Fittings Standard quick connect, NPT

Operating Ambient Temperature -10/+50°C

Storage Temperature -40/+70°C

Humidity 95% maximum (non-condensing)

Altitude 3300 ft (1000 m) maximum without derating

Enclosure IP00

Ratings CE Mark

Warranty Standard terms, 3 years with certiﬁed start-up

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-263

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Table 40-376. Technical Information

Description Speciﬁcation

Mains Connection

Input Voltage (Vin) 400 – 500V AC; 525 – 690V AC; (-10% – 10%)

465 – 800V DC; 640 – 1100V DC; (-0 – 0%)

Input Frequency (fin) 45 – 66Hz

Connection to Mains Once per minute or less (normal case)

Motor Connection

Output Voltage 0 – Vin

Continuous Output

Current

Rated current at nominal inﬂow cooling

water temperature of 30°C;

Overload 2 sec./20 sec.

Starting Current Rated current at 2 sec./20 sec. if output

frequency <30 Hz and temperature of heat-

sink <149°F (65°C)

Output Frequency 0 – 320 Hz (standard);

7200 Hz (special software)

Frequency Resolution Application dependent

Control Characteristics

Control Method Frequency control (V/f)

Open loop: Sensorless vector control

Closed loop: Frequency control

Closed loop: Vector control

Switching Frequency

(see parameter 2.6.9)

480V:Up to and including 61-Amp size:

1 – 16 kHz (factory default, 10 kHz)

From 72-Amp size:

1 – 12 kHz (factory default, 3.6 kHz)

575V:1 – 6kHz (factory default, 1.5kHz)

Note: Derating required if higher switch-

ing frequency than the default is used.

Frequency Reference Analog input: Resolution .1% (10 bits);

Accuracy ± 1%

Panel reference: Resolution .01 Hz

Field Weakening Point 30 – 320 Hz

Acceleration Time .1 – 3000 sec.

Deceleration Time .1 – 3000 sec.

Braking Torque DC brake: 30% x Tn (without brake option)

Ambient Conditions

Ambient Operating

Temperature

14°F (-10°C), no frost to +122°F (+50°C) at Ith

122 – 158°F (50 – 70°C), derating required

Storage Temperature -40°F to +158°F (-40 to +70°C)

No liquid in heatsink under 32°F (0°C)

Relative Humidity 5 – 96% RH, noncondensing, no dripping

water

Air Quality Chemical vapors:

IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2

Mechanical particles:

IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2 (no

conductive dust allowed); No corrosive gases

Altitude Up to 1,000m:

100% load capacity (no derating)

Above 1,000m:

Derating of 1% per each 100m required

Vibration EN 50178, EN 60068-2-6; 5 – 150 Hz

Displacement amplitude:

.25 mm (peak) at 3 – 31 Hz

Max. acceleration amplitude:

1G at 31 – 150 Hz

Shock EN 50178, EN 60068-2-27, UPS drop test (for

applicable UPS weights)

Storage and shipping: Max. 15G, 11 mS (in

package)

Enclosure Class IP00 open frame standard in entire kW/hp

range

Description Speciﬁcation

EMC

Immunity Fulﬁls all EMC immunity requirements

Emissions EMC level N; EMC level T for IT networks

Safety

Approvals EN 50178, EN 60204-1, CE, UL, CUL, FI,

GOST R, IEC 61800-5

(See unit nameplate for more detailed

approvals.)

Control Connections

Analog Input Voltage 0 to +10V, Ri = 200 kΩ (-10V to +10V joystick

control)

Resolution .1%; Accuracy ±1%

Analog Input Current 0(4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250Ω differential

Digital Inputs 6 positive or negative logic; 18 – 24V DC

Auxiliary Voltage +24V, ±15%, max. 250 mA

Output Reference Voltage +10V, +3%, max. load 10 mA

Analog Output 0(4) – 20 mA, RL max. 500Ω

Resolution 10 bits; Accuracy ±2%

Digital Outputs Open collector output, 50 mA/48V

Relay Outputs 2 programmable change-over relay

outputs

Switching capacity: 24V DC/8A,

250V AC/8A, 125V DC/.4A

Min. switching load: 5V/10 mA

Protections

Overvoltage Protection

Undervoltage Protection

480V: 911V; 575V: 1200V

480V: 333V; 575V: 461V

Ground Fault Protection In case of ground fault in motor or motor

cable, only the drive is protected.

Mains Supervision Trips if any of the input phases are missing

(drives only).

Motor Phase Supervision Trips if any of the output phases are

missing

Unit Overtemperature

Protection

Alarm limit: 149°F (65°C) for heatsink, 158°F

(70°C) for circuit boards

Trip limit: 158°F (70°C) for heatsink,

185°F (85°C) for circuit boards

Overcurrent Protection Yes

Motor Overload Protection Yes

Motor Stall Protection Yes

Motor Underload

Protection

Yes

Short-Circuit Protection Yes (+24V and +10V reference voltages)

Liquid Cooling

Allowed Cooling Agents Drinking water

Water-glycol mixture

Temperature of Cooling

Agent

32 – 86°F (0 – 30°C) at Ith for input;

86 – 149°F (30 – 65°C)

Max. temperature rise during circulation: 9°F

(5°C), no condensation allowed

System Max. Working

Pressure

87 psi (6 bar)

System Max. Peak Pressure 580 psi (40 bar)

Pressure Loss (at nominal

ﬂow)

Varies according to size

June 2008

40-264

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-377. LCX9000 Liquid Cooled Adjustable Frequency Drive Catalog Numbering System

Brake Chopper is only available in 480V CH3 Drives.

L C X 0 1 6 A 0 –4A 2 B 1

Keypad

A = Alphanumeric

Software Series

A = Standard

Brake Chopper Options 

N = No Brake Chopper Circuit

B = Internal Brake Chopper

Input Options

2 = 3-Phase, EMC N

7 = DC Input

Enclosure Rating

0 = Open Chassis

Product Family

LCX = High Performance,

Liquid-Cooled Drive

Board Modifications

1 = Standard Boards

2 = Varnished Boards

Voltage Rating

4 = 380 – 500V

5 = 520 – 690V

Options

List options in alphabetical order.

Extended I/O Card Options

A3 = 2 RO, Therm

A4 = Encoder Low Volt +5V/15V/24V

A5 = Encoder High Volt +15V/24V

A7 = Dual Encoder +15V/24V

A8 = 6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO

AE = Encoder with 2 DOs

B1 = 6 DI, 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B2 = 1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm

B4 = 1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT + 24V DC

B5 = 3 RO (NO)

B8 = 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100

B9 = 1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42 – 240V AC Input

BB = SPI, Absolute Encoder

Communication Cards

CA = Johnson Controls N2

CI = Modbus TCP

C2 = Modbus

C3 = Profibus DP

C4 = LonWorks

C5 = Profibus DP (D9 Connector)

C6 = CANopen (Slave)

C7 = DeviceNet

C8 = Modbus (D9 Type Connector)

D1 = Adapter

D2 = Adapter

D3 = RS-232 with D9 Connection

Current Rating

480V

016 = 16A

022 = 22A

031 = 31A

038 = 38A

045 = 45A

061 = 61A

072 = 72A

087 = 87A

105 = 105A

140 = 140A

168 = 168A

205 = 205A

261 = 261A

300 = 300A

385 = 385A

460 = 460A

520 = 520A

590 = 590A

650 = 650A

730 = 730A

820 = 820A

920 = 920A

H10 = 1030A

H11 = 1150A

H13 = 1370A

H16 = 1640A

H20 = 2060A

H23 = 2300A

690V

170 = 170A

208 = 208A

261 = 261A

325 = 325A

385 = 385A

416 = 416A

460 = 460A

502 = 502A

590 = 590A

650 = 650A

750 = 750A

820 = 820A

H10 = 1030A

H11 = 1180A

H13 = 1300A

H15 = 1500A

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-265

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

LCX9000

Product Selection

Table 40-378. 380 – 500V AC Liquid Cooled Drive Product Selection

Table 40-379. 525 – 690V AC Liquid Cooled Drive Product Selection

Motor Output Chassis Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Current kW

Thermal, Ith

(A)

16 15 11 7.5 CH3 LCX016A0-4A2B1

22 20 15 11 CH3 LCX022A0-4A2B1

31 28 21 15 CH3 LCX031A0-4A2B1

38 35 25 18.5 CH3 LCX038A0-4A2B1

45 41 30 22 CH3 LCX045A0-4A2B1

61 55 41 30 CH3 LCX061A0-4A2B1

72 65 48 37 CH4 LCX072A0-4A2N1

87 79 58 45 CH4 LCX087A0-4A2N1

105 95 70 55 CH4 LCX105A0-4A2N1

140 127 93 75 CH4 LCX140A0-4A2N1

168 153 112 90 CH5 LCX168A0-4A2N1

205 186 137 110 CH5 LCX205A0-4A2N1

261 237 174 132 CH5 LCX261A0-4A2N1

300 273 200 160 CH61 LCX300A0-4A2N1

385 350 257 200 CH61 LCX385A0-4A2N1

460 418 307 250 CH72 LCX460A0-4A2N1

520 473 347 250 CH72 LCX520A0-4A2N1

590 536 393 315 CH72 LCX590A0-4A2N1

650 591 433 355 CH72 LCX650A0-4A2N1

730 664 487 400 CH72 LCX730A0-4A2N1

820 745 547 450 CH63 LCX820A0-4A2N1

920 836 613 500 CH63 LCX920A0-4A2N1

1030 936 687 560 CH63 LCXH10A0-4A2N1

1150 1045 766 600 CH63 LCXH11A0-4A2N1

1370 1245 913 700 CH74 LCXH13A0-4A2N1

1640 1491 1093 900 CH74 LCXH16A0-4A2N1

2060 1873 1373 1100 CH74 LCXH20A0-4A2N1

2300 2091 1533 1200 CH74 LCXH23A0-4A2N1

Motor Output Chassis Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Current kW

Thermal, Ith

(A)

170 155 113 110 CH61 LCX170A0-5A2N1

208 189 139 132 CH61 LCX208A0-5A2N1

261 237 174 160 CH72 LCX261A0-5A2N1

325 295 217 200 CH72 LCX325A0-5A2N1

385 350 257 250 CH72 LCX385A0-5A2N1

416 378 277 250 CH72 LCX416A0-5A2N1

460 418 307 300 CH72 LCX460A0-5A2N1

502 456 335 355 CH72 LCX502A0-5A2N1

590 536 393 400 CH63 LCX590A0-5A2N1

650 591 433 450 CH63 LCX650A0-5A2N1

750 682 500 500 CH63 LCX750A0-5A2N1

820 745 547 560 CH74 LCX820A0-5A2N1

920 836 613 650 CH74 LCX920A0-5A2N1

1030 936 687 700 CH74 LCXH10A0-5A2N1

1180 1073 787 800 CH74 LCXH11A0-5A2N1

1300 1182 867 900 CH74 LCXH13A0-5A2N1

1500 1364 1000 1000 CH74 LCXH15A0-5A2N1

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-266

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Table 40-380. 540 – 675V DC Liquid Cooled Inverter Unit Product Selection

Table 40-381. 710 – 930V DC Liquid Cooled Inverter Unit Product Selection

Drive Output Power Loss

c/a/T

(kW)

Chassis Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Current Motor Output Power

Thermal

Ith

(A)

Rated

Cont. IL

(A)

Rated

Cont. IH

(A)

Optimum

Motor at Ith

400V (kW)

Optimum

Motor at Ith

500V (kW)

7.5

18.5

0.4/0.2/0.6

0.5/0.2/0.7

0.7/0.2/0.9

0.8/0.2/1.0

CH3

LCX016A0-4A7B1

LCX022A0-4A7B1

LCX031A0-4A7B1

LCX038A0-4A7B1

1.0/0.3/1.3

1.3/0.3/1.5

1.2/0.3/1.5

1.5/0.3/1.8

CH3

CH4

LCX045A0-4A7B1

LCX061A0-4A7B1

LCX072A0-4A7N1

LCX087A0-4A7N1

105

140

168

205

127

153

186

112

137

110

132

1.8/0.3/2.1

2.3/0.3/2.6

2.5/0.3/2.8

3.0/0.4/3.4

CH4

CH5

LCX105A0-4A7N1

LCX140A0-4A7N1

LCX168A0-4A7N1

LCX205A0-4A7N1

261

300

385

460

237

273

350

418

174

200

257

307

132

160

200

250

160

200

250

315

4.0/0.4/4.4

4.5/0.4/4.9

5.5/0.5/6.0

CH5

CH61

CH62

LCX261A0-4A7N1

LCX300A0-4A7N1

LCX385A0-4A7N1

LCX460A0-4A7N1

520

590

650

730

473

536

591

664

347

393

433

487

250

315

355

400

355

400

450

500

6.5/0.5/7.0

7.5/0.6/8.1

8.5/0.6/9.1

10.0/0.7/10.7

CH62

LCX520A0-4A7N1

LCX590A0-4A7N1

LCX650A0-4A7N1

LCX730A0-4A7N1

820

920

1030

1150

745

836

936

1045

547

613

687

766

450

500

560

600

560

600

700

750

12.5/0.8/13.3

14.4/0.9/15.3

16.5/1.0/17.5

18.4/1.1/19.5

CH63

LCX820A0-4A7N1

LCX920A0-4A7N1

LCXH10A0-4A7N1

LCXH11A0-4A7N1

1370

1640

2060

2300

1245

1491

1873

2091

913

1093

1373

1533

700

900

1100

1250

900

1100

1400

1500

15.5/1.0/16.5

19.5/1.2/20.7

26.5/1.5/28.0

29.6/1.7/31.3

CH64

LCXH13A0-4A7N1

LCXH16A0-4A7N1

LCXH20A0-4A7N1

LCXH23A0-4A7N1

2470

2950

3710

4140

2245

2681

3372

3763

1647

1967

2473

2760

1300

1550

1950

2150

1600

1950

2450

2700

36.0/2.0/38.0

39.0/2.4/41.4

48.0/2.7/50.7

53.0/3.0/66.0

2*CH64

LCXH24A0-4A7N1

LCXH29A0-4A7N1

LCXH37A0-4A7N1

LCXH41A0-4A7N1

Drive Output Power Loss

c/a/T

(kW)

Chassis Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

Current Motor Output Power

Thermal

Ith

(A)

Rated

Cont. IL

(A)

Rated

Cont. IH

(A)

Optimum

Motor at Ith

400V (kW)

Optimum

Motor at Ith

500V (kW)

170

208

261

325

155

189

237

295

113

139

174

217

110

132

160

200

160

200

250

300

4.5/0.2/4.7

5.5/0.3/5.8

6.5/0.3/6.8

CH61

CH62

LCX170A0-5A7N1

LCX208A0-5A7N1

LCX261A0-5A7N1

LCX325A0-5A7N1

385

416

460

502

350

378

418

456

257

277

307

335

250

300

355

400

450

7.5/0.4/7.9

8.0/0.4/8.4

8.5/0.4/8.9

10.0/0.5/10.5

CH62

LCX385A0-5A7N1

LCX416A0-5A7N1

LCX460A0-5A7N1

LCX502A0-5A7N1

590

650

750

820

536

591

682

745

393

433

500

547

400

450

500

560

600

700

800

10.0/0.5/10.5

13.5/0.7/14.2

16.0/0.8/16.8

CH63

CH64

LCX590A0-5A7N1

LCX650A0-5A7N1

LCX750A0-5A7N1

LCX820A0-5A7N1

920

1030

1180

1300

836

936

1073

1182

613

687

787

867

650

700

800

900

850

1000

1100

1200

18.0/0.9/18.9

19.0/1.0/20.0

21.0/1.1/22.1

27.0/1.4/28.4

CH64

LCX920A0-5A7N1

LCXH10A0-5A7N1

LCXH11A0-5A7N1

LCXH13A0-5A7N1

1500

1700

1850

2120

1364

1545

1682

1927

1000

1133

1233

1413

1050

1150

1250

1450

1400

1550

1650

1900

32.0/1.6/33.6

34.2/1.8/36.0

37.8/2.0/39.8

CH64

2*CH64

LCXH15A0-5A7N1

LCXH17A0-5A7N1

LCXH18A0-5A7N1

LCXH21A0-5A7N1

2340

2700

3100

2127

2455

2818

1560

1800

2066

1600

1850

2150

2100

2450

2800

48.6/2.5/51.1

57.6/3.0/60.6

2*CH64

LCXH23A0-5A7N1

LCXH27A0-5A7N1

LCXH31A0-5A7N1

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-267

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Series Option Board Kits

The 9000X Series drives can accommodate a wide selection

of expander and adapter option boards to customize the

drive for your application needs. The drive’s control unit

is designed to accept a total of ﬁve option boards (see

Figure 40-157).

The 9000X Series factory installed standard board conﬁgura-

tion includes an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay output board,

which are installed in slots A and B.

Figure 40-157. 9000X Series Option Boards

Table 40-382. Option Board Kits

Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in Bold is the preferred location.

AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output

OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

ABCDE

Option Kit

Description 

Allowed

Slot

Locations



Field Installed Factory Installed SVX Ready Programs

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S.$

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S.$

Basic Local/

Remote

Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC

Standard I/O Cards (See Figure 40-157)

2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10V DC ref,

2 ext +24V DC/ EXT +24V DC

AOPTA9 — X X X XXXX

Extended I/O Card Options

2 RO, Therm B OPTA3 A3 —X X XXXX

Encoder Low Volt +5V/15V/24V C OPTA4 A4 —X X XXXX

Encoder High Volt +15V/24V C OPTA5 A5 —X X XXXX

Dual Encoder +15V/24V C OPTA7 A7 —X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 —X X XXXX

3 DI (Encoder 10 – 24V), Out +15V/+24V, 2

DO (pulse+direction) — SPX Only

COPTAE AE X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 —— — ——XX

1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 —— — ——XX

1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated), 1

ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 —X X XXXX

3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 —— — ——XX

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — ————

1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42 – 240V AC Input B,C, D, E OPTB9 B9 —— — ——XX

SPI, Absolute Encoder C OPTBB BB — — — ————

Communication Cards

Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 X X X XXXX

Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — ————

Proﬁbus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 X X X XXXX

LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 X X X XXXX

Proﬁbus DP (D9 Connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 X X X XXXX

CanOpen (Slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 X X X XXXX

DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 X X X XXXX

Modbus (D9 Type Connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 X X X XXXX

Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI X X X XXXX

Adapter — SPX Only D, E OPTD1 D1 X X X XXXX

Adapter — SPX Only D, E OPTD2 D2 X X X XXXX

RS-232 with

D9 Connection

D, E OPTD3 D3 X X X XXXX

Keypad

9000X Series Standard Keypad — KEYPAD-

STD

——— — ———X

9000X Series Remote Mount Keypad

Unit (Keypad not included, includes

10 ft. cable, keypad holder, mounting

hardware)

—OPTRMT-

KIT-

9000X

—— — — ————

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-268

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Line Reactors

The line reactor carries out several

functions in the Liquid Cooled Drive.

Connection of the line reactor is neces-

sary except if you have a component

in your system that performs the same

tasks (e.g. a transformer). The line

reactor is needed as an essential com-

ponent for motor control, to protect

the input and DC-link components

against abrupt changes of current and

voltage as well as to function as a pro-

tection against harmonics. The line

reactors are included in the standard

delivery of liquid-cooled drives (not

inverters). However, you can also

order your drive without a line reactor.

Table 40-383. Line Reactor Speciﬁcations

Inductances for different supply voltages: A = 400 – 480V AC; B = 500 – 690V AC.

Drives require three chokes of the designated catalog number with 6-pulse supply.

Table 40-384. Line Reactor Dimensions

Drive Rating

480V

Drive Rating

690V

Thermal

Current

(A)

Nominal

Inductance

(µH) A/B 

Calculated

Loss

(W)

Choke Catalog

Number

(690V AC)

16 to 22A 12 to 23A 23 1900 145 CHK0023N6A0

31 to 38A 31 to 38A 38 1100 170 CHK0038N6A0

45 to 61A 46 to 62A 62 700 210 CHK0062N6A0

72 to 87A 72 to 87A 87 480 250 CHK0087N6A0

105 to 140A 105 to 140A 145 290 380 CHK0145N6A0

168 to 261A 170 to 261A 261 139/187 460 CHK0261N6A0

300 to 385A 325 to 385A

820 to 1180A 

400 90/126 570 CHK0400N6A0

460 to 520A

1370A 

416 to 502A

1300 to 1500A 

520 65/95 610 CHK0520N6A0

590 to 650A

1640A 

590 to 650A 650 51/71 840 CHK0650N6A0

730A

2060A 

— 730 45/61 850 CHK0730N6A0

820A

2300A 

750A N/A N/A N/A CHK0820N6A0

920 to 1030A — 1000 30/41 950 CHK1030N6A0

1150A — 1150 26/36 1000 CHK1150N6A0

Catalog

Number

Inches (mm)

Weight

Lbs. (kg)

CHK0023N6A0 7.01 (178) 9.06 (230) 4.76 (121) 22 (10)

CHK0038N6A0 8.23 (209) 10.63 (270) 5.71 (145) 33 (15)

CHK0062N6A0 8.39 (213) 11.81 (300) 6.30 (160) 44 (20)

CHK0087N6A0 9.13 (232) 11.81 (300) 6.69 (170) 57 (26)

CHK0145N6A0 11.50 (292) 11.81 (300) 7.28 (185) 82 (37)

CHK0220N6A0 12.05 (306) 13.86 (352) 7.28 (185) 119 (54)

CHK0325N6A0 13.66 (347) 13.86 (352) 7.28 (185) 132 (60)

CHK0460N6A0 16.54 (423) 13.70 (348) 9.41 (239) 203 (92)

CHK0520N6A0 17.60 (447) 15.51 (394) 10.71 (272) 231 (105)

CHK0590N6A0 20.43 (519) 15.51 (394) 10.71 (272) 276 (125)

CHK0650N6A0 20.51 (521) 15.51 (394) 10.71 (272) 276 (125)

CHK0750N6A0 24.72 (628) 15.51 (394) 11.10 (282) 331 (150)

CHK0820N6A0 24.72 (628) 15.51 (394) 11.10 (282) 331 (150)

CHK1000N6A0 22.68 (576) 19.57 (497) 11.85 (301) 441 (200)

CHK1150N6A0 22.83 (580) 19.57 (497) 11.85 (301) 441 (200)

Figure 40-158. Line Reactor Dimensions for

LCX9000 Drives Sizes up to 61A

Figure 40-159. Line Reactor Dimensions for

LCX9000 Drives Sizes larger than 61A

ZWY

VXU

W1 D1

Mains

Converters

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-269

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Dimensions

Figure 40-160. Approximate Dimensions, CH3

Figure 40-161. Approximate Dimensions, CH4

W3 D1

Front Side

Bottom

Top

H2 R2

W3 D1

FrontRight Side Left Side

Bottom

Top

June 2008

40-270

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Figure 40-162. Approximate Dimensions, CH5

Table 40-385. LCX9000 Chassis Dimensions

W3 D1

Front Side

W2 R1

H3H1

R1 Bottom

Top

Chassis

Size

Voltage Amps Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 dia. R2 dia.

CH3 380 – 500V AC 16 – 61 16.97

(431.0)

.53

(13.5)

.59

(15.0)

9.69

(246.0)

6.30

(160.0)

4.80

(122.0)

4.80

(122.0)

.39

(10.0)

.35

(9.0)

(30)

CH4 380 – 500V AC 72 – 140 19.41

(493.0)

.49

(12.5)

1.77

(45.0)

10.14

(257.5)

7.60

(193.0)

3.35

(85.0)

5.24

(133.0)

.39

(10.0)

—77

(35)

CH5 380 – 500V AC 168 – 261 21.77

(553.0)

1.30

(33.0)

19.88

(505.0)

10.39

(264.0)

9.69

(246)

3.94

(100.0)

7.87

(200.0)

.51

(13.0)

—88

(40)

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-271

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Figure 40-163. Approximate Dimensions, CH61

Table 40-386. LCX9000 Chassis Dimensions

D1W3

Left SideFrontRight Side

BottomTop

H3 H1

Chassis

Size

Voltage Amps Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 dia. R2 dia.

CH61 380 – 500V AC 300 – 385 25.91

(658.0)

2.09

(53.0)

23.23

(590.0)

14.69

(373.0)

9.69

(246.0)

3.94

(100.0)

5.91

(150.0)

.55

(14.0)

.51

(13.0)

121

(55)

525 – 690V AC 170 – 208

June 2008

40-272

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Figure 40-164. Approximate Dimensions, LCX9000 Liquid-Cooled Inverter, CH62

Table 40-387. LCX9000 Liquid-Cooled Inverter, CH62 Dimensions

R2 W2

FrontSideBottom

Top

Chassis

Size

Voltage Amps Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 R1 dia. R2 dia.

CH62 540 – 675V DC 460 – 730 26.50

(673)

2.0

(53)

23.23

(590)

14.69

(373)

9.69

(246)

3.94

(100)

5.91

(150)

.55

(14)

.51

(13)

710 – 930V DC 325 – 502

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-273

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Figure 40-165. Approximate Dimensions, CH72

Table 40-388. LCX9000 Chassis Dimensions

W1 R1

H1H3

H2 R2W1 D1

Front Side

Bottom

Top

Chassis

Size

Voltage Amps Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 R1 dia. R2 dia.

CH72 380 – 500V AC 460 – 730 42.38

(1076.5)

1.57

(40.0)

39.37

(1000.0)

14.65

(372.0)

7.87

(200.0)

.55

(14.0)

.51

(13.0)

198

(90)

525 – 690V AC 261 – 502

June 2008

40-274

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Figure 40-166. Approximate Dimensions, CH63

Table 40-389. LCX9000 Chassis Dimensions

R1 D1

Left SideRight Side Front

Bottom

Top

Chassis

Size

Voltage Amps Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 R1 dia.

CH63 380 – 500V AC 820 – 1030 36.36

(923.5)

.91

(23.0)

34.39

(873.5)

15.35

(390.0)

19.88

(505.0)

13.98

(355.0)

.43

(11.0)

264

(120)

525 – 690V AC 590 – 750

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-275

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Figure 40-167. Approximate Dimensions, LCX9000 Liquid-Cooled Inverter with Mounting Bracket, CH64, IP90

Table 40-390. LCX9000 Liquid-Cooled Inverter with Mounting Bracket, CH64, IP90 Dimensions

Bottom

H1H3

W2 W2 W2

FrontRight Side Left Side

Top

Chassis

Size

Voltage Amps Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 R1 dia.

CH64 540 – 675V DC 1370 – 4140 36.38

(924)

1.03

(26)

34.37

(873)

15.35

(390)

29.37

(746)

7.87

(200)

.43

(11)

710 – 930V DC 820 – 3100

June 2008

40-276

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Figure 40-168. Approximate Dimensions, CH74

Table 40-391. LCX9000 Chassis Dimensions

W4 W4

Front Side

Bottom

Top

H1 H3

Chassis

Size

Voltage Amps Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) Weight

lbs. (kg)

H1 H2 H3 D1 W1 W2 W3 W4 R1 dia. R2 dia.

CH74 380 – 500V AC 1370 – 2300 42.38

(1076.5)

1.57

(40.0)

39.37

(1000.0)

14.65

(372.0)

29.06

(738.0)

.91

(23.0)

7.87

(200.0)

9.69

(246)

.51

(13.0)

.55

(14.0)

617

(280)

525 – 690V AC 820 – 1500

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-277

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Control Unit Dimensions

Figure 40-169. Approximate Dimensions, Control Unit

Table 40-392. LCX9000 Control Unit Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

H1 H2 H3 D1 D2 W1

12.93

(328.5)

.33

(8.5)

11.81

(300.0)

2.95

(75.0)

.33

(8.5)

5.75

(146.0)

H3H1

Side

Back

Front

Bottom

June 2008

40-278

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

Cooling System Diagrams

Figure 40-170. Example of a Typical Cooling System

Figure 40-171. Example PI-Diagram of a Typical Cooling System and Connections

Heat

Exchanger

18.0°C30.0°C

26.1°C35.4°C

Cooling Water Inlet

Cooling Water Outlet

Customer Delivery

Frequency

Converters

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-279

Adjustable Frequency Drives

LCX9000

I/O Board Wiring Diagrams

Figure 40-172. A9 Option Board Control Wiring

Figure 40-173. A2 Option Board Wiring

+10 Vref

AI1+

GND

AI2+

Reference

(voltage)

Control Voltage Output

Reference

(current)

AI2-

24Vout

DIN1

AO1+

DO1

Dotted lines indicate the connections for inverted signals

DIN3

DIN2

CMA

24V

GND

+ V<+48V

0 (4)/20mA

RL<500Ω

I<50mA

Basic I/O Board A9

GND

AO1-

24Vout

DIN4

DIN6

DIN5

CMB

24V

GND

RO1/1

RO1/2

RO1/3 RL

Switching:

<8 A / 24V DC

<0.4 A / 125V DC

<8 A / 250V AC

Continuous

<2 Arms

AC / DC

Basic Relay Board A2

RO2/1

RO2/2

RO2/3

June 2008

40-280

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPA9000/SPI9000/SPN9000

Contents

Description Page

SPI Common DC Bus Drive

Products

Product Description . . . . . . 40-280

Application Description . . . 40-280

Features and Beneﬁts . . . . . 40-282

Technical Data and

Speciﬁcations . . . . . . . . . . 40-282

Catalog Number

Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-284

Product Selection . . . . . . . . 40-286

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-289

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . 40-290

SPI9000 Products

Product Description

Eaton offers a comprehensive range of

Cutler-Hammer® common DC bus

drive products. The product family

covers a number of front-end units

and inverter units in the entire power

range from 1-1/2 to 2000 horsepower

at 460V and 690V. The drive compo-

nents are built on the SPX9000

technology.

Front-End Units

The front-end units convert a mains

AC voltage and current into a DC volt-

age and current. The power is trans-

ferred from the mains to a common

DC bus (and, in certain cases, vice

versa).

The SPA (active front-end) unit is a

bidirectional (regenerative) power con-

verter for the front end of a common

DC bus drive line up. An external LCL

ﬁlter is used at the input. This unit is

suitable in applications where low

mains harmonics are required.

The SPN (non-regenerative front-end)

unit is a unidirectional (motoring)

power converter for the front-end of a

common DC bus drive line-up. The

device operates as a diode bridge

using diode/thyristor components. A

dedicated external choke is used at the

input. The unit has the capacity to

charge a common DC bus. This unit is

suitable as a rectifying device when a

“normal” level of harmonics is

accepted and no regeneration to the

mains is required.

Inverter Unit

The SPI9000 Inverter Unit is a bidirec-

tional DC-fed power inverter for the

supply and control of AC motors. The

inverter is supplied from a common

DC bus drive line-up. A charging cir-

cuit is needed in case a connection

to a live DC bus is required. The DC

side charging circuit is integrated up to

75 kW (FR4 – FR8) and external for

higher power ratings (FI9 – FI14).

Application Description

The Cutler-Hammer common DC bus

product portfolio fulﬁlls all solution

demands with a ﬂexible architecture.

Front end units are selected according

to the level of harmonics and power

requirements. Typical drive system

conﬁgurations are illustrated in

Figures 40-174 – 40-175.

Figure 40-174. SPN + Inverters

■Low total mains power,

Pmains ≤ ∑PINU

■Suitable e.g. for small processing

line with un- and recoiler, em-stop

coasting

Figure 40-175. SPA + Inverters

■Low harmonics, -Pmains ≈ +Pmains/

Pmains ≤ ∑PINU

■Suitable for almost every application

Inverter

Non-regenerative

Front End

(SPN)

Inverter

Active

Front End

(SPA)

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-281

Adjustable Frequency Drives

June 2008

SPA9000/SPI9000/SPN9000

Figure 40-176. Combination Conﬁguration

Common DC bus components are used in a multitude of combinations. Drives

which are braking can transfer the energy directly to the drives in motoring mode.

Advantages over Conventional Front Ends

Table 40-393. Cutler-Hammer Front Ends vs. Conventional

Conventional regenerative front end (a.k.a. “anti-parallel thyristor bridge”) is not available from

Eaton.

Non-regenerative

Front End

Active

Front End

Conventional Regenerative

Front End 

Input device Choke (L) Filter (LCL) Choke or auto-transformer (L)

Bridge type Diode/thyristor bridge IGBT bridge,

two-level type

Anti-parallel connected

thyristor bridge

Type of operation Controlled half-bridge High frequency

modulation

(1.5 to 3.6 kHz)

Firing angle controlled

Direction of power Motoring Motoring and

regenerating

Motoring and regenerating

Charging Constant current External required Usually internal

DC voltage Nominal (approx.

1.35 * UN)

Stable at +10% of

nominal (approx.

110% of 1.35 * UN)

Lowered DC voltage for

commutation margin

(e.g. 17% ﬁ approx. 83% of

1.35 * UN) or autotransformer

on regenerative bridge

THD Similar to 6-pulse bridge

normal < 40%

Very low Similar to six-pulse bridge or

worse

Inverter

Common DC Bus

* Alternative

Inverter

Non-regenerative

Front End

(SPN) *

Active

Front End

(SPA) *

June 2008

40-282

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPA9000/SPI9000/SPN9000

Features and Beneﬁts

Table 40-394. Standard Features

Technical Data and Speciﬁcations

Table 40-395. Speciﬁcations

Feature SPI9000 SPA SPN

FR4, 6, 7 FR8 FI9 – FI14 FI9 – FI14 FI9

IP00 ●●●●

IP21 ●

Air cooling ●●●●●

Standard board ●●●●

Varnished board ●

Alphanumeric keypad ●●●●

EMC class T (EN 61800-3 for IT networks) ●●●●●

Safety CE / UL ●●●●●

Input choke ●

LCL ﬁlter ●

No integrated charging ●●

Integrated charging (DC side) ●● ●

Diode/thyristor rectiﬁer ●

IGBT ●●●●

Description Speciﬁcations

Supply Connection

Input voltage Uin (AC) Front End modules 380 – 500V AC / 525 – 690V AC -10% to +10%

Input voltage Uin (DC) Inverter 465 – 800V DC / 640 – 1100V DC -0% to +0%, The waviness of the inverter supply voltage,

formed in rectiﬁcation of the electric network’s alternating voltage in basic frequency,

must be less than 50V peak-to-peak

Output voltage Uout (AC) Inverter 3 ~ 0 – Uin / 1.4

Output voltage Uout (DC) Active Front End module 1.10 x 1.35 x Uin (Factory default)

Output voltage Uout (DC) Non-regenerative Front End module 1.35 x Uin

Ambient Conditions

Ambient operating temperature 14 (no frost) to 122°F (-10 to 50°C): IH

14 (no frost) to 104°F (-10 to 40°C): IL

Storage temperature -40 to 158°F (-40 to 70°C )

Relative humidity 0 to 95% RH, non-condensing, non-corrosive, no dripping water

Air quality:

– chemical vapors

– mechanical particles

IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3C2

IEC 721-3-3, unit in operation, class 3S2

Altitude 100% load capacity (no derating) up to 1000m

1% derating for each 100m above 1000m; max. 3000m

Vibration 5 – 150 Hz

EN50178/EN60068-2-6 Displacement amplitude 0.25 mm (peak) at 3 – 15.8 Hz

Max acceleration amplitude 1G at 15.8 – 150 Hz

Shock

EN50178, EN60068-2-27

UPS Drop Test (for applicable UPS weights)

Storage and shipping: max 15G, 11 mS (in package)

Cooling capacity required approximately 2%

Cooling air required FR4 41 cfm, FR6 250 cfm, FR7 250 cfm, FR8 383 cfm

FI9 677 cfm, FI10 824 cfm, FI12 1648 cfm, FI13 2472 cfm

Unit enclosure class FR4 – FR7 NEMA Type 1 (IP21); FR8, FI9 – FI14 Chassis (IP00)

EMC (at fault settings)

Immunity Fulﬁll all EMC immunity requirements

Safety

Approvals CE, UL, CUL, EN 61800-5-1 (2003), see unit nameplate for more detailed approvals

Control Connections

Analog input voltage 0 – 10V, Ri = 200 kΩ, (-10V – 10V joystick control)

Resolution 0.1%, accuracy ±1%

Analog input current 0(4) – 20 mA, Ri = 250Ω differential

Digital inputs 6, positive or negative logic; 18 – 30V DC

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-283

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPA9000/SPI9000/SPN9000

Table 40-395. Speciﬁcations (Continued)

Table 40-396. Input Fuses

Note: SHT fuses can be assembled into same-size DIN fuse base.

Description Speciﬁcations

Control Connections (Continued)

Auxiliary voltage +24V, ±15%, max. 250 mA

Output reference voltage +10V, +3%, max. load 10 mA

Analog output 0(4) – 20 mA; RL max. 500Ω; resolution 10 bits

Accuracy ±2%

Digital outputs Open collector output, 50 mA / 48V

Relay outputs 2 programmable change-over relay outputs

Switching capacity: 24V DC / 8A, 250V AC / 8A, 125V DC / 0.4A

Min. switching load: 5V / 10 mA

Protections

Overvoltage protection 480V / 911V DC, 575V / 1200V DC

Undervoltage protection 480V / 333V DC, 575V / 460V DC

Ground fault protection In case of ground fault in motor or motor cable, only the inverter is protected

Motor phase supervision Trips if any of the output phases is missing

Overcurrent protection Yes

Unit overtemperature protection Yes

Motor overload protection Yes

Motor stall protection Yes

Motor underload protection Yes

Short circuit protection of 24V and 10V reference voltages Yes

Module Bussman Fuse

Type (aR)

Size UN (V) IN (A) Qty.

Component Frame

Inverter Units

SPI003A1-4

SPI007A1-4

SPI009A1-4

FR4

170M1560

170M1562

000

690

SPI012A1-4

SPI016A1-4

SPI023A1-4

SPI031A1-4

SPI038A1-4

FR6

170M1565

170M1567

000

690

100

SPI061A1-4

SPI072A1-4

SPI087A1-4

FR7

170M1570

170M1571

000

690

200

250

SPI105A0-4

SPI140A0-4

SPI170A0-4

FR8

170M3819

DIN1

690

400

SPI205A0-4

SPI245A0-4

FI9

170M6812

DIN3

690

800

SPI300A0-4

SPI385A0-4

SPI460A0-4

FI10

170M8547

3SHT

690

1250

SPI520A0-4

SPI590A0-4

SPI650A0-4

SPI730A0-4

SPI820A0-4

SPI920A0-4

FI12

170M8547

3SHT

690

1250

2 x 2

SPIH10A0-4

SPIH11A0-4

SPIH13A0-4

FI13

170M8547

3SHT

690

1250

SPIH16A0-4

SPIH19A0-4

SPIH23A0-4

FI14

170M8547

3SHT

690

1250

2 x 6

Active Front Ends

SPA205A0-4

SPA385A0-4

SPAH10A0-4

FI9

FI10

FI13

170M6202

170M6277

3SHT

1250

500

1000

3 x 3

Non-regenerative Front Ends

SPN468A0-4 FI9 170M8547 3SHT 690 1250 3

June 2008

40-284

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPA9000/SPI9000/SPN9000

Catalog Number Selection

Table 40-397. Active Front End Catalog Numbering System

Table 40-398. Non-regenerative Front End Catalog Numbering System

S P A 2 0 5 A 0 –4A 3 N 1

Keypad

A = Alphanumeric

Software Series

A = Standard

Brake Chopper Options

N = No Brake Chopper Circuit

EMC Level

3 = IT Network

Enclosure Rating

0 = Chassis

Product Family

SPA = Active Front End

Board Modifications

1 = Standard Boards

2 = Varnished Boards

Voltage Rating

4 = 480V

5 = 575V

Current Rating

480V 575V

205 = 205A

385 = 385A

H10 = 1150A

125 = 125A

325 = 325A

920 = 920A

S P N 5 1 0 A 0 –4A 3 N 1

Keypad

A = Alphanumeric

Software Series

A = Standard

Brake Chopper Options

N = No Brake Chopper Circuit

EMC Level

3 = IT Network

Enclosure Rating

0 = Chassis

Product Family

SPN = Non-regenerative

SPN = Front End

Board Modifications

1 = Standard Boards

2 = Varnished Boards

Voltage Rating

4 = 480V

5 = 575V

Current Rating

480V/575V

510 = 510A

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-285

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPA9000/SPI9000/SPN9000

Table 40-399. SPI9000 Inverter Unit Catalog Numbering System

S P I 0 1 6 A 1 –4A 3 N 1

Keypad

A = Alphanumeric

Software Series

A = Standard

Brake Chopper Options

N = No Brake Chopper Circuit

EMC Level

3 = IT Network

Enclosure Rating

1 = Type 1

0 = Chassis

Product Family

SPI = Inverter Unit

Board Modifications

1 = Standard Boards

2 = Varnished Boards

Voltage Rating

4 = 480V

5 = 575V

Current Rating

480V (FR4 – FR8) 575V (FR6 – FR8)

003 = 3.3A

007 = 7.6A

009 = 9A

012 = 12A

016 = 16A

023 = 23A

031 = 31A

038 = 38A

061 = 61A

071 = 72A

087 = 87A

105 = 105A

003 = 3.2A

004 = 4.5A

005 = 5.5A

007 = 7.5A

010 = 10A

013 = 13.5A

018 = 18A

022 = 22A

027 = 27A

034 = 34A

041 = 41A

052 = 52A

062 = 62A

080 = 80A

480V (FI9 – FI13) 575V (FI9 – FI14)

140 = 140A

170 = 170A

205 = 205A

245 = 245A

300 = 300A

385 = 385A

460 = 460A

520 = 520A

590 = 590A

650 = 650A

730 = 730A

820 = 820A

920 = 920A

H10 = 1030A

H11 = 1150A

H13 = 1300A

H16 = 1600A

H19 = 1940A

H23 = 2300A

100 = 100A

125 = 125A

144 = 144A

170 = 170A

208 = 207A

261 = 261A

325 = 325A

385 = 385A

460 = 460A

502 = 502A

590 = 590A

650 = 650A

820 = 820A

920 = 920A

H10 = 1030A

H13 = 1300A

H15 = 1500A

H19 = 1900A

June 2008

40-286

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPA9000/SPI9000/SPN9000

Product Selection

Table 40-400. Active Front End 480V Product Selection

Table 40-401. Non-regenerative Front End 480V Product Selection

Table 40-402. SPI9000 Inverter Unit 480V Product Selection

Table 40-403. LCL Filters for Active Front End

(480V)

Table 40-404. Line Reactor for Non-

regenerative Front End (480/575V)

Frame Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

IL-cont (A) I1min (A) IH-cont (A) I1min (A) I2s (A)

FI9

FI10

FI13

261

460

1300

287

506

1430

205

385

1150

308

578

1725

349

693

2070

SPA205A0-4A3N1

SPA385A0-4A3N1

SPAH11A0-4A3N1

Frame Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

IL-cont (A) I1min (A) IH-cont (A) I1min (A) I2s (A)

FI9 520 572 460 690 828 SPN460A0-4A3N1

Frame Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

IL-cont (A) I1min (A) IH-cont (A) I1min (A) I2s (A)

FR4

4.3

4.7

9.9

13.2

3.3

7.6

5.0

11.4

13.5

6.2

SPI003A1-4A3N1

SPI007A1-4A3N1

SPI009A1-4A3N1

FR6

17.6

25.3

SPI012A1-4A3N1

SPI016A1-4A3N1

SPI023A1-4A3N1

SPI031A1-4A3N1

SPI038A1-4A3N1

FR7

105

116

108

131

122

144

174

SPI061A1-4A3N1

SPI072A1-4A3N1

SPI087A1-4A3N1

FR8 140 154 105 158 210 SPI105A0-4A3N1

FI9

170

205

261

300

187

226

287

330

140

170

205

245

210

255

308

379

280

336

349

444

SPI140A0-4A3N1

SPI170A0-4A3N1

SPI205A0-4A3N1

SPI245A0-4A3N1

FI10

385

460

520

424

506

572

300

385

460

450

578

690

540

693

828

SPI300A0-4A3N1

SPI385A0-4A3N1

SPI460A0-4A3N1

FI12

590

650

730

820

920

1030

649

715

803

902

1012

1133

520

590

650

730

820

920

780

885

975

1095

1230

1380

936

1062

1170

1314

1476

1656

SPI520A0-4A3N1

SPI590A0-4A3N1

SPI650A0-4A3N1

SPI730A0-4A3N1

SPI820A0-4A3N1

SPI920A0-4A3N1

FI13

1150

1300

1450

1265

1430

1595

1030

1150

1300

1545

1720

1950

1854

2070

2340

SPIH10A0-4A3N1

SPIH11A0-4A3N1

SPIH13A0-4A3N1

FI14

1770

2150

1947

2365

1600

1940

2400

2910

2880

3492

SPIH16A0-4A3N1

SPIH19A0-4A3N1

Catalog

Number

Amps Price

U.S. $

REG 10 5 0 10

REG 18 5 0 18

REG 32 5 0 32

REG 48 5 0 48

REG 75 5 0 75

REG 110 5 0 110

REG 180 5 0 180

REG 270 5 0 270

REG 410 5 0 410

REG 580 5 0 580

REG 840 5 0 840

REG 1160 5 0 1160

REG 1480 5 0 1480

Catalog

Number

Amps Watts

Losses

Price

U.S. $

CHK600 600 493

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-287

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPA9000/SPI9000/SPN9000

Table 40-405. Active Front End 575V Product Selection

Table 40-406. Non-regenerative Front End 575V Product Selection

Table 40-407. SPI9000 Inverter Unit 575V Product Selection

Table 40-408. LCL Filters for Active Front End

(690V)

Table 40-409. Line Reactor for Non-

regenerative Front End (480/575V)

Frame Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

IL-cont (A) I1min (A) IH-cont (A) I1min (A) I2s (A)

FI9

FI10

FI13

144

385

1030

158

424

1133

125

325

920

188

488

1380

213

585

1656

SPA125A0-5A3N1

SPA325A0-5A3N1

SPA920A0-5A3N1

Frame Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

IL-cont (A) I1min (A) IH-cont (A) I1min (A) I2s (A)

FI9 600 660 510 732 888 SPN510A0-5A3N1

Frame Low Overload (AC Current) High Overload (AC Current) Imax Catalog

Number

Price

U.S. $

IL-cont (A) I1min (A) IH-cont (A) I1min (A) I2s (A)

FR6

4.5

5.5

7.5

13.5

3.2

4.5

5.5

7.5

13.5

6.4

SPI003A1-5A3N1

SPI004A1-5A3N1

SPI005A1-5A3N1

SPI007A1-5A3N1

SPI010A1-5A3N1

SPI013A1-5A3N1

SPI018A1-5A3N1

SPI022A1-5A3N1

SPI027A1-5A3N1

FR7

SPI034A1-5A3N1

SPI041A1-5A3N1

FR8

100

110

120

104

124

160

SPI052A0-5A3N1

SPI062A0-5A3N1

SPI080A0-5A3N1

FI9

125

144

170

208

138

158

187

229

100

125

144

170

150

188

216

255

200

213

245

289

SPI100A0-5A3N1

SPI125A0-5A3N1

SPI144A0-5A3N1

SPI170A0-5A3N1

FI10

261

325

385

287

358

424

208

261

325

312

392

488

375

470

585

SPI208A0-5A3N1

SPI261A0-5A3N1

SPI325A0-5A3N1

FI12

460

502

590

650

750

506

552

649

715

825

385

460

502

590

650

578

690

753

885

975

693

828

904

1062

1170

SPI385A0-5A3N1

SPI460A0-5A3N1

SPI502A0-5A3N1

SPI590A0-5A3N1

SPI650A0-5A3N1

FI13

920

1030

1180

1012

1133

1298

820

920

1030

1230

1380

1464

1476

1656

1755

SPI820A0-5A3N1

SPI920A0-5A3N1

SPIH10A0-5A3N1

FI14

1500

1900

2250

1650

2090

2475

1300

1500

1900

1950

2250

2782

2340

2700

3335

SPIH13A0-5A3N1

SPIH15A0-5A3N1

SPIH19A0-5A3N1

Catalog

Number

Amps Price

U.S. $

REG 14 6 0 14

REG 23 6 0 23

REG 35 6 0 35

REG 52 6 0 52

REG 85 6 0 85

REG 122 6 0 122

REG 185 6 0 185

REG 287 6 0 287

REG 390 6 0 390

REG 460 6 0 460

REG 620 6 0 620

REG 780 6 0 780

REG 920 6 0 920

REG 1180 6 0 1180

Catalog

Number

Amps Watts

Losses

Price

U.S. $

CHK600 600 493

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

40-288

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPA9000/SPI9000/SPN9000

Series Option Board Kits

The 9000X Series drives can accom-

modate a wide selection of expander

and adapter option boards to custom-

ize the drive for your application

needs. The drive’s control unit is

designed to accept a total of ﬁve

option boards (see Figure 40-177).

The 9000X Series factory installed

standard board conﬁguration includes

an A9 I/O board and an A2 relay output

board, which are installed in slots A

and B.

Figure 40-177. 9000X Series Option Boards

Table 40-410. Option Board Kits

Option card must be installed in one of the slots listed for that card. Slot indicated in Bold is the preferred location.

AI = Analog Input; AO = Analog Output, DI = Digital Input, DO = Digital Output, RO = Relay Output

OPTC2 is a multi-protocol option card.

ABCDE

Option Kit

Description 

Allowed

Slot

Locations



Field Installed Factory Installed SVX Ready Programs

Catalog

Number

Price

U.S.$

Option

Designator

Adder

U.S.$

Basic Local/

Remote

Standard MSS PID Multi-P. PFC

Standard I/O Cards (See Figure 40-177)

2 RO (NC/NO) B OPTA2 — X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1AO, 1 +10V DC ref,

2 ext +24V DC/ EXT +24V DC

AOPTA9 — X X X XXXX

Extended I/O Card Options

2 RO, Therm B OPTA3 A3 —X X XXXX

Encoder low volt +5V/15V24V C OPTA4 A4 —X X XXXX

Encoder high volt +15V/24V C OPTA5 A5 —X X XXXX

Double encoder C OPTA7 A7 X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 DO, 2 AI, 1 AO A OPTA8 A8 —X X XXXX

3 DI (Encoder 10 – 24V), Out +15V/+24V,

2 DO (pulse+direction)

COPTAE AE X X X XXXX

6 DI, 1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC B, C, D, E OPTB1 B1 —— — ——XX

1 RO (NC/NO), 1 RO (NO), 1 Therm B, C, D, E OPTB2 B2 —— — ——XX

1 AI (mA isolated), 2 AO (mA isolated),

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC

B, C, D, E OPTB4 B4 —X X XXXX

3 RO (NO) B, C, D, E OPTB5 B5 —— — ——XX

1 ext +24V DC/EXT +24V DC, 3 Pt100 B, C, D, E OPTB8 B8 — — — ————

1 RO (NO), 5 DI 42 – 240V AC Input B,C, D, E OPTB9 B9 —— — ——XX

SPI, Absolute Encoder C OPTBB BB — — — ————

Communication Cards 

Modbus D, E OPTC2 C2 X X X XXXX

Johnson Controls N2 D, E OPTC2 CA — — — ————

Modbus TCP D, E OPTCI CI X X X XXXX

BACnet D, E OPTCJ CJ X X X XXXX

Ethernet IP D, E OPTCK CK X X X XXXX

Proﬁbus DP D, E OPTC3 C3 X X X XXXX

LonWorks D, E OPTC4 C4 X X X XXXX

Proﬁbus DP (D9 Connector) D, E OPTC5 C5 X X X XXXX

CanOpen (Slave) D, E OPTC6 C6 X X X XXXX

DeviceNet D, E OPTC7 C7 X X X XXXX

Modbus (D9 Type Connector) D, E OPTC8 C8 X X X XXXX

Adapter D, E OPTD1 D1 X X X XXXX

Adapter D, E OPTD2 D2 X X X XXXX

RS-232 with D9 Connection D, E OPTD3 D3 X X X XXXX

Keypad

9000X Series Local/ Remote Keypad

(Replacement Keypad)

—KEYPAD-

LOC/

REM

——— — ———X

9000X Series Remote Mount Keypad Unit

(Keypad not included, includes 10 ft. cable,

keypad holder, mounting hardware)

—OPTRMT-

KIT-

9000X

—— — — ————

9000X Series RS-232 Cable, 13 ft. — PP00104 — — — — ————

Discount Symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SS-2

June 2008

CA08102001E For more information visit: www.eaton.com

40-289

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPA9000/SPI9000/SPN9000

Dimensions

Table 40-411. Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Frame Height Width Depth Weight in

Lbs. (kg)

Inverter Units

FR4

FR6

FR7

FR8

11.5 (292)

20.4 (519)

23.3 (591)

29.8 (758)

5.0 (128)

7.7 (195)

9.3 (237)

11.4 (289)

7.5 (190)

9.3 (237)

10.1 (257)

13.5 (344)

11 (5)

35 (16)

64 (29)

106 (48)

FI9

FI10

FI12

FI13

FI14

40.6 (1030)

40.6 (1032)

9.4 (239)

2 x 9.4 (2 x 239)

27.9 (708)

2 x 27.9 (2 x 708)

14.6 (372)

21.7 (552)

21.8 (553)

148 (67)

220 (100)

441 (200)

674 (306)

1348 (612)

Active Front Ends

FI9

FI10

FI12

FI13

FI14

40.6 (1030)

40.6 (1032)

9.4 (239)

2 x 9.4 (2 x 239)

27.9 (708)

2 x 27.9 (2 x 708)

14.6 (372)

21.7 (552)

21.8 (553)

148 (67)

220 (100)

441 (200)

674 (306)

1348 (612)

Non-regenerative Front Ends

FI9 40.6 (1030) 9.4 (239) 14.6 (372) 148 (67)

June 2008

40-290

For more information visit: www.eaton.com CA08102001E

Adjustable Frequency Drives

SPA9000/SPI9000/SPN9000

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 40-178. Non-regenerative Front End

Figure 40-179. Inverter Unit (FR4 – FR8)

Figure 40-180. Active Front End

Figure 40-181. Inverter Unit (FI9 – FI14)

425 – 800V DC

DC+

DC-

-F1

-U1

-F2

380 – 500V AC

NFE

-L1

DC+ DC-

PE U

425 – 800V DC

DC+

DC-

INU

-F1

-K4 -F4

-K5

-V4

-R4

425 – 600V DC

DC+

DC-

-F1

-U1

-F2

380 – 500V AC

AFE

-L1.1

-L1.2

VWU

DC+

425 – 800V DC

DC+

DC-

INU

-F1

TB04000001E 133279 Catalog 1

133239-Catalog 133239-Catalog 133239-Catalog Batch9 unilog cesco-content

SPI9000 tiskoviny_pdf_367

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation